Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 328

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

PulserPlus Pro Operator Interface

PulserPlus Pro NEMA 1


Freestanding Unit

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Table of Contents
Section
Section

Section

Section

Section

Section

Section
Section
Section

1
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
6
6.1
6.2
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
7
8
9

Equipment Overview........................................................................................... 3
Operational Description ...................................................................................... 4
Normal Operation ............................................................................................... 4
Loss of Ground ................................................................................................... 4
Ground Fault ....................................................................................................... 4
High 3rd Harmonics............................................................................................. 5
Summary of Events............................................................................................. 6
Installation........................................................................................................... 7
Receiving ............................................................................................................ 7
Handling.............................................................................................................. 7
Storage ............................................................................................................... 7
Floor Preparation ................................................................................................ 7
Grounding ........................................................................................................... 7
Line and Control Connections ............................................................................ 8
Setting Resistor Tap Connections ...................................................................... 8
General ............................................................................................................... 8
Start-up Procedure ............................................................................................. 9
Energize Circuit................................................................................................... 9
Entering Setup Information ................................................................................. 9
Ground Fault Alarm Test..................................................................................... 9
System Capacitive-Charging Current................................................................ 11
General .............................................................................................................. 11
Test Procedure................................................................................................... 11
Test Results ....................................................................................................... 13
Controller Setup ................................................................................................. 14
Power-up Display ............................................................................................... 14
Adjustable Parameters ...................................................................................... 14
........................................................................................... 15
Measurement Enable......................................................................................... 15
Current Transfomer Ratio .................................................................................. 15
Hi Limit Setpoints ............................................................................................... 16
Lo Limit Setpoints .............................................................................................. 16
Pulsing Timer ..................................................................................................... 17
Alarm Delay ....................................................................................................... 17
Auto Reset ......................................................................................................... 17
Locate a Ground Fault ....................................................................................... 18
Maintenance ...................................................................................................... 19
Schematics & Dimension Drawings................................................................... 20

CAUTION! Before any servicing, replacement of parts, adjustment, or any other work is performed requiring
physical contact with the electrical working components of this unit, power supplies to the unit must be disconnected.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 1 Equipment Overview


Post Glover High Resistance Grounding Equipment coordinates the use of resistors and control devices, creating
a high-resistance ground for a power system. The grounding equipment has these features:
Overvoltage Reduction:
Reduces the transient over voltages that can occur during arcing-type faults.
Fault Detection:
nuisance faults.
Fault Tracking:
Helps to locate the fault by producing a tracer signal of current pulses easily distinguishable from background
noise.
Operation Protection:
Enables the system to continue operation with a single line-to-ground fault present.
Harmonic Detection:
Provides an indication when third harmonics exceed a preset value. An adjustable time delay is included to
eliminate nuisance faults.
Arc Flash/Blast Reduction:
Eliminates hazardous energy during ground faults, which are present in 90% of all electrical faults.
This instruction booklet is intended as a general guidance tool for personnel installing Post Glover High
detailed drawings provided with each unit supersede the general information provided in this booklet.

NOTE:

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 2 Operational Description


2.1 Normal Operation
Please refer to the drawings supplied with your unit for ratings and other information. Section 9 contains
schematics and dimension drawings with information for standard systems. For low-voltage systems, Figures 3
and 4 show wye-connected and delta-connected schematics respectively. For medium-voltage systems, wyeconnected and delta-connected schematics can be found in Figures 5 and 6 respectively.

5). The display will show this current and/or voltage. The green NORMAL indicating light on the operators panel
will be illuminated.
The PulserPlus Pro controller detects Fundamental Current and/or Voltage and 3rd Harmonic Current and/or
Voltage for both over- and under-conditions. Each of the four can be independently disabled by turning the feature
OFF, and the under-conditions can be disabled by entering a 0 value. A common time delay setting is used for all
Fundamental alarming and a separate common time delay setting is used for all 3rd Harmonic alarming.

2.2 Loss of Ground


grounding wire failure). If this occurs, the system will be Ungrounded. The PulserPlus Pro controller has an
Under-Current / Under-Voltage feature that detects this condition for both Fundamental and 3rd Harmonics.
Upon detection, the green NORMAL indicating light will turn off and its auxiliary form-C contacts change state.
This feature can be disabled by setting its value to zero.

2.3 Ground Fault


When a ground fault occurs, the resistor acts to limit the ground current to a pre-determined low value. Fault
current magnitude can be set by adjusting the taps provided on the resistor. Fault current shall be set so that

The fundamental voltage appearing across the resistor or the fundamental amperage through the resistor is
sensed by the PulserPlus Pro controller. To prevent nuisance indications, a variable time delay is entered via
the operators panel. When the time delay expires, the red GROUND FAULT indicator light will start to blink,
the NORMAL indicator light will turn off, and an alarm horn will sound. Upon detection, SYSTEM NORMAL and
GROUND FAULT auxiliary form-C contacts change state.
The alarm horn can be silenced by pressing the ALARM SILENCE button while searching for the cause of the
ground fault. The red GROUND FAULT indicator light will continue blinking until the ground fault is removed and
the system is manually reset by pressing the RESET and ALARM SILENCE buttons. Optionally, the PulserPlus

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

The Under-Voltage / Under-Current feature for 3rd Harmonics can also be used for detecting Ground faults near
to drive enough current for Ground Fault detection. However, the typical 3rd harmonic caused by fractional pitched
generators will be shorted and the value will go to 0.
To prevent nuisance indications, the adjustable time delay setting can be manipulated via the operators panel. The
PulserPlus Pro controller does know the difference between this condition and a Loss of Ground condition, so
only the green NORMAL indicating light will turn off and the SYSTEM NORMAL auxiliary form-C contacts change
state.

2.4 High 3rd Harmonics


High 3rd harmonics are also sensed by the PulserPlus Pro controller. An upper limit is set by the user for
detection of current or voltage across the resistor. After a time delay expires; the amber THIRD HARMONIC
indicator light will illuminate, the NORMAL indicator light will turn off, and an alarm horn will sound. Upon detection,
the SYSTEM NORMAL and THIRD HARMONIC auxiliary form-C contacts change state.
The alarm horn can be silenced by pressing the ALARM SILENCE button while searching for the cause of the third
harmonic fault. The amber THIRD HARMONIC light will remain illuminated until the condition is removed and the
system is manually reset by pressing the RESET and ALARM SILENCE buttons. Optionally, the PulserPlus Pro

A Summary of Events is shown on the following page.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

Field Condition

1) Display changes to Fnd Vlt


Hi Limit
2) Fundamental timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System Normal relay
changes state
5) Ground Fault light blinks
6) Grd Fault Alarm relay
changes state
7) Internal horn sounds
8) External Horn relay
changes state

IF ENABLED, SET TO 0 TO
DISABLE.
1) Display changes to Fnd Vlt
Lo Limit
2) Fundamental timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System Normal relay
changes state

1) Display changes to Fnd


Amp Hi Limit
2) Fundamental timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System Normal relay
changes state
5) Ground Fault light blinks
6) Gnd Fault Alarm relay
changes state
7) Internal horn sounds
8) External horn relay
changes state

IF ENABLED, SET TO 0 TO
DISABLE.
1) Display changes to Fnd
Amp Lo Limit
2) Fundamental timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System normal relay
changes state

On

No display or monitoring

No display or monitoring

No display or monitoring

No display or monitoring

Off

1) Display changes to Hrm


Vlt Hi Limit
2) Harmonic timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System Normal relay
changes state
5) Third Harmonic light blinks
6) Third Harmonic relay
changes state
7) Internal horn sounds
8) External Horn relay
changes state

IF ENABLED, SET TO 0 TO
DISABLE.
1) Display changes to Hrm Vlt
Lo Limit
2) Harmonic timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System normal relay
changes state

1) Display changes to Hrm


Amp Hi Limit
2) Harmonic timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System Normal relay
changes state
5) Third Harmonic light blinks
6) Third Harmonic relay
changes state
7) Internal horn sounds
8) External Horn relay
changes state

IF ENABLED, SET TO 0 TO
DISABLE.
1) Display changes to Hrm
Amp Lo Limit
2) Harmonic timer begins
and expires
3) Normal light turns off
4) System Normal relay
changes state

On

Off

No display or monitoring

No display or monitoring

No display or monitoring

No display or monitoring

Off

Presing Alarm Silence Button:


1) Turns off Internal horn
2) Resets External horn relay

Pressing Pulse Button:


1) Amber light blinks
2) Pulsing relay begins

Pressing Reset Button:


1) Resets Display
2) Resets all latching relays
3) Only does above if Auto
Reset is turned off

Harmonic Current

On

Fundamental Current

Under-Current

Harmonic Voltage

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

PGR Document #HG111-06

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892

Over-Current

On

Under-Voltage

Off

Fundamental Voltage

Over-Voltage

Pressing Reset and Down Arrow Buttons:


1) Enters Setup mode

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

2.5 Summary of Events

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 3 Installation
on the ratings and site requirements. The typical low-voltage and medium-voltage enclosures are shown in
installation.

3.1 Receiving
Once received, the crated high-resistance grounding unit should be unloaded and carefully moved by overhead
crane or forklift. A preliminary inspection of the crate should be made at this point to ensure that the unit was

3.2 Handling
Free-standing units have removable lifting angles for an overhead crane to use when moving the unit. Do not
attempt to move or lift the unit at points other than the lifting angles or base channels. Never store the unit on its
side or top as this could cause damage. Do not stack the units.

3.3 Storage
If the unit will be stored for some length of time, take the following precautions:
1. Remove the crate and thoroughly inspect the unit.
2. Store the unit in an area that is clean and dry and has moderate temperatures. Cover it with a heavy-duty
plastic cover or cloth.
3. If the unit must be stored in a damp area, it should be completely covered and heat provided to prevent
condensation of moisture in the unit. If space heaters are supplied with the unit, they must be turned on.
Otherwise, to prevent condensation, each unit should be equipped with 150-200 watts of heat for the
duration of the storage period.

3.4 Floor Preparation


allowed above the unit to allow conduit to enter at the top of the unit. The purchaser is responsible for anchoring

3.5 Grounding CAUTION!


To reduce the possibility of electric shock, the unit must be properly grounded before making any system power
connections. Connect the system ground to the ground bus. The ground bus is located in the lower portion of the
free-standing units. For the wall-mount units, ground bus is located on the back panel. Make sure that all ground

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

3.6 Line and Control Connections


are made from either the top or bottom of the enclosure. Space is provided for line cables to run down the side
without any cable bends. The control power and auxiliary device connections are made to the terminal blocks
rated 30 amperes, 600 volts.

Make sure there is adequate clearance between the external connections and all devices.

3.7 Setting Resistor Tap Connections


Adjust the resistor at installation so that ground current with one ground fault is equal to or greater than the
system capacitive-charging current. As long as this minimum criteria is met, the exact magnitude of the setting is
not critical. In fact, a value slightly higher than the system capacitive-charging current may be selected to allow for
instruction manual. Refer to the elementary schematics for grounding resistor connections.

3.8 General
When the installation is complete and all incoming wiring has been terminated, clean the inside of the unit with
a soft cloth or vacuum cleaner. Make sure any dirt or debris, such as packing material, is removed so it does not
interfere with the operation of the unit. Before connecting power to the control panel, check all components to
make sure all shipping devices, such as blocking or tying of relays, have been removed.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 4 Start-up Procedure


Place the system in service by following these steps:

4.1 Energize Circuit


disconnect also. This will connect the equipment to the power system.

4.2 Entering Setup Information


Enter the setup information through the operators panel per the instructions given below. The system NORMAL
green light should be illuminated on the operator panel, indicating the presence of power and that no fault or
under-condition is present.

4.3 Ground Fault Alarm Test


With Test Resistor
This test actually places a controlled ground fault on the system within the enclosure through a test resistor.
The test resistor is connected between a phase conductor and ground, so the test circuit begins at a phase,
PulserPlus Pro module.
The readings on the PulserPlus Pro module will be lower than normal readings due to the test resistor
connected in series with the neutral grounding resistor. The purpose of the test resistor is to avoid a phaseground-phase fault if an actual ground fault were to occur during testing. The resistor would be connected
between the two phases.
Enter a test value in the Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit Setpoint. This test voltage needs to be calculated
depending on the actual resistor values. Although 100 volts is typically used for a test value, the schematic
drawings provided with the PulserPlus Pro unit should be consulted.
The equation below can be used to determine a non-typical test value.
Vtest

L-N

GF

+ RT-G)) RGF 10V

Where: Vtest is the test voltage to be entered in the Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit
VL-N is the line-to-neutral system voltage
RGF is the resistance of the neutral grounding resistor at the chosen tap
RT-G is the test-to-ground resistance see schematic drawing
Press and hold the SYSTEM TEST pushbutton on the operators panel to activate the ground-fault circuitry.
After a delay, the green NORMAL light should turn off, and the red GROUND FAULT light should start to blink. In
addition, the audible alarm will sound.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Release the SYSTEM TEST pushbutton. Press and hold the ALARM SILENCE pushbutton and the audible alarm
should cease. Press the RESET pushbutton and the red and green lights and auxiliary contacts should revert to
their normal states.
Without Test Resistor
This test will verify operation of the PulserPlus Pro module only. The test bypasses the neutral grounding
to the PulserPlus Pro controller module.
Enter a value lower than 100 volts in the Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit Setpoint.
The same procedure that is used with a test resistor can now be followed.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

10

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 5 Testing System Capacitive-charging Current


5.1 General
The magnitude of zero-sequence charging current is determined by the line-to-ground capacitance associated
with system components. The value of the current must be known to properly coordinate the Post Glover HighResistance Grounding System. In an industrial power system where the design and components are known,
the charging current can be estimated with reasonable accuracy. With a complex array of machines and cables
this may be tedious and yield less-than-accurate results. The discussion that follows outlines a suitable test for
determining the value of current in a system. A transformers capacitance-to-ground is usually negligible because
of the large spacing between the transformers core and winding, and the shielding effect of the winding layer

large.
Major contributions to the overall system capacitance-to-ground are made by rotating machines. Attributes such
as the type of insulation and the number and depth of slots can produce wide variations. A typical value for a 200hp, 2300-volt, 1800-rpm induction motor might be 0.002 micro-farads phase-to-ground capacitance.
The most accurate way to determine the maximum value of the charging current is by test, since extreme
variations can exist. The charging current per phase is represented by ICA, ICB or ICC while IC corresponds to
the total line-to-ground charging current. To obtain the zero-sequence charging current, one phase conductor is
intentionally grounded as shown in Figure 1 below.

5.2 Test Procedure

1. Temporarily install a disconnect switch, a current limiting fuse and a portable ammeter in the path
between the phase to be tested and earth ground, as shown in Figure 1 below. DO NOT CLOSE
TEMPORARY DISCONNECT UNTIL SW1 IS CLOSED.
current returning through the neutral grounding resistor.
the system.
R)

G) can be read by the


can be read by the PulserPlus

Pro Display unit.


5. After the test is completed and all data is collected, open the temporary disconnect switch associated with

C).

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

11

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

12

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Charging Current Calculation


From Figure 1:
R

C)

R)

5.3 Test Results


All components that are operating during testing contribute to the test results. This includes the contribution of

The resulting value should be used to determine a minimum current for ground fault alarming. Set the resistor
C.
NOTE: The temporary disconnect switch and current limiting fuse associated with the phase to be grounded are not
included with the PulserPlus Pro. A portable ammeter can be included as an option with the PulserPlus Pro.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

13

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 6 Controller Setup


6.1 Power Up Display
1. Apply AC power to the unit. After a 1/2 second beep, the following message will be displayed for 5 seconds:
Post Glover
PulserPlus Pro

2. The unit then goes through a short self check. During the self check, the following message will be displayed:
Self-Test
SW Version (x.x)
3. Once the self check is complete, the display unit will display the fundamental and/or 3rd harmonic voltage
and/or the amperage of the grounded system by automatically toggling between the screens. The unit may be
programmed to display any or all of these measurements.

6.2 Adjustable Parameters


The following features of the PulserPlus Pro can be set from the front panel.
Fundamental Voltage Measurement
Harmonic Voltage Measurement
Fundamental Amperage Measurement
Harmonic Amperage Measurement
CT Ratio
Fundamental Voltage Hi Limit
Fundamental Voltage Lo Limit
Harmonic Voltage Hi Limit
Harmonic Voltage Lo Limit
Fundamental Amp Hi Limit
Fundamental Amp Lo Limit
Harmonic Amp Hi Limit
Harmonic Amp Lo Limit
Pulse Time Sec
Fundamental Alarm Delay
Harmonic Alarm Delay
Auto Reset

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
nnn V
nnn V
nnn V
nnn V
nn.n A
nn.n A
nn.n A
nn.n A
n.n S
nn.n S
nn.n S
On/Off

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

14

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Press BOTH the RESET and DOWN ARROW buttons until the unit BEEPS, then release.

Numeric values can be adjusted by using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons. The buttons have two
speeds. If either button is held in, the display will increment / decrement by single units for 5 counts, then it will
increment / decrement by ten units. Releasing the button will restore the single units counting.
Pressing the ENTER button will store the NEW value and go to the next setting.
Pressing the MODE button will go to the next setting WITHOUT changing the stored setting.
Pressing the PULSE button will go back to the previous screen WITHOUT changing the stored setting.

harmonic measurements.

6.4 Measurement Enable


Fnd Vlt Meas On

Hrm Vlt Meas On

(Off/On)

(Off/On)

Fnd Amp Meas On

Hrm Amp Meas On

(Off/On)

(Off/On)

Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the Fundamental Voltage and Amperage, and the 3rd
Harmonic Voltage and Amperage measurement displays can be enabled or disabled. Measurement displays
default to the ENABLED condition.

6.5 Current Transformer Ratio


CT Ratio XXX
Selection

XX

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

15

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Set CT Ratio
Selection:

OFF
1X

ON
0.57x

ON
2x

ON
6x

Press the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW buttons to select the desired ratio, then press ENTER to store the parameter.
This feature multiplies the measured current by the selected CT ratio. For example, the physical limitation of
the PulserPlus Pro module is 16A. If 20A is desired, a 30:5 CT is used to send a 0-5A signal the module. The

Default setting for the CT ratio is Off, 1X. The CT ratio is factory set to the proper rating for the installed
components.

6.6 Hi Limit Setpoints


The Hi Limits are only accessible if the associated measurement display is enabled.
Setpoint 010 V

Setpoint 065 V

Fnd Vlt Hi Limit

Hrm Vlt Hi Limit

Setpoint 06.0 A

Setpoint 12.0 A

Fnd Amp Hi Limit

Hrm Amp Hi Limit

The Hi Limit setpoint indicates the level at which the Ground Fault or Third Harmonic alarm will activate.
Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the voltage hi limits may be set to any voltage between 0
and 400 volts. For Medium Voltage applications, see the schematic prints provided with the unit for information on
setting this value. The amperage hi limits may be adjusted between 00.0 and 16.0 amps.

6.7 Lo Limit Setpoints


The Lo Limits are only accessible if the associated measurement display is enabled.
Setpoint 000 V

Setpoint 000 V

Fnd Vlt Lo Limit

Hrm Vlt Lo Limit

Setpoint 00.0 A

Setpoint 00.0 A

Fnd Amp Lo Limit

Hrm Amp Lo Limit

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

16

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

The Lo Limit setpoint indicates the level at which the Loss of Ground condition will activate. For a Harmonic Lo
Limit, it may also indicate a Ground Fault.
Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the voltage lo limits may be set to any voltage between 0
and 400 volts. For Medium Voltage applications, see the schematic prints provided with the unit for information on
setting this value. The amperage lo limits may be adjusted between 00.0 and 16.0 amps. A setting of 0A disables
the amperage lo limit feature.

6.8 Pulsing Timer


Setpoint 0.6 S
Pulse Time Set
The Pulse Rate used to locate ground faults can be adjusted from 0.5 to 3.0 seconds in increments of 0.1
seconds. The setpoint indicates time on and time off, so a setting of 1.0 S results in the pulse on for 1 second and

Sample Settings
Resulting Pulse Rate

0.5 s
60 / min

1.0 s
30 / min

2.0 s
15 / min

3.0 s
10 / min

6.9 Alarm Delay


Setpoint 04.5 S

Setpoint 04.5 S

Fnd Alarm Delay

Hrm Alarm Delay

The Alarm Delay setpoints indicate the amount of time between a fault indication and the alarm activation in
seconds. During the alarm delay time, the system will monitor the fundamental and/or harmonic voltage and/or
amperage measurement. If the faulted parameter returns to a value within the set limits prior to the expiration of
the delay, the alarm will be canceled. Thus, a transient high measurement will not activate the alarm. The default
setting for this setpoint is 4.5 seconds.
Using the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW buttons, the alarm delay may be set for any time between 0 and 20.4
seconds.

6.10 Auto Reset


Auto Reset

On

(Off/On)

NORMAL state after clearing a fault.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

17

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 7 Locate a Ground Fault


To locate a ground fault, activate the pulsing circuit by pressing and holding the PULSE pushbutton on the
operators panel. Once the words Pulser On are indicated on the alphanumeric display, the button may be
released. This activates a control circuit which causes a cyclic switching sequence. The switching sequence

is energized, producing a tracer signal.


The optional portable hook-on detector is then used to follow the tracer signal through the system to the point of

sub-feeder and eventually to the faulted device. Once this location is determined, the pulser should be turned
off by pressing and holding the PULSE pushbutton on the operators panel. Once the words Pulser Off are
indicated on the alphanumeric display, the button may be released.
After clearing the fault, place the system in its normal operation mode by pressing the RESET pushbutton.

Figure 2
How to Locate a Ground Fault

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

18

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 8 Maintenance
Normally, no maintenance is necessary for the PulserPlus Pro high resistance grounding system. However,
periodic inspections are needed to ensure that the controller is functioning correctly and the resistor is still capable
of protecting the system. Post Glover Resistors recommends that the periodic inspections coincide with your
normal system Preventative Maintenance schedule.

1. De-energize the system being grounded and break the connection between the system, the neutral, and
the grounding resistor using the disconnect switch. Always use proper lock-out/tag-out procedures when
working on electrical equipment.
2. Open the front door on the control enclosure. For systems with a separately mounted resistor, remove
the front and rear covers. This will allow for a visual inspection of all internal components.
3. Carefully check for cracked insulators and resistor cores. A MEGGAR or Hi-Pot test is the most reliable
method of ensuring that the insulation is still providing the necessary electrical isolation.
4. Check the resistive element for continuity. Ohmmeter readings made between each neutral tap and
the ground side of the resistor should be within 10% of the values on the resistor drawing. If the
resistances of the elements are more than 15% different from the drawing values, the resistors should be
replaced. Any open resistors should be replaced.
5. Check all internal connections for tightness. Check wiring for signs of damage from heat or overloads.
6. Check the enclosure for signs of damage from weather or rodents. Remove any dirt or debris from the
inside of the enclosure using a vacuum cleaner. Replace all side covers removed during inspection and
check the mounting bolts for tightness. Close the front door of the control enclosure.
7. After re-energizing the system, perform the Test procedure in section 4.3 to verify system operation.
8. FOR REPLACEMENT PARTS OR ASSISTANCE, CALL 1-800-537-6144. Please have the resistor
nameplate information readily available when you call.

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

19

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Section 9 Schematics

Figure 3
600 Volt Maximum, Wye Connected System

Figure 4
600 Volt Maximum, Delta Connected System

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

20

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Figure 5
Medium Voltage, Wye Connected System

Figure 6
Medium Voltage, Delta Connected System

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

21

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Medium Voltage Systems

Section 9 Drawings

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

22

PGR Document #HG111-06

600 Wye And Delta Systems

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

23

PGR Document #HG111-06

PULSERPLUS PRO HIGH RESISTANCE GROUNDING SYSTEM


INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

4750 Olympic Blvd. Erlanger, KY 41018 USA


Phone: 800-537-6144 / 859-283-0778 Fax: 859-283-2978
www.postglover.com

Serving the Electrical Industry Since 1892


2006 Post Glover Resistors, Inc.

PGR Document #HG111-06

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Class 8998

Instruction Bulletin
80459-641-01D
Retain for Future Use.

Hazard Categories and


Special Symbols

Read these instructions carefully and look at the equipment to become


familiar with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain
it. The following special messages may appear throughout this bulletin or on
the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information
that clarifies or simplifies a procedure.
The addition of either symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label
indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if
the instructions are not followed.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal
injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid
possible injury or death.

DANGER
DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, can result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, can result in minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION
CAUTION, used without the safety alert symbol, indicates a potentially
hazardous situation which, if not avoided, can result in property damage.

NOTE: Provides additional information to clarify or simplify a procedure.

Please Note

Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and


maintained only by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by
Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this
material.

Systems Integration Disclaimer

Unless performed by Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric disclaims


liability for any systems integration work. Schneider Electric assumes no
responsibility for application software and control systems designs supplied
by a third party.

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Table of Contents

Table of Contents
Section 1About the Model 6 Motor Control Center ............................. 9
Schneider Electric Literature List ........................................................... 9
Section 2Safety Precautions ............................................................... 11
Section 3Receiving, Handling, and Storing the MCC ....................... 12
Receiving the MCC ............................................................................. 12
Handling the MCC ............................................................................... 12
Equipment Needed........................................................................ 13
Moving the MCC .................................................................................. 13
Storing the MCC .................................................................................. 14
Section 4Installing the MCC ................................................................ 15
Locating the MCC ................................................................................ 15
Space Requirements ..................................................................... 15
Aligning the MCC........................................................................... 15
Joining NEMA Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed /
NEMA Type 12 Sections ..................................................................... 16
Positioning the MCC...................................................................... 16
Joining Corner Channels ............................................................... 17
Securing Structures to the Floor .................................................... 18
Seismic Certification of Model 6 MCCs ............................................... 19
Responsibility for Mitigation of Seismic Damage........................... 19
Securing Structures to FloorSeismic Hazard
Designated Locations .................................................................... 20
Securing Structures to WallSeismic Hazard
Designated Locations .................................................................... 22
Splice Gaskets for NEMA Type 1 Gasketed and Type 12 Enclosures 23
Splicing With No P Gasketing ............................................................. 24
Splicing With P Gasketing ................................................................... 24
Splice to Existing Left .................................................................... 24
Splice to Existing Right .................................................................. 24
Joining New Style NEMA Type 3R Enclosures to Old Style
NEMA Type 3R Enclosures ................................................................. 25
Joining to the Left Side of an Existing NEMA Type 3R
MCC Enclosure. ............................................................................ 25
Joining to the Right Side of an Existing NEMA Type 3R
MCC Enclosure ............................................................................. 28
Joining NEMA Type 3R Sections ........................................................ 29
Splicing Power Bus for NEMA Type 1 and Type 12 Enclosures ......... 30
Splicing Power Bus in NEMA Type 3R Enclosures ............................. 32
Ground Bus Splicing for NEMA Type 1, Type 12, and Type 3R ......... 33
Power Bus Splicing of Two-Inch (51 mm) Bus with
100,000 A Short Circuit ....................................................................... 34
Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus (Left Side of Structure Only) ............... 36
Conductor Entry .................................................................................. 37
Vent Hood Installation for MCCs with 2500 A Horizontal Bus ............. 37
Vented Pullbox Installation for MCCs with 2500 A Horizontal Bus ............39
Load and Control Wiring ...................................................................... 40
Crimp Lug Cable Assembly for Cabled Disconnect Unit Installation ... 41
Cable Connection Torque Values ....................................................... 42
Component Instructional Information .................................................. 42
Modifying Fuse Clip Locations ............................................................ 43

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Table of Contents

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 5Operation............................................................................... 44
Pre-operation Checklist ....................................................................... 44
Energizing the MCC ............................................................................ 45
Section 6Maintaining the MCC ............................................................ 46
Examining the Enclosure ..................................................................... 46
Maintaining Bus Bars and Incoming Line Compartments .................... 46
Maintaining the Control Unit ................................................................ 47
Removing the Control Unit .................................................................. 48
Removing the Compac 6 Control Unit ............................................. 51
Tests and Maintenance Performed with the Control Unit Removed .... 52
Reassembly ......................................................................................... 55
Insulation Test ..................................................................................... 56
Maintenance after a Fault Has Occurred ............................................. 57
Section 7Motor Logic Solid-State Overload Relay (SSOLR) .......... 59
Motor Logic Retrofit Applications ......................................................... 60
Adjustment ........................................................................................... 62
Section 8Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector
Settings ..................................................................................................... 63
Adjusting Mag-Gard or PowerPact Magnetic Trip Setting ................... 63
Section 9iMCC ...................................................................................... 65
iMCC Overview ......................................................................................... 65
Networks/Communications Overview ....................................................... 65
Connecting the iMCC Cabling System ...................................................... 66
Network Cabling .................................................................................. 66
Cables Between Shipping Splits .......................................................... 66
Load Cables ........................................................................................ 66
Communication Networks ......................................................................... 66
Bridges/Repeaters ............................................................................... 66
Terminating Resistors .......................................................................... 66
Direct Cable Connection ...................................................................... 66
Operation .................................................................................................. 70
Pre-operation Checklists ..................................................................... 70
MCC Structure ............................................................................... 70
iMCC Communications .................................................................. 71
Energizing the MCC ............................................................................ 71
Motor Logic Plus Local Programming ............................................ 72
Motor Logic Plus Remote Programming ........................................ 73
TeSys T Motor Management Controller .................................................. 77
TeSys T Retrofit Applications .............................................................. 78
Applications Requiring Turns ............................................................... 78
TeSys T Local Programming ............................................................... 79
Configuring with HMI...................................................................... 79
Configuring with PowerSuite Software ....................................... 80
PowerLogic Power Meter Series 800 ................................................ 80
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor .................................................................. 80
Altivar 61/71 ...................................................................................... 80
Altistart 48 ......................................................................................... 80
Device Addressing ............................................................................... 81
Software .............................................................................................. 81

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Table of Contents

Section 10Expansion ........................................................................... 82


Ordering Information ........................................................................... 82
Modifying MCC Units ........................................................................... 82
De-Energizing Equipment and
Identifying Unit Type...................................................................... 82
Modifying Removable Units ........................................................... 83
Modifying Fixed Units .................................................................... 83
Installing Additional MCC Units ........................................................... 84
Compac 6 Units ................................................................................... 86
Control and Load Wiring ...................................................................... 86
Cable Connection Torque Values ....................................................... 87
Compac 6 Control Unit Installation ...................................................... 88
Section 11Troubleshooting ................................................................. 89
Section 12Insulation Resistance ........................................................ 93
Thermal Overload Unit Selection ........................................................ 94
Section 13Circuit Breaker and Fusible Switch Replacement......... 100
Section 14Installation and Maintenance Log................................... 101
Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal
Bus Barrier Panels................................................................................. 102
Removal ............................................................................................ 102
Installation ......................................................................................... 103
Fixed Barrier ........................................................................................... 104
Removal ............................................................................................ 104
Installation ......................................................................................... 105
Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier
Retrofit Kit ............................................................................................... 106
Remove Existing Components ................................................................ 107
Horizontal Wireway Cover ................................................................. 107
Horizontal Bus Barriers ..................................................................... 107
Units Below the Topshelf ................................................................... 107
Existing Brackets: 15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC Only ........................ 107
Install the Retrofit Kit ............................................................................... 108
Retrofit Brackets and Endcaps .......................................................... 108
Bottom Track and Bottom Retrofit Bracket ........................................ 110
Left and Right Panels ........................................................................ 111
Installation ................................................................................... 111
Removal (when required) ............................................................ 112
Replace Components ............................................................................. 112
Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter .................................... 113
Introduction ............................................................................................. 113
InstallationStyle 1 ................................................................................ 114
RemovalStyle 1 ................................................................................... 116
InstallationStyle 2 ................................................................................ 117
RemovalStyle 2 ................................................................................... 118
OperationStyles 1 and 2 ...................................................................... 119
Inserting a Unit .................................................................................. 119
Removing a Unit ................................................................................ 119
Appendix DTechnical Support .......................................................... 120
Index........................................................................................................ 121

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


List of Figures

List of Figures

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 1:
Figure 2:
Figure 3:
Figure 4:
Figure 5:
Figure 6:
Figure 7:
Figure 8:
Figure 9:
Figure 10:
Figure 11:
Figure 12:
Figure 13:
Figure 14:
Figure 15:
Figure 16:
Figure 17:
Figure 18:
Figure 19:
Figure 20:
Figure 21:
Figure 22:
Figure 23:
Figure 24:
Figure 25:
Figure 26:
Figure 27:
Figure 28:
Figure 29:
Figure 30:
Figure 31:
Figure 32:
Figure 33:
Figure 34:
Figure 35:
Figure 36:
Figure 37:
Figure 38:
Figure 39:
Figure 40:
Figure 41:
Figure 42:
Figure 43:
Figure 44:
Figure 45:
Figure 46:
Figure 47:
Figure 48:
Figure 49:
Figure 50:
Figure 51:
Figure 52:

Packaged Motor Control Center .......................................... 12


Moving the MCC with a Fork Truck ..................................... 13
Proper Use of a Sling to Lift MCC ........................................ 13
Motor Control Center Views ................................................. 16
Base Channel Notches ........................................................ 17
Hardware Kit ........................................................................ 17
Bolting Sections Together .................................................... 17
Standard Base Channel Mounting ....................................... 18
NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and Type 12 Seismic
Tie-Down Locations ............................................................. 20
NEMA Type 3R Seismic Tie-Down Locations ..................... 21
Attachment Locations for Top Lateral Bracing ..................... 22
P Gasketing ......................................................................... 23
Removing the End Deflector ................................................ 25
Removing the Insulating Barrier .......................................... 26
Installing the Deflector Bracket ............................................ 26
Re-attaching the Back Plates .............................................. 27
Installing the Splice Deflector .............................................. 28
Remove Mid and End Deflector Caps from the Top
of the MCC ........................................................................... 29
Attach the Multi-section Bracket .......................................... 29
Secure the Vertical Channels .............................................. 29
Replace Lifting Angle Hardware .......................................... 29
Horizontal Wireway Covers and
Bus Barriers Removed ......................................................... 30
Removing the Left Bolts and Loosening the Right Bolts
on the Splice Assembly ....................................................... 30
Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes ....................................... 31
Inserting the Splice Bolts ..................................................... 31
Placing a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head .................. 31
Torquing the Bolts ................................................................ 31
Wireway Covers Removed and Horizontal Bus Barriers
Open .................................................................................... 32
Loosen Bolts ........................................................................ 32
Slide the Splice Assembly to the Left .................................. 32
Inserting the Splice Bolts ..................................................... 33
Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head ..................... 33
Torque All Bolts ................................................................... 33
Ground Splice Bar as Shipped ............................................ 33
Ground Bar Bolt Replaced ................................................... 34
Wireway Covers Removed and Horizontal Bus Barriers
Open .................................................................................... 34
Removing the Bolts from the Splice Assembly .................... 35
Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes ....................................... 35
Inserting the Splice Bolts ..................................................... 35
Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head ..................... 35
Torque All Bolts ................................................................... 35
Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus ............................................. 36
Remove the Hardware ......................................................... 38
Reposition and Attach the Vent Hood .................................. 38
Remove the Hardware ......................................................... 39
Install the Pullbox ................................................................. 39
Wiring in the Top Horizontal Wire Trough ............................ 40
Vertical Wire Trough Grommet ............................................ 40
Pull-apart Type Terminal Blocks .......................................... 40
Typical Cabled Disconnect Unit ........................................... 41
Typical Horizontal Bus Assembly ........................................ 41
Main Lug Compartment Torque Connection ........................ 42
19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


List of Figures

Figure 53:
Figure 54:
Figure 55:
Figure 56:
Figure 57:
Figure 58:
Figure 59:
Figure 60:
Figure 61:
Figure 62:
Figure 63:
Figure 64:
Figure 65:
Figure 66:
Figure 67:
Figure 68:
Figure 69:
Figure 70:
Figure 71:
Figure 72:
Figure 73:
Figure 74:
Figure 75:
Figure 76:
Figure 77:
Figure 78:
Figure 79:
Figure 80:
Figure 81:
Figure 82:
Figure 83:
Figure 84:
Figure 85:
Figure 86:
Figure 87:
Figure 88:
Figure 89:
Figure 90:
Figure 91:
Figure 92:
Figure 93:
Figure 94:
Figure 95:
Figure 96:
Figure 97:
Figure 98:
Figure 99:
Figure 100:
Figure 101:
Figure 102:
Figure 103:
Figure 104:
Figure 105:
Figure 106:
Figure 107:
Figure 108:

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Size 1 and 2 Fuse Clip Locations ........................................ 43


Pre-operation Check ........................................................... 44
Typical Bus Connection Points ............................................ 46
Main Lug Compartment Torque Connection ....................... 47
Control Unit ......................................................................... 47
Operator Mechanism in the Off Position ............................. 48
Loosening Captive Quarter-Turn Fasteners ........................ 48
Releasing the Lock-in Device (when supplied) ................... 48
Disconnected Terminal Blocks ............................................ 48
Power Leads and Top of Terminal Blocks Fed Through
Wiring Port ........................................................................... 49
Pulling the Twin Handle Cam Mechanism Forward ............ 49
Operating the Mechanism-to-Structure Interlock ................. 49
Locked Out Device .............................................................. 49
Control Unit Removed ......................................................... 50
Control Unit with Bottom Plate Folded Down ...................... 50
Driving Out Hinge Pin .......................................................... 50
Operator Handle in the Off Position .................................... 51
Loosening Captive Quarter-Turn Fasteners ........................ 51
Control Station Plate Removed ........................................... 51
Operator Handle and Interlock Release .............................. 52
Stab Assembly .................................................................... 52
Operator Mechanism in the Tripped Position ...................... 53
Inspecting Fuses ................................................................. 53
Starter Contacts .................................................................. 53
Control Devices ................................................................... 54
Tripping the Overload Relay ................................................ 54
Tightening Electrical Connections ....................................... 54
Manual and Automatic Bus Shutters ................................... 55
Typical Bus Connection Points ............................................ 58
Operating Door Interlock Defeat Mechanism ...................... 58
Motor Logic SSOLR .......................................................... 59
NEMA Rated Compac 6 Unit ........................................... 59
NEMA Rated Standard Unit ................................................ 59
Looping Passes ................................................................... 61
Motor Logic Overload (Bottom View) .................................. 61
Unit Adjustment Label ......................................................... 62
Mag-Gard Magnetic Trip Adjustment ................................ 63
PowerPact H- and J-frame Magnetic Trip Adjustment ...... 64
PowerPact P-frame Instantaneous Trip Adjustment ........... 64
Typical Cabling Scheme for Modbus Two-Wire ................ 67
Typical Cabling Scheme for DeviceNet and
CANopen (8A cable) ........................................................... 68
Typical Cabling Scheme for PROFIBUS ............................. 69
Motor Logic Plus Communication Module Terminals ...... 72
TeSys T Controllers ........................................................... 77
NEMA Rated Control Unit (TeSys T Modbus) ..................... 77
Shelf and Door Installation .................................................. 84
Cutting the Vertical Wire Trough Grommet (when supplied) 85
Removing the Manual Bus Shutter ...................................... 85
Engaging the Cam Mechanism ........................................... 85
Handles Flush with the Front of the MCC ........................... 85
Tightening the Control Unit Lock-in Panel (when supplied) 85
Power Leads Connected to Power Terminals ..................... 86
Connecting Control Leads to the Terminal Blocks .............. 86
Pull-apart Terminals ............................................................ 86
Typical Unit Torque Label ................................................... 87
Fuse Bases ......................................................................... 87

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


List of Figures

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 109:
Figure 110:
Figure 111:
Figure 112:
Figure 113:
Figure 114:
Figure 115:
Figure 116:
Figure 117:
Figure 118:
Figure 119:
Figure 120:
Figure 121:
Figure 122:
Figure 123:
Figure 124:
Figure 125:
Figure 126:
Figure 127:
Figure 128:
Figure 129:
Figure 130:
Figure 131:
Figure 132:
Figure 133:
Figure 134:

LIST OF TABLES

Reinstalling the Compac 6 Control Unit ............................... 88


Circuit Breaker Replacement ............................................. 100
Aligning the Arrows on the Panels ..................................... 102
Right Panel (Side View) ..................................................... 103
Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove ................. 103
Fixed Horizontal Bus Barrier .............................................. 104
Horizontal Bus Barrier Installation and Removal ............... 105
Barrier Installed and Removed .......................................... 105
Retrofit Kit Components ..................................................... 106
Remove Existing Brackets on the 15 in. (381 mm)
Deep MCC ......................................................................... 107
15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket ..................... 108
20 in. (508 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket ..................... 109
Endcap Placement ............................................................. 109
Horizontal Bus Barrier (L-shaped) Bracket ........................ 110
Welded and Relay Topshelf Assemblies ........................... 110
Right Panel (Side View) ..................................................... 111
Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove ................. 111
Aligning the Arrows on the Panels ..................................... 112
Location of Auto-Shutter Cover for Side-Panel Opening ... 113
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter in an MCC (front view) ..... 114
Shelf InstallationStyle 1 .................................................. 115
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 1 ......... 115
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 1 ............ 116
Shelf InstallationStyle 2 .................................................. 117
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 2 ......... 118
Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 2 ............ 119

Table 1:
Table 2:
Table 3:
Table 4:
Table 5:
Table 6:
Table 7:
Table 8:
Table 9:
Table 10:
Table 11:
Table 12:
Table 13:
Table 14:
Table 15:
Table 16:
Table 17:
Table 18:

MCC and iMCC Related Literature ........................................ 9


Approximate MCC Shipping Weights .................................. 13
Connection Torque Values for Main Lug Compartments..... 42
Connection Torque Values for Main and Branch Feeders... 42
Bus Connection Torque Values ........................................... 46
Bus Connection Torque Values .......................................... 58
Lug Types and Wire Sizes................................................... 61
Pin Outs for iMCC Networks................................................ 66
Network Connection Pin Outs.............................................. 66
Local Error Display .............................................................. 73
Command Line Codes ......................................................... 73
Motor Logic Plus Address Descriptions ............................... 74
Read-Only Registers ........................................................... 75
Read/Write Registers........................................................... 76
Shelf Installation Kit Parts.................................................... 84
Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart....................... 90
Shelf Installation Kit PartsStyle 1 ................................... 115
Shelf Installation Kit PartsStyle 2 ................................... 117

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 1About the Model 6 Motor Control Center

Section 1About the


Model 6 Motor Control Center

Motor control centers (MCCs) provide the most suitable method for
grouping electrical motor control and other related devices in a compact,
economical, and free-standing installation. A motor control center is made of
standardized vertical sections consisting of totally enclosed, dead front,
free-standing structures bolted together. These sections support and house
control units, a common bus bar for distributing power to the control units,
and a network of wire trough and conductor entrance areas to
accommodate outgoing load and control wires.
The control units consist of components such as combination motor
starters, branch feeder devices, and lighting panelboards. Each is mounted
in an individual, isolated compartment having its own cover. When
front-of-board unit arrangement is selected, all units are mounted on the
front side of the MCC. A 15 in. (381 mm) or 20 in. (508 mm) deep section is
provided for front-of-board mounting. The standard MCC width is 20 in.
(508 mm) with a 4 in. (102 mm) wide vertical wireway.
An optional 25 in. (635 mm) wide section with a 9 in. (229 mm) wide
wireway is also available. Larger sections are available for mounting larger
equipment. When a back-to-back arrangement is selected, the units are
mounted on both the front and rear of 31 in. (787 mm) or 41 in. (1041 mm)
deep structures. Approximately 1 in. (25 mm) of space is between
back-to-back sections. The standard height of all MCC structures is 91.5 in.
(2324 mm) without the 3 in. (76.2 mm) lifting angle.

Schneider Electric Literature List

Table 1:

The following Schneider Electric publications may be useful in the


maintenance and regular operation of your Model 6 MCC. Your
Schneider Electric field sales representative can provide them upon your
request. Or, you can download these documents from the Technical Library
at www.schneider-electric.us.

MCC and iMCC Related Literature

Publication No.

Title

Publication No.

Title

30072-013-25

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 3

30072-013-26

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 4

30072-013-47

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 5

MCC Related Literature


8998CT9701

Motor Control Centers (Model 6 Catalog, Class


8998)

80444-233-01

Altivar 61/71 Adjustable Speed Drive


Controllers in Motor Control Centers

80438-069-02

Altistart 48 Soft Start Units in Motor Control


Centers
Logic

30072-013-29

Motor

30072-013-60

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 6

30072-013-98

Motor Logic Plus Programmable Solid-State


Overload Relay

3020IM9503

PowerLogic Power Meter

30072-013-99

Motor Logic Plus Solutions Software

3020IM9806

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 2000 Reference


Manual

30072-013-101

Motor Logic Plus Lug-Lug Kit

63230-400-207

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 3000 Reference


Manual

30072-013-102

Motor Logic Plus Network Communication


Module

63230-300-213

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Reference


Manual

30072-013-52

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 00

0100PL0701

Square D Digest 174

30072-013-22

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 0

63230-500-224

PM820, PM850, PM870 Installation

30072-013-23

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 1

63230-500-225

PM820, PM850, PM870 Reference Manual

30072-013-24

AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters, Size 2

Solid-State Overload Relay

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 1About the Model 6 Motor Control Center

Table 1:

80459-641-01D
09/2008

MCC and iMCC Related Literature

Publication No.

Title

Publication No.

Title

Altivar 71 Communication Parameters Users


Manual

1639508_01a55

LTM R - Instruction Sheet

iMCC Related Literature


atv71_parameters_en

atv71_programming_manual_en Altivar 71 Programming Manual

1639509_01a55

LTM E - Instruction Sheet

atv71_Modbus_EN

Altivar 71 Modbus/Uni-Telway Card


Modbus protocol

1639582_01a55

LTM CU - Instruction Sheet

atv71_Uni-Telway_EN

Altivar 71 Modbus/Uni-Telway card


UniTelway protocol

840USE10000

Modicon TSX Quantum Automation Series

890USE10300

Modicon Modbus Plus Network BM85 Bridge


Multiplexer Users Guide

840USE11300

Modicon XMIT Function Block

Modicon TSX Quantum


Automation Series

www.modicon.com/specguide98/

840USE11600

Quantum NOE 771 X0 Ethernet Modules User Guide

PI-MBUS-300

Modicon Modbus Protocol Reference Guide

870USE00200

TSX Momentum I/0 Base User Guide

30072-013-98

Motor Logic Plus Programmable Solid-State


Overload Relay

870USE10100

Modicon TSX Momentum M1 Processor Adapter and


Option Adapter User Manual

30072-013-99

Solutions Software for Motor Logic Plus SSOL

870USE11400

Ethernet Communications Adapter

30072-013-101

Motor Logic Plus Lug-Lug Kit

890USE10000

Modicon Modbus Plus Network Planning/Installation


Guide

30072-013-102

Motor Logic Plus Network Communication


Module

30072-450-61

Altistart 48 Y-Range Soft Start Controllers

1639501

TeSys T LTM R Modbus Motor Management


Controller Users Manual

3000DB0001

PowerLogic System Architecture and Application


Guide

1639505

TeSys T LTM R Modbus/TCP Motor


Management Controller User's Manual

3020IB9818

PowerLogic Ethernet Communication Module, Models


ECM-2000 and ECM-RM

1639502

TeSys T LTM R PROFIBUS Motor Management


63230-500-200
Controller User's Manual

PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meter Installation


ManualPM810

1639504

TeSys T LTM R DeviceNet Motor


Management Controller Users Manual

63230-500-224

PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meter Installation


ManualPM820, PM850, PM870

1639503

TeSys T LTM R CANopen Motor Management


Controller User's Manual

63230-400-204

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 3000 Installation


Manual

1639581

TeSys T LTM CU Control Operator Unit Users


Manual

63230-300-209

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor Series 4000 Installation


Manual

1639572

TeSys T LTM R Modbus Motor Management


Controller Quick Start Guide

3050IM9601

PowerLogic Ethernet Gateway

1639576

TeSys T LTM R Modbus/TCP Motor


Management Controller Quick Start Guide

3080HO9601

System Manager Software SMS-3000

1639573

TeSys T LTM R PROFIBUS-DP Motor


Management Controller Quick Start Guide

3080IB9803

PL, PowerLogic System Manager 3000

1639575

TeSys T LTM R DeviceNet Motor Management


Controller Quick Start Guide

3080IM9603

Ethernet Driver for System Manager

1639574

TeSys T LTM R CANopen Motor Management


Controller Quick Start Guide

10

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 2Safety
Precautions

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 2Safety Precautions

Carefully read and follow the safety precautions before attempting to lift,
move, install, use, or maintain Model 6 MCCs and their components.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Qualified electrical personnel must perform work in accordance with all
applicable national and local electrical codes.
Perform such work only after reading and understanding all of the
instructions contained in this bulletin.
Follow all safety procedures defined in NFPA-70E and OSHA
1910.331-35, as well as those established by your specific location.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Assume that all circuits are live until they have been completely
de-energized, tested, locked out, and/or tagged out (per OSHA
1910.147). Pay particular attention to the design of the power system.
Consider all sources of power, including the possibility of backfeeding.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

11

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 3Receiving, Handling, and Storing the MCC

Section 3Receiving,
Handling, and Storing the
MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

MCCs are constructed in shipping blocks of up to three vertical sections.


This allows for ease of handling during transportation and installation. The
main horizontal bus of all shipping blocks will be spliced together at the job
site with the use of captive horizontal splice bars.
Before shipment from the factory, the MCC is inspected visually, electrically,
and mechanically by professional quality control analysts. Certification of
quality control testing is available upon request.
After leaving Quality Control, each shipping block is carefully packaged and
attached to a skid (see Figure 1).
Figure 1:

Receiving the MCC

Packaged Motor Control Center

Inspect the MCC for damage as soon as it is received. Delivery of the


equipment to a carrier at any of the Schneider Electric plants or other
shipping point constitutes delivery to the purchaser. Title and all risk of loss
or damage in transit shall pass to the purchaser at that time. Refer to the
Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale for more details. All claims for loss
and damage must be made by the purchaser to the carrier.
If the packaging material is removed, replace it for protection until the MCC
is installed.

Handling the MCC

WARNING
HAZARD OF BODILY INJURY OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Use extreme caution when moving sections. The MCC has a high
center of gravity, which may cause it to tilt.
Do not attempt to lift or attach lifting means to sections equipped with
pull boxes.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in death or serious injury.

12

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 3Receiving, Handling, and Storing the MCC

Equipment Needed

Adequate equipment, such as a fork truck, crane, or rods and pipe rollers,
must be available for handling MCCs. Table 2 lists the approximate shipping
weights of sections equipped with typical units.
Table 2:

Approximate MCC Shipping Weights

NEMA 3R Non-Walk-In

NEMA 1, 1A, 12

NEMA 3R Non-Walk-In

Moving the MCC

Two
Three
Sections Sections

600 lb
(272 kg)

1200 lb
(544 kg)

1800 lb
(816 kg)

15 in.
(381 mm)
(26.6 in. / 676 mm overall)

900 lb
(408 kg)

1800 lb
(816 kg)

2700 lb
(1225 kg)

750 lb
(340 kg)

1500 lb
(680 kg)

2250 lb
(1021 kg)

20 in.
(508 mm)
(31.6 in. / 803 mm overall)

1050 lb
(476 kg)

2100 lb
(953 kg)

3150 lb
(1429 kg)

As shown in Table 2, weights vary by enclosure type and depth. To


minimize the risk of injury and equipment damage while moving the MCC,
follow these guidelines:

Use caution when moving heavy equipment.


Verify that the moving equipment is rated to handle the weight.
Fork trucks, when available, provide a convenient method of moving
MCCs (see Figure 2). When removing an MCC from a shipping pallet,
carefully balance and secure it using a safety strap.

Figure 2:

Figure 3:

One
Section

20 in.
(508 mm)

NEMA 1, 1A, 12

Depth
15 in.
(381 mm)

Enclosure Type

Proper Use of a Sling to Lift MCC

Moving the MCC with a Fork Truck

Each shipping block has lifting angles for handling the MCC with
overhead cranes. Take the following precautions when using a crane:
a. Handle MCCs in the upright position only.
b. Select rigging lengths to compensate for any unequal weight
distribution.

45 max
1/2 A
or more

Do not pass
ropes or cables
through lift holes.
Use slings with
safety hooks or
shackles.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

c. Do not exceed the 45 maximum angle between the vertical and


lifting cables (see Figure 3).
d. Use only slings with safety hooks or shackles. Do not pass ropes or
cables through the holes in the lifting angle.

13

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 3Receiving, Handling, and Storing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

After the shipping section is in place, its lifting angle may be removed and
discarded. To prevent the entrance of foreign materials, replace all
hardware that secured the lifting angle.
NOTE: Do not attempt to lift or attach lifting means to sections equipped
with pull boxes.

Storing the MCC

CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD
Never store MCCs outdoors. Outdoor storage is inadequate, even with the
protection of a tarpaulin.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
If the MCC cannot be placed into service upon receipt, store it in a clean,
dry, ventilated building free from temperature extremes. Acceptable storage
temperatures are from 0 C (32 F) to 40 C (104 F).
If the storage area is cool and/or damp, provide enough heat to prevent
condensation inside the MCC. Contact your Schneider Electric field sales
representative for specific requirements.

14

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 4Installing the


MCC

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

This section explains how to locate, install, and join Model 6 MCC
enclosures, and how to splice power and ground bus. Refer to MCC front
elevation drawings supplied by Schneider Electric for location/placement of
shipping splits/sections within each MCC line-up. For information related to
removing and installing existing and new units, see Section 10Expansion
on page 82, or the information included with the shipment of the new device.

Locating the MCC

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
When moving MCC sections, follow the instructions in Handling the
MCC on page 12. The MCC has a high center of gravity, which may
cause it to tilt.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
MCCs are designed for use in non-hazardous locations. Choose a location
for installation that is well ventilated and free from excess humidity, dust,
and dirt. The temperature of the area should be no less than 0 C (32 F)
and no greater than 40 C (104 F). Protect the enclosure from the entrance
of water or any moisture.
Space Requirements

Install MCCs in an area with a minimum of 3 ft. (914 mm) of free space in
front of front-of-board construction. An additional 3 ft. (914 mm) is
necessary in the rear of back-to-back construction. This free space provides
adequate room to remove and install units. (More space may be required for
some applications; refer to applicable local and national installation codes.)
Provide at least 0.5 in. (13 mm) of space between the back of front-of-board
MCCs and a wall. For damp locations, provide at least 6 in. (152 mm).
When selecting a location for the installation of an MCC, carefully consider
accessibility, overhead clearances, and future expansions. Considering
these factors will eliminate many difficulties during this and future MCC
installations.

Aligning the MCC

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

MCCs are assembled in the factory on a smooth, level surface to ensure


proper alignment of all sections. A similar smooth, level surface should be
provided for installation. An uneven foundation may cause misalignment of
shipping blocks, units, and doors. The surface under an MCC must be of a
non-combustible material, unless bottom plates are installed in each vertical
section.

15

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Joining NEMA Type 1 /


NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12
Sections

Before positioning the MCC sections (see Figure 4), check for damaged bus
bars and insulators. If the bus is bent or insulators are broken, do not install
the MCC. Report any damage to the carrier.
NOTES: A joining hardware kit is bagged and tied to the right front
corner channel of each shipping split. Captive splice bars are
pre-assembled on the horizontal bus on the left side of each
shipping split.
For gasket installation instructions, see Splice Gaskets for
NEMA Type 1 Gasketed and Type 12 Enclosures on page 23
before joining sections.

Positioning the MCC

To mount and splice a new MCC section to an existing Model 6 section, or


to join factory shipping splits, follow these steps:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the upper and lower horizontal wire trough covers in all
sections, providing access to each sections front splicing bolts (see
Figure 4B).

Figure 4:

Motor Control Center Views

Figure 4A:All Covers in Place

Figure 4B:Upper Horizontal Wire


Trough Covers Removed

Figure 4C:Two-piece Bus Barriers Removed


(splice connection made)

3. To gain access to each sections rear splicing bolts, slide the panels of
the two-piece bus barriers (see Figure 4B) in the sections adjacent to a
splice connection (the left and right sections).
4. Make provisions for fastening the structure(s) to the floor and wall. See
pages 18, 20, and 21 for fastener locations.

16

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

5. Supporting the MCC by its base channels and/or lifting angles, lift it into
place. The front edges of the base channels must be aligned to form a
continuous front.
6. Using the notches in the base channels, carefully move the sections into
alignment with a crowbar (see Figure 5).
NOTE: Use caution when moving MCC sections, as they are top heavy.
See Handling the MCC on page 12 before moving the MCC.
Figure 5:

Base Channel Notches

Joining Corner Channels

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.

Figure 6:

2. The hardware kit for joining sections (see Figure 6) is bagged and tied to
the right front corner channel of each shipping split.

Hardware Kit

3. Locate the six half-circle shaped notches on the inside surface of the
corner channels (see Figure 7A).
4. Using six of the 3/4 in. x 1/4-20 hex head thread-forming screws
supplied in the hardware kit, join the front vertical corner channels by
inserting the screws through the clearance holes located within the
half-circle shaped notches and into the mating thread-forming hole (see
Figure 7B).
NOTE: Insert the screws from whichever side provides the easiest
access to the holes; either side will allow proper joining of the channels.
5. Tighten the screws (see Figure 7C).
6. Repeat steps 35 to connect the rear corner channels.

Figure 7:

Bolting Sections Together

Half-circle
shaped notch

7A

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

7B

7C

17

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Securing Structures to the Floor

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Fasten each section to the floor (see Figure 8) using 1/2 in. or 3/4 in.,
grade 5 or higher, bolts, and flat washers (furnished by customer).
0.88 in. (22 mm) diameter base channel mounting holes provide clearance
for bolt expansion anchors for 1/2 in. bolts.
NOTE: Although sections are free-standing, floor fastening prevents
movement, thereby preventing conduit connection damage.
Figure 8:

Standard Base Channel Mounting

10.00
254

15.00
381

2.50

10.00

64

254

2.50

10.00

64

254

20 Wide x 15 Deep

20 Wide x 20 Deep

508

508

381

381

Inches
Dual Dimensions: millimeters

18

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Seismic Certification of Model 6 MCCs

Model 6 Motor Control Centers that are seismically certified have been
qualified to the site-specific seismic requirements of the listed model
building codes and/or standards. Optional construction features may be
required, depending on the location of the installation and the particular
code and/or standard of interest. Seismic certificates of compliance and
equipment labels are provided with all seismically certified MCCs. To
maintain the validity of this certification, the installation instructions provided
in this section must be followed.

Responsibility for Mitigation of Seismic Damage

For the purposes of the model building codes, Model 6 Motor Control
Centers are considered nonstructural building components. Equipment
capacity was determined from tri-axial seismic shake table test results as
defined in the International Code Counsel Evaluation Service (ICC ES)
Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Qualification Testing of Nonstructural
Components (AC156).
Unless otherwise indicated, an equipment importance factor of 1.5 (IP = 1.5)
was used, indicating that equipment functionality was verified before and
after shaker table seismic simulation testing. This importance factor is
indicative of critical facilities where maximizing the probability of post event
functionality is a priority.
AC156 is published by the ICC ES and has been recognized by the Building
Seismic Safety Council (BSSC) as an appropriate methodology in the 2003
National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program (NEHRP) commentary.
The National Institute of Building Sciences established the BSSC in1979 to
develop and promote regulatory provisions for earthquake risk mitigation at
the national level.
Incoming and outgoing cable and conduit must also be considered as
related but independent systems. They must be designed and restrained to
withstand the forces generated by the seismic event without increasing the
load transferred to the equipment. For applications where seismic hazard
exists, bottom entry and/or exit of cable and conduit is preferred.
If the spectral acceleration value (Ss as defined by the International Building
Code or NFPA 5000) is in excess of 2.67g (such as the New Madrid seismic
area), then the equipment must also be braced at the top using a lateral
restraint system. A lateral restraint system is also required in situations
where horizontal motion at the top of the MCC is not be desirable (such as
applications where top entry and/or exit of conduit are used). This system
must be capable of transferring the loads created to the load-bearing path of
the building structural system.
Seismic qualification of nonstructural components by Schneider Electric is
just one link in the total chain of responsibility required to maximize the
probability that the equipment will be intact and functional after a seismic
event. During a seismic event, the equipment must be able to transfer the
loads that are created through the mounting pad and anchorage to the
load-bearing path of the building structural system.
The structural civil engineer or design engineer of record is responsible for
detailing the equipment connection and anchorage requirements (including
the lateral restraint system if appropriate) for the given installation. The
installer and manufacturers of the anchorage and lateral restraint system
are responsible for assuring that the mounting requirements are met.
Schneider Electric is not responsible for the specification and performance
of these systems.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

19

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Securing Structures to FloorSeismic Hazard1


Designated Locations

Figure 9:

Each section must be anchored per detail supplied by engineer of record to


the load-bearing path of the building structural system. For floor mounting
locations, see Figure 9 (NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and Type 12
enclosures) or Figure 10 on page 21 (NEMA Type 3R enclosures). Use
0.50 in. or 0.75 in. grade 5 or higher bolts and Belleville washers. Torque
bolts to the value specified by the manufacturer of the anchor.

NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and Type 12 Seismic Tie-Down Locations

B
E
A

= Seismic Tie-Down Locations

15 in. (381 mm) Section Dimensions


Letter

Section Width

A
B

20 in. (508 mm) Section Dimensions

Dimension

Letter

N/A

5.00 in. (127 mm)

N/A

5.00 in. (127 mm)

N/A

15.00 in. (381 mm)

N/A

20.00 in. (508 mm)

20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)


C

25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)


30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)

Section Width

Dimension

20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)


C

35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)

25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)


30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)
35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)

N/A

9.98 in. (253 mm)

N/A

14.98 in. (380 mm)

N/A

2.50 in. (64 mm)

N/A

2.50 in. (64 mm)

N/A = Not applicable

N/A = Not applicable

NOTE: The dimensions shown are tie-down locations within


individual MCC sections. Refer to factory supplied drawings to
determine appropriate anchor locations for the equipment pad.

20

Seismic hazard for site specific locations as defined by the current edition of the International Building Code or NFPA 5000 or relevant local building code or
consulting engineer of record.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 10:

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

NEMA Type 3R Seismic Tie-Down Locations

D
D

= Seismic Tie-Down Locations

15 in. (381 mm) Section Dimensions


Letter

Section Width

A
B

20 in. (508 mm) Section Dimensions

Dimension

Letter

Section Width

N/A

5.00 in. (127 mm)

N/A

5.00 in. (127 mm)

N/A

15.00 in. (381 mm)

N/A

20.00 in. (508 mm)

20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)


C

25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)


30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)

Dimension

20.00 in. (508 mm) 10.00 in. (254 mm)


C

35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)

25.00 in. (635 mm) 15.00 in. (381 mm)


30.00 in. (762 mm) 20.00 in. (508 mm)
35.00 in. (889 mm) 25.00 in. (635 mm)

N/A

9.98 in. (253 mm)

N/A

14.98 in. (380 mm)

N/A

11.60 in. (295 mm)

N/A

11.60 in. (295 mm)

N/A

12.50 in. (318 mm)

N/A

12.50 in. (318 mm)

N/A

5.00 in. (127 mm)

N/A

5.00 in. (127 mm)

N/A

3.60 in. (91 mm)

N/A

3.60 in. (91 mm)

N/A = Not applicable

N/A = Not applicable

NOTE: The dimensions shown are tie-down locations within


individual MCC sections. Refer to factory supplied drawings to
determine appropriate anchor locations for the equipment pad.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

21

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Securing Structures to WallSeismic Hazard1


Designated Locations

When specified or required for the application (all seismic hazard areas with
Ss in excess of 2.67g), each section must be laterally braced at the top
(bracing supplied by others) and connected to the load-bearing path of the
building system per detail supplied by engineer of record. Refer to the current
International Building Code or NFPA 5000 for location specific values of Ss.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Turn off power supplying equipment before installing lateral bracing.
Bolts must not penetrate top plate by more than 0.50 in.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Remove the lifting angle and fasten each section to the lateral restraint
system using the same attachment points used to secure the lifting angle.
Re-use bolts [3/8 (.375 in.) by 7/8 (.875 in.) long #16 thread] and lock
washer (.094 in. thick) supplied with the lifting angle or hardware supplied
by others as appropriate. Pay particular attention to the limitation on the
depth the bolt can penetrate below the surface of the top plate. The bolts
must not penetrate the top plate of the enclosure by more than 0.50 in.
Figure 11:

Attachment Locations for Top Lateral Bracing

D
(typ.)

D
(typ.)

B
C

B
A

C
A

15 in. (381 mm) Section Dimensions


Letter

Section Width

A
B

20 in. (508 mm) Section Dimensions

Dimension

Letter

Section Width

Dimension

N/A

5.25 in. (133 mm)

N/A

10.25 in. (260 mm)

N/A

15.00 in. (381 mm)

N/A

20.00 in. (508 mm)

20.00 in. (508 mm) 18.40 in. (467 mm)


C

25.00 in. (635 mm) 23.40 in. (594 mm)


30.00 in. (762 mm) 28.40 in. (721 mm)

20.00 in. (508 mm) 18.40 in. (467 mm)


C

35.00 in. (889 mm) 33.40 in. (848 mm)


D
N/A = Not applicable

N/A

0.80 in. (20 mm)

25.00 in. (635 mm) 23.40 in. (594 mm)


30.00 in. (762 mm) 28.40 in. (721 mm)
35.00 in. (889 mm) 33.40 in. (848 mm)

N/A

0.80 in. (20 mm)

N/A = Not applicable

NOTE: The dimensions shown are for locating top lateral bracing locations
within individual MCC sections. Refer to factory supplied drawings to determine
appropriate anchor locations for the top lateral brace support system.
1

22

Seismic hazard for site specific locations as defined by the current edition of the International Building Code or NFPA 5000 or relevant local building code or
consulting engineer of record.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Splice Gaskets for NEMA Type 1


Gasketed and Type 12 Enclosures

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying the equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
When moving MCC sections, follow the instructions in Handling the
MCC on page 12. The MCC has a high center of gravity, which may
cause it to tilt.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
When splicing to an existing MCC, refer to Figure 12. If P gasket is not
installed, follow the instructions in Splicing With No P Gasketing on
page 24. If P gasket is installed, follow the instructions in Splicing With P
Gasketing on page 24.
Figure 12:

P Gasketing
Corner
channels
Top tie
channels

P gasket

Left Side

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Right Side

23

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Splicing With No P Gasketing

80459-641-01D
09/2008

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. If splicing to an existing MCC, remove the end plate and any gasketing
from the existing MCC.
3. Remove the white paper backing from the new gaskets (supplied by
Schneider Electric) to expose the adhesive. This adhesive temporarily
holds the gaskets in place while the sections are being positioned.
4. Apply P gaskets to the outside of the front and rear vertical corner
channels (see Figure 12 on page 23). The gaskets should not extend
above the top of the corner channels.
5. Apply flat gaskets to the outside of the top and bottom tie channels. The
gaskets should not extend above the top of the tie channels.
6. Applying thumb pressure, firmly press the gaskets in place from top to
bottom. Verify that the gaskets are flat along the entire length.
7. Join sections together following the appropriate steps in Joining NEMA
Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12 Sections on
page 16.
NOTE: When new sections will be added to left side of existing line-up,
follow Steps 1, 2, and 7 only.

Splicing With P Gasketing

Determine the location of the existing P gasket before splicing. If the P


gasket is on the left (see Figure 12 on page 23), follow the instructions
Splice to Existing Left. If the P gasket is on the right (see Figure 12 on
page 23), follow the instructions Splice to Existing Right.

Splice to Existing Left

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the end plate and all flat gaskets from the existing MCC. Leave
the P gasket on the existing front corner channel in place.
3. Remove the factory installed flat gasket from the front corner channel of
the new vertical section.
4. Join sections together following the appropriate steps in Joining NEMA
Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12 Sections on
page 16.

Splice to Existing Right

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the end plate and all flat gaskets from the existing MCC. The
P gasket on the existing front corner channel should be left in place.
3. Remove the white paper backing from the new gaskets (supplied by
Schneider Electric) to expose the adhesive. This adhesive temporarily
holds the gasket in place while the sections are being positioned.
4. Apply a P gasket to the outside of the rear vertical corner channel
(see Figure 12 on page 23). The gasket should not extend above the top
of the corner channel. Retain the extra P gasket for future use.
5. Apply flat gaskets to the outside of the top and bottom tie channels. The
gaskets should not extend above the top of the tie channels.
6. Applying thumb pressure, firmly press the gasket in place from top to
bottom. Ensure that the gasket is flat along the entire length.
7. Join sections together following the appropriate steps in Joining NEMA
Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12 Sections on
page 16.

24

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Joining New Style NEMA Type 3R


Enclosures to Old Style NEMA Type 3R
Enclosures

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
This section provides instructions for joining new style NEMA Type 3R
enclosures manufactured after February 1998 to old style NEMA Type 3R
enclosures manufactured before February 1998 (the new MCC enclosure is
3 in. (76 mm) shorter than the existing MCC). Instructions for joining to the left
or right of an existing MCC enclosure (as viewed from the front) are provided in
this bulletin.
For all MCCs in NEMA Type 3R enclosures, the parts required for joining
the enclosures are included in a kit. This kit is shipped with the MCC order
and contains all the parts necessary to join the enclosures.
NOTE: All NEMA Type 3R sections manufactured after February 1998
measure approximately 93 in. (2362 mm) from the bottom of the section to the
top of the deflector.

Joining to the Left Side of an Existing NEMA


Type 3R MCC Enclosure.

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.

Figure 13:

2. Remove the end deflector (see Figure 13) from the leftmost section of
the existing MCC and the end deflector, if supplied, from the rightmost
section of the MCC being added. Discard both end deflectors. Retain the
hardware for installation of new parts.

Removing the End Deflector

End deflector

End plate

3. Remove the back plate from the leftmost section of the existing MCC
and also from the rightmost section of the MCC being added. Retain the
back plates and mounting hardware for re-installation.
4. Remove the end plate (see Figure 13) from the leftmost section of the
existing MCC and the end plate, if supplied, from the rightmost section of
the MCC being added. Discard both end plates. Retain the hardware for
installation of new parts.
5. Remove the insulating barrier (see Figure 14 on page 26) from the
leftmost section of the existing MCC by punching out the rivets that
are holding the barrier in place. Repeat this procedure for the barrier, if
supplied, in the rightmost section of the MCC being added. Discard
both barriers.
NOTE: Ensure that rivet parts do not fall into the MCC.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

25

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 14:

Removing the Insulating Barrier

Rivets

Insulating barrier

6. Install the deflector bracket (see Figure 15) on the rightmost section of
the MCC being added using two 8-32 Phillips head screws included in
the kit. The same holes from which the rivets were removed will be used
to mount the deflector bracket. Ensure that the top holes of the bracket
align with the holes in the top plate of the enclosure.
Figure 15:

Installing the Deflector Bracket


1/420 screws
Splice deflector
Section
being added
Deflector
bracket
832
screws
Right splice bracket
[94 in. (2388 mm) long]

1/420 screws
Front
vertical
channel
Corner
channel
1032
flat Phillips
head screws

Left splice bracket


[90 in. (2286 mm)
long]

Back
bracket

7. Attach a left splice bracket (see Figure 15), 90 in. (2286 mm) long, to the
front corner channel of the rightmost section of the MCC being added
using six 1/420 screws contained in the kit. Ensure that the short flange
is flush with the front of the corner channel and that the holes in the
bracket line up with the holes in the corner channel.

26

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

8. Install a left splice bracket (see Figure 15 on page 26), 90 in. (2286 mm)
long, to the rear corner channel of the rightmost section of the MCC
being added using six 1/420 screws contained in the kit. Ensure that
the short flange is flush with the back of the corner channel and that the
holes in the bracket line up with the holes in the corner channel.
9. Attach a right splice bracket (see Figure 15), 94 in. (2388 mm) long, to
the left splice bracket installed in Step 7 using six 1032 flat Phillips
head screws contained in the kit. Ensure that the short flange is behind
the flange of the left splice bracket. The right splice bracket will extend
below the left splice bracket by approximately 1 in. (25 mm) when
properly installed.
10. Install a right splice bracket (see Figure 15), 94 in. (2388 mm) long, to
the left splice bracket installed in Step 8 using six 1032 flat Phillips
head screws contained in the kit. Ensure that the short flange is in front
of the flange of the left splice bracket. The right splice bracket will extend
below the left splice bracket by approximately 1 in. (25 mm) when
properly installed.
11. Position the structures that are to be spliced. Check that the fronts are
flush to ensure proper alignment of all components.
12. Splice sections using the instructions in the Model 5 Instruction Bulletin
(8998IM9101R5/92) if joining to a Model 5 MCC, or the instructions on
page 23 of this instruction bulletin if joining to a Model 6 MCC.
NOTE: When splicing the horizontal bus between the new and existing
MCC sections, remove the splice bars contained in the leftmost section
of the existing MCC. Discard the splice bars. Install the horizontal bus
splice assembly provided in this kit using the instructions beginning on
page 30 of this bulletin. Use the remaining six 1/420 hex head screws
provided in the kit to splice the corner channels of the existing MCC to
the right splice brackets installed in Steps 9 and 10.
Figure 16:

Re-attaching the Back Plates


Rear

Left section
back plate

Right section
back plate

Multi-section
back bracket

Section corner
channels

Front

13. Using the 1032 hex head screws removed in Step 3, re-attach the back
plate (see Figure 16) to the rightmost section of the new MCC. Install the
back bracket (see Figure 15 on page 26) under the back plate using the
left side holes of the back bracket. Ensure that the notch at the top of the
back bracket is installed toward the new MCC section.
14. Using the 1032 screws removed in Step 3, re-attach the back plate
(see Figure 16) to the right section.
15. Install the splice deflector (see Figure 15 on page 26) to the rightmost
section of the MCC being added. Use the five 1/420 screws supplied in
the kit. Ensure that both top plate flanges are covered.
16. Install five of the 1/420 screws removed in Step 2 through the splice
deflector and into the top plate of the leftmost section of the existing
MCC.
17. Using the six 1032 screws supplied in the kit, secure the right front
vertical channel of the new NEMA Type 3R enclosure to the left front
vertical channel of the existing NEMA Type 3R enclosure.
NOTE: Install the screws through the clearance holes in the left front
vertical channel of the existing MCC into the right front vertical channel
of the new MCC.
18. Before energizing the equipment, replace all covers and barriers.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

27

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Joining to the Right Side of an Existing NEMA


Type 3R MCC Enclosure

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the end deflector (see Figure 13 on page 25) from the rightmost
section of the existing MCC and the end deflector, if supplied, from the
leftmost section of the MCC being added. Retain hardware for use in
Step 12. Discard both end deflectors.

Figure 17:

Installing the Splice Deflector


End deflector
1/420 screws

3. Remove the back plate from the rightmost section of the existing MCC
and also from the leftmost section of the MCC being added. Retain the
back plates and mounting hardware for re-installation.
4. Remove the end plate (see Figure 13 on page 25) from the rightmost
section of the existing MCC and the end plate, if supplied, from the
leftmost section of the MCC being added. Discard both end plates.

Splice adaptor
Right splice bracket
(90 in. long)
Left splice bracket
(94 in. long)
Section
being
added

5. Remove the insulating barrier (see Figure 14 on page 26) from the
rightmost section of the existing MCC by punching out the rivets that are
holding the barrier in place. Repeat this procedure for the barrier, if
provided, located in the leftmost section of the MCC being added.
Discard both barriers.
NOTE: Ensure that rivet parts do not fall into the MCC.
6. Install the left splice bracket (see Figure 17), 94 in. (2388 mm) long, to
the right front vertical channel of the existing MCC. Use six 1032 hex
head screws provided in the kit. The long flange of the splice channel
will mount to the side of the vertical channel with the short flange near
the front of the vertical channel. When properly installed, the bottom of
the left splice bracket will be flush with the bottom of the vertical channel.

Back
bracket

10-32 hex
head screw
Front
vertical
channel
1032 flat
Phillips head screws

7. Install the right splice bracket (see Figure 17), 90 in. (2286 mm) long, to
the left splice bracket installed in Step 6 using six 1032 flat Phillips
head screws provided in the kit. Ensure that the short flange of the right
splice bracket is in front of the flange of the left splice bracket. When
properly installed, the left splice bracket will extend approximately 1 in.
(25 mm) below the right splice bracket.
8. Position the structures that are to be spliced together. Make sure that
the fronts are flush. This ensures proper alignment of all components.
9. Splice sections using the instructions in the Model 5 Instruction Bulletin
(8998IM9101) if joining to a Model 5 MCC, or the instructions on
page 23 of this instruction bulletin if joining to a Model 6 MCC. Use the
12 1/420 hex head screws provided in the kit to splice the corner
channels of the existing MCC to the corner channels of the new MCC.
10. Re-attach the back plate (see Figure 16 on page 27) to the leftmost
section of the MCC being added by using the 1032 hex head screws
removed in Step 4. Install the back bracket (see Figure 17) under the back
plate using the right side holes of the back bracket. Ensure that the notch
at the top of the back bracket is installed toward the new MCC section.
11. Using the hardware removed in Step 3, re-attach the back plate (see
Figure 16 on page 27) to the rightmost section of the existing MCC.
12. Install the splice adaptor (see Figure 17) to the leftmost section of the
MCC being added by using five 1/420 screws provided in the kit.
13. Next, position the end deflector, provided in the kit, over the top plate
flanges of both sections (see Figure 17) and install with five 1/420
screws removed in Step 2.
14. Using six 1032 hex head screws, provided in the kit, secure the right
front vertical channel of the MCC being added to the right splice bracket
installed in Step 7 (see Figure 17).
15. Before energizing the equipment, replace all covers and barriers.

28

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Joining NEMA Type 3R Sections

This section provides instructions for joining NEMA Type 3R MCC sections
(manufactured after February 1998).

Figure 18:

NOTE: All NEMA Type 3R sections manufactured after February 1998 are
approximately 93 in. (2362 mm) from the bottom of the section to the top of
the deflector.

Remove Mid and End Deflector


Caps from the Top of the MCC
Lifting angle

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
End deflector

Mid deflector

2. Remove the right section (see Figure 19) back plate.


NOTE: Steps 3 and 4 apply only if a new section is being added to an
existing MCC line-up. If installing a new line-up, skip to Step 5.
3. Remove the end deflector cap from the right side of the existing NEMA
Type 3R section (see Figure 18). Also, remove the mid deflector cap
from the section being added to the right.

Top View

4. Remove the end closing plate from the right side of the existing section.
5. After placing the structures side-by-side, join them as described in
Joining NEMA Type 1 / NEMA Type 1 Gasketed / NEMA Type 12
Sections on page 16.
Figure 19:

Attach the Multi-section Bracket


Rear

Left section
back plate

Right section
back plate

Multi-section
back bracket

Section corner
channels

7. Install the mid deflector, ensuring both top plate flanges are covered
(see Figure 18).
8. Using the six 10-32 screws supplied, secure the left front vertical
channel of the NEMA Type 3R extension to the right front vertical
channel of the NEMA Type 3R extension (see Figure 20).
9. If the lifting angle is to be removed from the sections after installation,
replace all hardware in the order shown (see Figure 21).

Front
Figure 20:

6. Re-attach the back plate (removed in Step 2) to the right section using
the additional hardware supplied. Attach the right side to the multisection bracket (see Figure 19).

Secure the Vertical Channels

Figure 21:

Replace Lifting Angle Hardware


3/8 in. bolt

Left section

Right section
1032 screw

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Steel washer
Seal ring

29

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Splicing Power Bus for NEMA Type 1 and


Type 12 Enclosures

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

Figure 22:

Horizontal Wireway Covers and


Bus Barriers Removed

To splice the power bus, follow these steps:


1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the horizontal wireway covers and slide the horizontal bus
barriers to gain access to the captive splice connectors (see Figure 22).
See Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier
Panels for the steps for removing horizontal bus barriers.
NOTE: On the integral splice assembly, located on the left side of each
phase bus, the number of bus links is one greater than the number of
horizontal bus bars. This creates a sandwich splice. The rear-most
splice link contains the captive nuts.
3. Remove the two left bolts. Loosen, but do not remove, the two right bolts
on the splice assembly (see Figure 23).
NOTE: Do not remove the two right bolts from the splice assemblies.
Doing so will permit spacers to fall from the splice assembly. If this
occurs, re-assemble the splice bars and spacers (if applicable) in the
proper order before continuing.
Figure 23:

30

Removing the Left Bolts and Loosening the Right Bolts


on the Splice Assembly

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

4. Slide the splice assembly to the left until the two left holes are in line
with the corresponding holes in the horizontal bus on the left section
(see Figure 24).
Figure 24:

Figure 25:

Inserting the Splice Bolts

Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes

5. Reinstall the two left bolts through the splice links and into the horizontal
bus (see Figure 25); make sure the original conical washers are
reinstalled with the concave side facing the splice bus (see Figure 26).
Figure 26:

Placing a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head


Bolt
head

Conical
washer

Spacer

Bus bars

6. Torque all bolts on both ends to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 Nm)


(see Figure 27).
Figure 27:

Torquing the Bolts

7. Repeat Steps 26 for all phases and for the neutral bus (if supplied).
8. Before energizing the equipment, slide horizontal bus barriers into
closed position and replace all covers.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

31

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Splicing Power Bus in NEMA Type 3R


Enclosures

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

Figure 28:

Wireway Covers Removed and


Horizontal Bus Barriers Open

This section describes how to splice the power bus of a NEMA Type 3R
enclosure (manufactured after February 1998) to the power bus of another
NEMA Type 3R section. Bus splicing material is not captive if the section is
equipped with offset bus. Refer to bulletin 80453-649-01 for instructions for
splicing offset power bus in NEMA Type 3R enclosures.
To splice power bus, follow these steps.
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the horizontal wireway covers and slide the horizontal bus
barriers to gain access to the captive splice connectors (see Figure 28).
See Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier
Panels for the steps for removing horizontal bus barriers.

Figure 29:

Loosen Bolts

NOTE: On the integral splice assembly, located on the left side of each
phase bus, the number of bus links is one greater than the number of
horizontal bus bars. This creates a sandwich splice. The rear-most
splice link contains the captive nuts.
3. Remove the two left bolts from each splice assembly. Then loosen, but do
not remove, the two right bolts of each splice assembly (see Figure 29).
NOTE: Do not remove the two right bolts or the center bolt (if applicable)
from the splice assemblies. Doing so will permit spacers to fall from the
splice assembly. If this occurs, re-assemble the splice bars and spacers
(if applicable) in the proper order before continuing.
4. Slide the splice assembly to the left until the two left holes are in line with the
corresponding holes in the horizontal bus in the left section (see Figure 30).
Figure 30:

32

Slide the Splice Assembly to the Left

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 31:

Inserting the Splice Bolts

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

5. Re-install the two left bolts through the splice assembly and into the
horizontal bus (see Figure 31). Make sure the original conical washers
are re-installed with the concave side facing the splice bus (see
Figure 32).
Figure 32:

Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head


Bolt
head

Conical
washer

Spacer

Bus bars

6. Torque the bolts to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 Nm). See Figure 33.
Figure 33:

Torque All Bolts

7. Repeat Steps 26 for all phases and the neutral bus (if supplied).
8. Before energizing the equipment, replace all covers and barriers.

Ground Bus Splicing for NEMA Type 1,


Type 12, and Type 3R
Figure 34:

Ground Splice Bar as Shipped

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

33

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

To splice the ground bus, follow these steps:


1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
Figure 35:

Ground Bar Bolt Replaced

2. Remove ground bar bolts from the right and left sections (see
Figure 34).
3. Slide the ground splice bar into the right section, aligning the mounting
holes (see Figure 35).
4. Replace the ground bar bolts (see Figure 35) in the right and left
sections. Torque both bolts to 6075 lb-in (6.758.44 Nm).
5. Replace all covers and barriers and close all doors.

Power Bus Splicing of Two-Inch (51 mm)


Bus with 100,000 A Short Circuit

This section provides instructions for splicing the power bus of one NEMA
Type 1 or Type 12 section with 2 in. (51 mm) bus braced for 100,000 A to the
power bus of another section of the same type. Splicing material is captive on
the integral splice assembly unless the section is equipped with offset bus.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
To splice the power bus, follow these steps:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
Figure 36:

Wireway Covers Removed and


Horizontal Bus Barriers Open

2. Remove the horizontal wireway covers and slide the horizontal bus
barriers to gain access to the captive splice connectors (see Figure 36).
See Appendix A for the steps for removing horizontal bus barriers.
NOTE: On the integral splice assembly, located on the left side of each
phase bus, the number of bus links is one greater than the number of
horizontal bus bars. This creates a sandwich splice. The rear-most
splice link contains the captive nuts.

34

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 37:

Removing the Bolts from the


Splice Assembly

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

3. Remove all four bolts from each splice assembly (see Figure 37).
4. Slide the splice assembly to the left until the two left holes are in line with the
corresponding holes in the horizontal bus on the left section (see Figure 38).
Figure 38:

Figure 39:

Inserting the Splice Bolts

Aligning the Splice and Bus Holes

5. Reinstall all four bolts through the splice assembly and into the
horizontal bus (see Figure 39); make sure the original conical washers
are reinstalled with the concave side facing the splice bus (see
Figure 40).
Figure 40:

Place a Conical Washer Under the Bolt Head


Bolt
head

Conical
washer

Spacer

Bus bars

6. Torque all bolts on both ends to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 N m). See
Figure 41.
Figure 41:

Torque All Bolts

7. Repeat Steps 26 for all phases and the neutral bus (if supplied).
8. Before energizing the equipment, replace all covers and barriers.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

35

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus


(Left Side of Structure Only)

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
NOTES: In all structures with an offset horizontal bus, splice bars are
provided as a kit. This kit is packaged in a carton and shipped
inside the structure. The kit contains all splice bars and
mounting hardware necessary for horizontal bus splicing.
Use the splice kit only if splicing is to be done on the left (while
facing the structure). If the splice is not on the left, remove the kit
before energizing and retain it for future expansion. If a structure
is to be spliced to another structure on the right, follow splicing
instructions provided for that structure application.
All splice connections have one more splice bar than the
number of horizontal bus bars. The rear-most splice bar
contains captive nuts.

Figure 42:

Splicing Offset Horizontal Bus

To splice a horizontal bus on the left side of the structure, follow these steps:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Join sections together following the appropriate steps beginning at
Locating the MCC on page 15 and continuing through page 29. This
provides proper alignment of the horizontal bus.

Rear
Captive nut

Front

36

Splice bars

3. Position the rear splice bar (bar with captive nuts; see Figure 42) against
the back face of the rear horizontal bus bar.
4. Install a plain splice bar between each lamination of horizontal bus; install
the last bar against the front face of the horizontal bus (see Figure 42).
5. Align the four mounting holes in the splice bus and the horizontal bus.
6. Re-install the two left bolts through the splice assembly and into the
horizontal bus. Make sure the original conical washers are re-installed
with the concave side facing the splice bus (see Figure 26 on page 31).
Torque these bolts to 3132 lb-ft (41.8743.22 Nm) (see Figure 42). If
the optional 85,000 A bus bracing is supplied, torque the center nut to
70 lb-ft (94.92 Nm).
7. Repeat Steps 26 for each of the three horizontal bus phases.
8. Before energizing the equipment, replace all covers and barriers.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Conductor Entry

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Conduit entry space is provided at the top and bottom of the MCC structure.
The top plates (and closing plates in bottom, if present) are removable for
convenience in wiring and cutting conduit openings). A hinged door allows
access to the main lug, main circuit breaker, or main switch compartment. In
some cases, the horizontal wire trough cover must be removed.
Pullboxes are available if additional wiring space is required.
Cable connection torque values are listed in Table 3 and Table 4 on page 42.

Vent Hood Installation for MCCs with


2500 A Horizontal Bus

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Do not drill or cut in the top area of the motor control center.
Avoid contaminating the motor control center with dust or debris.
DO NOT lift the cabinet by the vent hood or by attaching lifting angles to the
vent hood.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
This section contains instructions for installing a vent hood over the top
plate vents on a motor control center (MCC) with 2500 A horizontal bus.
NOTES: Do not install the vent hood until the MCC is in its final location.
Retain all hardware.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

37

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the 3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolts, washers, and the lifting angle
(see Figure 43).
Figure 43:

Remove the Hardware


3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolt
and washer

10-32 screw

Lifting angle
Vent hood

3. Remove the two 10-32 screws that secure the vent hood and closing
plate to the top of the cabinet (see Figure 43).
4. Once the vent hood is removed, secure the top closing plate by
reinstalling the 10-32 screws removed in Step 3 (see Figure 44).
Figure 44:

Reposition and Attach the Vent Hood


Vent hood

Top closing plate

5. Position the vent hood on the top of the cabinet as shown.


6. Secure the vent hood in place using the two 3/8-in. (9.525 mm)
bolts and washers removed in Step 2. Torque the bolts to 2833 lb-in
(3.1643.729 Nm).

38

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Vented Pullbox Installation for MCCs with


2500 A Horizontal Bus

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside it.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Do not drill or cut in the top area of the motor control center.
Avoid contaminating the motor control center with dust or debris.
DO NOT lift the cabinet by the vent hood or by attaching lifting angles to the
vent hood.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
This section contains instructions for installing a vented pullbox on a motor
control center with 2500 A horizontal bus. Pullboxes are either 12 or 18 in.
(304.8 or 457.2 mm) high and mount on the top of the MCC.
NOTES: Do not install the pullbox until the MCC is in its final location.
Retain all hardware.
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside the
equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.

Figure 45:

2. Remove the 3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolts, washers, and the lifting angle
(see Figure 45).

Remove the Hardware


3/8-in. (9.525 mm)
bolt and washer

10-32 screw
Lifting
angle

4. Remove the top closing plate from the structure.


5. Remove the front panel from the pullbox. Position the pullbox on top of
the cabinet as shown in Figure 46.

Top closing
plate

Figure 46:

3. Remove the two 10-32 screws that secure the top closing plate to the
top of the cabinet (see Figure 45).

6. Install the two 3/8-in. (9.525 mm) bolts and washers that were removed in
Step 2. Place them through the pullbox lower side channels and into the
top of the cabinet. Torque the bolts to 2833 lb-in (3.1643.729 Nm).
Install the Pullbox

7. Re-install the pullbox front panel removed in Step 5 and the top closing
plate removed in Step 4 (see Figure 46).

Top closing
plate
Pullbox

Front panel

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

39

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Load and Control Wiring

The top and bottom horizontal wire troughs and the vertical wire trough are
convenient areas to run incoming line, load, and control wires (see
Figure 47). Openings between sections permit wire to pass from one
section into the next for interwiring.

Figure 47:

Control and power wires are routed to each unit via the vertical wire trough.
When supplied, grommeted wire ports must be opened to route wire to the
unit. The H-shaped cut pattern is pre-scored for easy opening. Using a
small knife, cut through the center tabs and complete the H-shaped slice
(see Figure 48). When cutting, be sure not to damage the wires located
near the grommet.

Wiring in the Top


Horizontal Wire Trough

Figure 48:

Vertical Wire Trough Grommet

Pull-apart control terminals (see Figure 49) are mounted on a 35 mm


DIN-rail located adjacent to the wiring ports toward the front of the unit.
Terminate field control wiring on the removable portion of the block.
Figure 49:

40

Pull-apart Type Terminal Blocks

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Crimp Lug Cable Assembly for Cabled


Disconnect Unit Installation

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

Figure 50:

Typical Cabled Disconnect Unit

Horizontal bus
mounting assembly

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Access the horizontal bus in the motor control center.
3. Remove the horizontal bus mounting nuts and washers (item ) from
the horizontal bus assembly.
4. Insert the loom bolts (item ) through the rear of the lug pad (item ).
5. Using the mounting nuts and washers from Step 3, attach the lug pad to
the horizontal bus mounting bolts (item ).

Crimp lug cable


assembly (one or
two per phase)

6. Torque the horizontal bus mounting nuts to 820840 lb-in (9395 Nm).
7. Route the cable to the circuit breaker or fuse disconnect unit (see
Figure 50); trim cable length as required.
8. Using the lug pad nuts and washers (item ), attach the crimp lug cable
assembly (item ) to the loom bolts on the lug pad.
9. Torque the lug pad nuts to 820840 lb-in (9395 Nm).
Figure 51:

Typical Horizontal Bus Assembly

Typical cabled
disconnect unit
(circuit breaker or
fusible switch)

Horizontal bus

Crimp lug cable

Loom bolts

Horizontal bus

Lug pad

Lug pad nuts and

mounting bolts

assembly

mounting nuts
and washers
washers

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

41

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Cable Connection Torque Values

The following tables provide main disconnect and branch feeder torque
values, which apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

Figure 52:

Table 3:

Main Lug Compartment Torque


Connection

Connection Torque Values for Main Lug Compartments


(see Figure 52)

Socket Size Across Flat

Torque

3/8 in.

375 lb-in (42.4 Nm)

1/2 in.

600 lb-in (67.8 Nm)

Table 4:

Connection Torque Values for Main and Branch Feeders

Frame Size

Ampere Rating

Torque

1530 A
35150 A

50 lb-in (5.6 Nm)


120 lb-in (13.6 Nm)

150250 A

225 lb-in (25.4 Nm)

FA

1530 A
35100 A

35 lb-in (3.9 Nm)


80 lb-in (9.0 Nm)

FC

2030 A
40100 A

35 lb-in (4.0 Nm)


65 lb-in (7.3 Nm)

KA

70250 A

250 lb-in (28.2 Nm)

KC

110250 A

250 lb-in (28.2 Nm)

LA/LH

125400 A

200 lb-in (22.6 Nm)

LC/LI/LE/LX/LXI

300-600 A

300 lb-in (33.9 Nm)

MA/MH/ME/MX

200400 A
4501000 A

300 lb-in (33.9 Nm)


300 lb-in (33.9 Nm)

NT

600 lb-in (67.8 Nm)

400-2500 A

600 lb-in (67.8 Nm)

PA/PH/PE/PX

8002000 A

500 lb-in (56.5 Nm)

MJ/MG

300-800 A

450 lb-in (50.8 Nm)

PJ/PK/PG/PL

250-1200 A

450 lb-in (50.8 Nm)

RJ/RK/RG/RL

Component Instructional Information

400-1200 A

NW (top entry)

600-2500 A

500 lb-in (56.5 Nm)

Component manuals for devices such as adjustable frequency drive


controllers, solid state reduced voltage starters, and programmable logic
controllers are included with the MCC instruction information packet.
Thermal overload selection data is listed on the inside of the vertical wire
trough door of each section. This information is also listed in this bulletin;
see Thermal Overload Unit Selection beginning on page 94. Select proper
thermal overloads from the applicable starter size tables.

42

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 4Installing the MCC

Modifying Fuse Clip Locations

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Never operate energized switch with door open.
Turn off switch before removing or installing fuses or making load side
connections.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device at all line and load
fuse clips to confirm switch is off.
Turn off all power supplying switch before doing any other work on or
inside switch.
Do not use renewable link fuses in fused switches.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Install 30 and 60 A fuse bases for the proper fuse size and class and
maximum voltage in Size 1 and 2 starter units. The base pan of the
disconnect switch has five sets of mounting holes for this purpose. The lower
fuse base is installed in the proper mounting holes at the factory (see
Figure 53). Additional clips and bases may be required if changing fuse class.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment and follow lockout/tagout
procedures before working on or inside equipment. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
Figure 53:

Size 1 and 2 Fuse Clip Locations

30/60 A Class J
30 A Class H/R 250 V
60 A Class H/R 250 V

30 A Class H/R 600 V


60 A Class H/R 600 V

NOTE: For Form II Class C fuse spacing, contact your Schneider Canada
representative.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

43

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 5Operation

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 5Operation

Included in this section are the pre-operation checklist and energizing


procedures.

Pre-operation Checklist

To ensure proper operation of the MCC, check the items listed below before
energizing the MCC:

Complete the maintenance procedures beginning on page 46 and


continuing up to Insulation Test on page 56. This initial maintenance is
necessary to detect any shipping damage or loose connections. Do not
energize the MCC until initial maintenance is complete.
NOTE: The following maintenance procedures are not necessary before
energizing the MCC for the first time: Control Unit Removal, Stab
Assemblies, Starter Contacts and Barriers/Insulators.

Remove all blocks or other temporary holding means from the electrical
devices.
Remove any secondary shunt bars from the current transformers. Do
not operate a current transformer with its secondary open-circuited.

Manually exercise all switches, circuit breakers, and other operator


mechanisms to ensure that they are properly aligned and operate freely.

Electrically exercise all electrically-operated switches, circuit breakers


and other mechanisms (but not under load) to ensure that the devices
operate properly. An auxiliary source of control power may be required.

Verify proper interval and contact operation of the timers.

Verify that proper overload units are installed by checking the overload
selection tables against motor full load current. Motor Logic, TeSys T,
and IEC overload relays (if supplied) do not require thermal units, but
are set at the lowest setting at the factory.

Verify that all load and remote control connections have been made and
that they agree with the wiring diagrams provided.

Verify that all ground connections are made properly.

Pre-operation Check

If the MCC is equipped with ground fault protection, properly adjust and
test the ground fault protective device before energizing.

Figure 54:

Perform an insulation test on the MCC (see Insulation Test on


page 56).

Install the covers and close the doors; ensure that all are properly
tightened; verify that all mechanism interlocks function.

44

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 5Operation

Energizing the MCC

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Review the Pre-operation Checklist on page 44, ensuring that all items
check out.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
To energize the MCC:
1. Review the Pre-operation Checklist on page 44 before energizing.
2. Turn off all downstream loads, including distribution equipment and
other devices that are remote from the MCC.
3. Verify that all barriers, doors, and covers are closed before energizing
the equipment.
4. Energize the equipment in sequence, starting with the main devices, the
feeder devices next, and then the motor starter devices.
5. With all barriers in place and all unit doors closed and latched, turn on
the devices with a firm, positive motion.
6. After all disconnect devices are closed, loads such as lighting circuits,
starters, contactors, heaters, and motors may be energized.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

45

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 6Maintaining the


MCC

Before energizing any new MCC equipment, perform the maintenance


described in this section. Perform regular maintenance at least annually, or
more frequently if indicated by service conditions and your established
maintenance policy. Also perform maintenance following any service
interruption, electrical fault, or unusual occurrence.

Examining the Enclosure

Examine the interior and exterior of the MCC for moisture, oil, or other
foreign material. Eliminate all foreign material and clean the MCC.
Clean the interior and exterior of the MCC with a vacuum cleaner. (Do not
use compressed air; it will redistribute contaminants to other surfaces.)
Check the enclosure for damage that might reduce electrical clearances.
Examine the finish of the enclosure. Touch up the paint if necessary.
Replace any badly corroded or damaged enclosure parts.

Maintaining Bus Bars and Incoming Line


Compartments

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and
serviced by qualified electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment
before working on or inside equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing
device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers
before turning on power to this equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result
in death or serious injury.

Perform maintenance of bus and incoming line lug connections at least


annually, or more frequently if indicated by service conditions and your
established maintenance policy. Follow the steps below at the time of
installation to locate and tighten any connections that may have loosened
during shipment and handling:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside the
equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
2. Remove the top andbottom horizontal wire trough covers in each section.
3. Expose the bus and bus connections by removing the two-piece bus
barrier in each section.
4. Examine all bus bars and connectors. Replace any parts that are badly
discolored, corroded, or pitted. Also replace parts subjected to
excessive temperatures.
5. Verify that all bolts at the bus connection points indicated by a hexagon
in Figure 55 are in place and properly tightened. Although one specific
type of compartment or bus is shown in Figure 55, perform this
maintenance on all bolted connections. See Table 5 for torque values.
Table 5:

Bus Connection Torque Values


Torque Range

Horizontal bus (all locations)

CAUTION

Bolted Connection Location

6870 lb-ft (92.2994.54 Nm)

Never brush or use sandpaper on the bus;


doing so will remove plating and cause
oxidation. Use a cleaning fluid approved for
such use. Do not use cleaning fluid on
insulators.

3132 lb-ft (41.6443.33 Nm)

Horizontal ground bus (all locations)

HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE

Splice bars0.375 in. diameter bolts

56 lb-ft (6.758.44 Nm)

Figure 55:

Typical Bus Connection Points


Typical Top-Located 600 A or 800 A Main Lug Compartment
A

Do not attempt to clean bus bars or


connectors that are damaged in any way.
Replace them with new parts.
Failure to follow this instruction can result
in equipment damage.

Typical Splice Bar Connection

Typical Horizontal Bus Connection


A
B

Splice bar

46

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 56:

Main Lug Compartment Torque


Connection

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

6. Verify that all main lug, circuit breaker, or fusible switch set screws
holding incoming conductors in main lugs are in place and properly
tightened (see Figure 56). Use a torque wrench and a 3/8 in. allen bit to
torque the lug set screws to the appropriate value (see Cable
Connection Torque Values on page 42).
7. Inspect all insulators, braces, and barriers; replace any that show signs
of arcing damage, tracking, excessive heat, or cracking.

Maintaining the Control Unit


Figure 57:

Control Unit

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Perform maintenance on control units at least annually, or more frequently if
indicated by service conditions and your established maintenance policy.
During installation, locate and tighten any connections that have become
loose during shipment and handling, using the following procedures. If the
control unit (see Figure 57) is being removed from the MCC for
maintenance, start with Removing the Control Unit beginning on page 48.
If maintenance is performed with the control unit installed, start with Circuit
Breaker or Disconnect Switch on page 53.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

47

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Removing the Control Unit


Figure 58:

Operator Mechanism
in the Off Position

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Do not attempt to remove the unit from the structure with the disconnect
in the on position.
The control unit is interlocked with the MCC structure to prevent the unit
from being withdrawn while the disconnect is in the on position. Do not
attempt to override the mechanism-to-structure interlock.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury

3g

Figure 59:

Loosening Captive
Quarter-Turn Fasteners

The Model 6 MCC is designed for convenient and quick control unit removal
and replacement. Follow these steps to remove control units:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Move the operator mechanism to the off position (see Figure 58).
3. Loosen the captive quarter-turn fasteners (see Figure 59) on the door
and open it. Use a properly rated voltmeter to check for live circuits.
De-energize any voltage sources.
4. Release the lock-in device located at the bottom front of the unit (when
supplied) by turning the screw on the front of the device until the locking
pawl is parallel to the bottom of the unit (see Figure 60).

Figure 60:

Releasing the Lock-in Device


(when supplied)

5. Disconnect the power wiring from the starter terminals or, if provided,
the power terminal blocks. Tag the terminations for re-installation (see
Figure 61).
Remove the top portion of the pull-apart control terminal blocks to which
field wiring is connected.
Figure 61:

48

Disconnected Terminal Blocks

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 62:

Power Leads and Top of


Terminal Blocks Fed Through
Wiring Port

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

6. Push the power leads and the top portion of the control pull-apart
terminal blocks through the wiring port and into the vertical wire trough
(see Figure 62).
7. Pull forward on the twin handle cam mechanism located at the top front
of the unit to rack the unit partially out of the structure (see Figure 63).
This action disconnects the power stabs from the vertical bus. Continue
pulling forward until the handles are fully extended.
Figure 63:

Figure 64:

Operating the Mechanism-toStructure Interlock

Pulling the Twin Handle Cam Mechanism Forward

8. The operator mechanism-to-structure interlock prevents the control unit


from being withdrawn or inserted with the handle in the on position (see
Figure 64).
9. If the withdrawn unit is left in the structure, use appropriate lock-out
procedures to avoid re-loading by non-authorized personnel (see
Figure 65).
Figure 65:

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Locked Out Device

49

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

Figure 66:

Control Unit Removed

80459-641-01D
09/2008

10. Remove the control unit from the structure for servicing (see Figure 66).
In units with a full bottom plate, additional accessibility to the
components and wiring can be achieved by folding the bottom plate
down. To do so, lean the unit on its back, remove the two front screws,
and fold the bottom plate down (see Figure 67).
Figure 67:

Control Unit with Bottom Plate Folded Down

11. If necessary, the door can be taken off its hinges without removing the
unit. To do so, drive the hinge pins out of the hinge collars, using a small
flat-bladed screwdriver or small punch (see Figure 68). Remove the
bottom hinge pin first.
As an alternative to removing the hinge pins, the hinge mounting screws
can be removed from the structure through the access holes provided.
Figure 68:

Driving Out Hinge Pin

12. When reinstalling a hinge pin, make certain that the hooked end is fully
engaged into the hinge collar.

50

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Removing the Compac 6 Control Unit

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

The following information is specific to Compac 6, six-inch (52 mm) units.


For more information regarding Compac 6 units, refer to Compac 6
Units beginning on page 86, or the information included with the shipment
of the new device.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside it.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside the
equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
2. Move the operator handle to the OFF position (see Figure 69).
Figure 69:

Figure 70:

Loosening Captive
Quarter-Turn Fasteners

Operator Handle in the Off Position

3. Loosen the captive quarter-turn fasteners (see Figure 70) on the door
and open it. Check for live circuits using a properly rated voltage sensing
device. De-energize any voltage sources.
NOTE: Removal of the control station plate may be necessary to perform
Steps 4 and 5. To remove the control station plate, follow these steps:
a. Loosen the captive mounting screws holding the plate to the front of
the unit.
b. Remove the plate from the unit (see Figure 71).
c. Re-attach the plate after disconnecting the load wires and control
terminal block.
NOTE: Do not disconnect the wires to the control station plate.
Figure 71:

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Control Station Plate Removed

51

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

4. Disconnect the power wiring from the starter terminals. Tag the
terminations for re-installation.
5. Remove the top portion of the pull-apart control terminal block to which
field wiring is connected.
6. Push the power leads and the top portion of the control pull-apart
terminal blocks through the wiring port and into the vertical wire trough.
7. Grasp the operator handle flange and press down on the structure
interlock release (see Figure 72).
Figure 72:

Operator Handle and Interlock Release

Structure interlock release

Operator handle flange

8. Firmly pull the unit forward to disengage the power stabs from the
vertical bus. The unit should now slide freely from the MCC structure.
9. The operator mechanism-to-structure interlock prevents the control unit
from being inserted or withdrawn with the handle in the ON position.
10. If the withdrawn unit is left in the structure, use appropriate lock-out/tagout procedures to avoid re-loading by non-authorized personnel.
11. Remove the control unit from the structure and place it on a flat surface
for servicing.
NOTE: Partial disassembly of the unit may be necessary to gain access
to various electrical connections for servicing.

Tests and Maintenance Performed with


the Control Unit Removed

CAUTION
HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not remove the protective lubricant from the
stabs. If additional lubricant is required, order
Schneider Electric electrical joint compound
#PJC-7201.
Failure to follow this instruction can result
in equipment damage.

52

Once the control unit is removed, perform the following tests and
maintenance:
Stab AssembliesInspect the stab assemblies (see Figure 73) for signs of
arcing or overheating. Replace the disconnect assembly (FA/KA type
circuit breakers) or the jaw connector assembly (H- or J-frame circuit
breakers) immediately if overheating has occurred. For replacement
disconnect assemblies, see Section 13Circuit Breaker and Fusible
Switch Replacement beginning on page 100.
NOTE: If the stab assembly is badly pitted, the vertical bus may also need
to be replaced.
Figure 73:

Stab Assembly

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

Circuit Breaker or Disconnect SwitchVerify proper operation of the


circuit breaker or disconnect switch. Inspect switch blades; if evidence of
arcing or excessive heat is present, replace the switch assembly. Exercise
the push-to-trip feature on the circuit breakers.
Figure 74:

Operator Mechanism in the


Tripped Position

Operator MechanismVerify proper operation of the operator mechanism


(see Figure 74). Test for proper on, trip, off, and reset positions (F-, K-, and
L-frame circuit breakers) or on, trip, and off positions (H-, J-, M-, P-, or
R-frame circuit breakers). Verify proper door interlock operation.
NOTE: Fusible switch operator mechanisms do not have trip or reset
positions.
FusesInspect all fuses and fuse clips (see Figure 75). Replace any parts
showing signs of overheating or arcing.
Figure 75:

Inspecting Fuses

Starter ContactsCheck the starter contacts (see Figure 76). Replace any
that are badly worn or pitted. (See the contactor instruction bulletin included
with the original shipment.)
Figure 76:

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Starter Contacts

53

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

Figure 77:

Control Devices

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Control DevicesCheck for proper operation of starters, relays, timers,


and other control devices (see Figure 77).
Overload RelayManually trip the overload relay to ensure proper
operation (see Figure 78). Verify that the thermal unit is the proper size for
the application. Refer to the thermal unit selection tables on the inside of the
vertical wire trough doors.
Figure 78:

Tripping the Overload Relay

Wiring and Electrical ConnectionsVerify that all electrical connections


are correct; tighten them if necessary (see Figure 79). Also inspect all power
and control wiring, replacing any wire that has worn insulation or shows
signs of overheating or cracking.
Figure 79:

Tightening Electrical Connections

Starter InterlocksCheck the mechanical interlocks on reversing,


multi-speed, or reduced voltage starters.

54

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

Barriers/InsulatorsInspect all insulators, braces, and barriers (see


Figure 80); replace any that show signs of arcing damage, tracking,
excessive heat, or cracking.
Figure 80:

Manual and Automatic Bus Shutters

Manual Bus Shutter

Automatic Bus Shutter

Special UnitsFollow the manufacturers recommended maintenance


procedures for special units (for example: drives, soft starts, and automatic
transfer switches).

Reassembly

To reassemble the MCC after testing and maintenance, follow the steps below:
1. Reinstall all units by reversing Steps 112 in Removing the Control
Unit beginning on page 48.
2. Confirm the cam mechanism is in the open position; position the
mounting slides of the control unit onto the slots of the mid-shelf. Slide
the unit inward to engage the cam mechanism.
For Compac 6 units, position the mounting slides of the control unit onto
the slots of the mid-shelf. Slide the unit inward until the unit is halfway in,
then move it inward with a quick push. This movement easily overcomes
the compression of the stabs as they engage the vertical bus.
3. Replace all barriers and cover plates and close and fasten all doors.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

55

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Insulation Test

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not use a megohmmeter on:

adjustable speed drives

solid state soft starters

transient voltage surge suppressor (TVSS) units

AccuSine active harmonic filter units

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor units

PowerLogic Power Meter units

capacitor units

any devices not designed to withstand megohmmeter voltage.

Disconnect all solid state devices such as TVSSs, drives, soft starts,
capacitors, filters, and circuit monitors before performing megohmmeter
tests on the MCC.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Before an MCC is re-energized (after installation or regular maintenance),
take resistance measurements. Use an insulation tester (megohmmeter)
with a potential of 5001000 V.
Take readings between each phase and from each phase to ground, with
the branch disconnects off and on. Make sure the main disconnect is off
during all insulation tests.
Readings from a megohmmeter with all disconnects off will typically be
520 megohms. On new equipment that has been stored in a damp area,
lower readings may occur during start-up. If the readings are below one
megohm, a few branch units may be energized to help dry out the MCC. If
additional readings are above one megohm, additional units may be
energized. After the equipment has been in operation for 48 hours, readings
should be in the 520 megohm range.
When megohmmeter readings are taken with the disconnects on (except for
the main), disconnect all devices completing circuits between phases or
between phases and neutral (e.g., control transformers). Although readings
may be slightly different, observe the one megohm lower limit during start-up.

56

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

Record all megohmmeter readings on the insulation resistance chart on


page 93. Any sudden change in resistance values (even within the acceptable
range) may indicate potential insulation failure. Early detection and
replacement of faulty insulating components helps avoid equipment damage.
If megohmmeter readings are below 5 megohms (one megohm during
start-up) consult your Schneider Electric field sales representative.
Re-energize the equipment in sequence, starting with the main devices, the
feeder devices next, and then the motor starter devices. (See Energizing
the MCC beginning on page 45).
Maintenance after a Fault Has Occurred

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Excessive currents occurring during a fault may result in structure,
component, bus or conductor damage. This damage is caused by
mechanical distortion, thermal damage, metal deposits, or smoke from fault
currents. After a fault, locate and correct the cause of the fault. Inspect all
equipment and make any necessary repairs or replacements before putting
the equipment into service again. Make sure all replacement parts are rated
properly and are suitable for the application. If in doubt, consult your
Schneider Electric field sales representative.
After any fault, perform all maintenance procedures, starting on page 46
and continuing to Insulation Test beginning on page 56. Also perform the
following procedures after a fault:
1. If the fault occurred downstream from the MCC, perform appropriate
maintenance on all equipment involved.
2. Examine the enclosure. External evidence of enclosure damage usually
indicates damage within. Extensive damage requires replacement of the
enclosure parts and the enclosed equipment.
3. Replace any parts that are damaged or deformed. Pay particular
attention to door hinges and door closing hardware. Inspect the area
around any damaged units (both inside and out) for displaced parts from
the damaged unit. See Examining the Enclosure on page 46.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

57

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 6Maintaining the MCC

Table 6:

Bus Connection Torque Values

Bolted Connection
Location

Torque Range

Horizontal bus (all locations)

6870 lb-ft (92.2994.54 Nm)

Splice bars0.375 in.


diameter bolts

3132 lb-ft (41.6443.33 Nm)

Horizontal ground bus (all


locations)

80459-641-01D
09/2008

4. Examine bus bars and incoming line compartments; tighten all electrical
connections to their proper torques. (Table 6 and Figure 81 show typical
bus connection points and torque values.) Replace any deformed bus
bars or connectors, as well as any showing signs of arcing damage.
Inspect all insulators for cracks or burn marks; replace any displaying
these characteristics.

56 lb-ft (6.758.44 Nm)

Figure 81:

Typical Bus Connection Points


Typical Top-Located 600 A or 800 A Main Lug Compartment
A

B
C

Typical Splice Bar Connection

Typical Horizontal Bus Connection


A
B

Splice bar

5. Follow maintenance procedures for control units. Begin with


Maintaining the Control Unit beginning on page 47, and continue to
Insulation Test beginning on page 56. Also perform the steps listed
below:
a. Examine the disconnect means for evidence of possible damage.
Ensure that the operator mechanism properly turns the disconnect
on and off. Exercise the push-to-trip feature on circuit breakers.
Make sure that the operator mechanism properly resets the circuit
breaker.
b. Check that the door interlock keeps the unit door from opening while
the disconnect is in the on position.
Figure 82:

Operating Door Interlock Defeat


Mechanism

NOTE: If the unit door must be opened while the unit is energized, only
authorized personnel may operate an interlock defeat mechanism (see
Figure 82).
c. Inspect the motor starters for damage. Replace contacts and contact
springs if the contacts are welded or show heat damage. If
deterioration extends beyond the contacts, replace the entire
contactor or starter.
d. Replace the complete overload relay if the thermal units are burned
out, or if any indications of arcing or burning are present on the relay.
e. Inspect all fuses and fuse clips. Replace all fuses in a set, even if
only one or two are open-circuited.
f.

Check all conductors and other devices within the units for signs of
damage.

6. Complete an insulation test (see Insulation Test beginning on page 56)


before placing the MCC back into service.
7. Complete the Pre-operation Checklist beginning on page 44.
8. Re-energize the equipment. SeeEnergizing the MCC beginning on
page 45.

58

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Section 7Motor Logic


Solid-State Overload Relay
(SSOLR)

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 7Motor Logic Solid-State Overload Relay (SSOLR)

The following describes 600 V rated MCC starter units equipped with the
Motor Logic solid-state overload relay. Read and understand the safety
precautions at the beginning of this bulletin before you install, adjust, or
perform maintenance on these units. For full details about MCC installation,
refer to Section 4Installing the MCC on page 15.

Motor Logic SSOLR

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Figure 84:

NEMA Rated Compac 6 Unit

Figure 85:

Figure 83:

NEMA Rated Standard Unit

59

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 7Motor Logic Solid-State Overload Relay (SSOLR)

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Motor Logic Retrofit Applications

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Lug Kits:
Use only 9999 LBO and 9999 LLO
purchased after 5/1/95 for Size 0, 00B, 00C, and Size 1 units.
Z Element:
Do not use the 9999Z3, 9999Z2, or 9999Z1 developed for open and
general enclosed starters.
Failure to follow this instruction can result in equipment damage.
Remove the starter from the unit to replace the overload (melting
alloy/bi-metallic). See Removing the Control Unit on page 48.
Terminal blocks (OEKTTBML) should be used for applications requiring
multiple passes to achieve the proper adjustment range.
Restrain looped load cabling between the overload and the terminal block
with wire ties or the equivalent when terminal kits are used.
On Size 3 and 4 starter units, the overload reset button is 1-5/8 in. (41 mm)
further from the unit door and may require an alternative reset assembly
(80420-862-51).
Retrofitting NEMA rated Compac 6, six-inch (52 mm) units is not
recommended. The Motor Logic overload relay is available factory installed
in Compac 6.
On 600 V Size 1 applications, add a third wire tie between the circuit
breaker and contactor near the contactor line lugs. Refer to instruction
bulletin 30072-013-29 for additional information.
NOTE: For retrofit applications, contact your Schneider Electric field sales
representative for assistance. Schneider Electric assumes no responsibility for
the design or implementation of retrofits unless contracted to perform them.
Use copper wire only on device power and control terminals. Conductors
must be sized for 60 C or 75 C National Electrical Code (NEC) ratings.
Pressure wire terminals are suitable for wire sizes #1612 AWG, solid or
stranded. Terminal instruction labels are located adjacent to the terminal
block or on the wireway door.
60

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 7Motor Logic Solid-State Overload Relay (SSOLR)

Box lugs (on interposing power terminal blocks supplied with selected units)
are suitable for wire sizes #148 AWG, solid or stranded. Terminal
instruction labels are located adjacent to the terminal block. Table 7 provides
additional termination data.
Table 7:

Lug Types and Wire Sizes

Class 9065
Motor Logic
Overload
Relay Size

Rating

Lug
Type

Wire Size

Torque Values

00B

1.54.5 A

Pressure
Wire

148 AWG (2.56 mm2)

25 lb-in (2.8 Nm)

00C

39 A

Pressure
Wire

148 AWG (2.56 mm2)

25 lb-in (2.8 Nm)

50 lb-in (5.6 Nm)

Box Lug

144 AWG (2.516 mm )

927 A

Box Lug

144 AWG (2.516 mm2)

50 lb-in (5.6 Nm)

3090 A

Box Lug

141/0 AWG (2.550 mm2)

100 lb-in (11.3 Nm)

45135 A

Box Lug

8250 MCM (6120 mm2)

200 lb-in (22.6 Nm)

90270 A

Box Lug

618 A

180540 A Clamp Lug 250500 MCM (120240 mm2) 375 lb-in (42.4 Nm)

250500 MCM (120240 mm2) 250 lb-in (28.2 Nm)

Refer to the overload relay label next to the adjustment dial.

Looping Passes

3 passes shown
(load side)

Box lug kit may be supplied, suitable for 14 to 4 AWG wire, 50 lb-in (5.6 Nm) tightening torque.

Figure 86:

Solid or stranded copper wire, 140 or 167 F (60 or 75 C), except 45 to 135 A overload
relay, which is 67 F (75 C) wire only.
Does not apply to Compac 6 units.

Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 relays have conductor (CT) windows through which
the motor leads must pass before being connected to the load terminals on
the contactor (T1, T2, and T3). By allowing multiple passes (turns) of the
load leads through these CT windows, overload protection can be provided
for motors with a full-load current lower than the specified operating range.
Two passes of the load leads through each window effectively increase (by
a multiple of two) the current that the overload relay senses. Three passes
effectively increase the current by a multiple of three. All three conductor
windows must have the same number of passes, looped in the same
direction, for the overload relay to operate properly (see Figure 86).
Passes should begin from the load side of the overload through the CT window
and return via the windows provided between the baseplate and overload (see
Figure 87). The final pass terminates on the load side of the contactor.
MCC units requiring multiple passes are factory supplied prelooped with
#14 AWG wire and interposing terminal blocks. Refer to Motor Logic
Retrofit Applications on page 60 for information concerning retrofit.
Figure 87:

Motor Logic Overload (Bottom View)

CT windows

Return windows
(multiple passes)

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

61

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 7Motor Logic Solid-State Overload Relay (SSOLR)

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Adjustment

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside the
equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
Overload adjustment information is located on a label inside the unit door
(Figure 88) of starter units equipped with the Motor Logic overload relay.
Figure 88:

Unit Adjustment Label

DANGER

HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURN OR


EXPLOSION
Turn off power supplying equipment
before working inside.
For fusible switch starter units, power fuses
must be selected in accordance with Article
430 of the NEC. Class RK5 fuses are
recommended for NEMA rated applications.
Use only Class J fuses for Compac 6 units.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death,
serious injury or equipment damage.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS;
For continuous-rated motors with
service factors of 1.0, multiply the motor
full-load current (MFLC) by the number of passes through the overload relay's
windows (1,2 or 3) and set the overload relay's current adjustment dial to 90% of this
value. For continuous-rated motors with service factors of 1.15 to 1.25, multiply the
MFLC by the number of passes through the overload relay's windows (1,2 or 3) and
set the overload current adjustment dial to this value.

SOLID - STATE OVERLOAD RELAY


CURRENT RANGE:
SIZE 00B 1.5 - 4.5A 0.75 - 2.25A (2 PASSES) 0.5 - 1.5A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 00C 3 - 9A
1.5 - 4.5A (2 PASSES) 1 - 3A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 0
6 - 18A
3 - 9A (2 PASSES)
2 - 6A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 1
9 - 27A
4.5 -13.5A (2 PASSES) 3 - 9A (3 PASSES)
SIZE 2
15 - 45A
MULTIPLE PASSES NOT AVAILABLE
SIZE 3
30 - 90A
MULTIPLE PASSES NOT AVAILABLE
SIZE 4
45 - 135A MULTIPLE PASSES NOT AVAILABLE
* Passes refer to multiple looping through overload windows.
Trip current rating is 1.25 times the overload relay's current adjustment dial setting.
Instructions above assume the motor is applied at its rated ambient temperature. For other
conditions, consult the motor manufacturers for current capacity. NOTE: For part winding and
multi-speed applications, use the MFLC of each motor winding as a basis for overload
adjustment. Trip and alarm contact ratings: NEMA A600 and NEMA P300.
80438-651-01
REV G

62

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 8Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector Settings

Section 8Mag-Gard and


PowerPact Motor Circuit
Protector Settings
Adjusting Mag-Gard or PowerPact Magnetic
Trip Setting

The National Electrical Code (NEC) and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC)
require that magnetic starters, used in combination with adjustable magnetic
trip-only circuit breakers, have an overload relay in each conductor.
Mag-Gard or PowerPact Motor Circuit Protectors are the standard motor
circuit protectors used in Model 6 MCCs.
The adjustable magnetic trip setting is factory-set at Lo for Mag-Gard Motor
Circuit Protectors. For PowerPact H- and J-frame Motor Circuit Protectors,
the Full Load Amp Setting (FLA) is factory set to the lowest position and the
instantaneous trip setting (Im) is factory set to the Auto 1 position. For
PowerPact P-frame Motor Circuit Protectors (ET1.0M electronic trip unit),
the adjustable instantaneous trip setting is factory set to its lowest position.
These settings may have to be adjusted for proper motor start-up. For both
Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protectors, refer to the magnetic
trip setpoint limits outlined in the applicable national installation codes. For
PowerPact H- and J-frame Motor Circuit Protectors, refer also to the
PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector Settings instruction bulletin
(48940-260-01) shipped with the equipment.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Figure 89:

Mag-Gard Magnetic Trip


Adjustment

To access the Mag-Gard trip adjustment dial:


1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Place the unit handle in the Off position and open the door.

Trip adjustment dial


Test button

3. While pushing the door interlock lever forward, trip the circuit breaker by
pressing the yellow test button (see Figure 89). The disconnect handle
will automatically move up, allowing access to the adjustment dial.
After obtaining the motor full load current from the motor nameplate, select
an adjustable trip setpoint to test start the motor. Further adjustments may
be required because of motor load characteristics. Refer to applicable
national installation codes for permissible setpoints.
After adjusting the trip setting, reset the circuit breaker by moving the
disconnect handle to the On position and then to the Off position.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

63

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 8Mag-Gard and PowerPact Motor Circuit Protector Settings

Figure 90:

PowerPact H- and J-frame


Magnetic Trip Adjustment

80459-641-01D
09/2008

To access the PowerPact H- and J-frame Full Load Amps (FLA) and
Instantaneous Trip setting (Im) dials:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Place the unit handle in the Off position and open the door.
3. To set the FLA and Im dials, refer to the PowerPact Motor Circuit
Protector Settings instruction bulletin (48940-260-01) shipped with the
equipment.

Instantaneous
trip setting dial

NOTES: Select replacement Mag-Gard or PowerPact Motor Circuit


Protectors for MCCs using the voltage and current ratings
listed in the Model 6 MCC Catalog (8998CT9701) in addition to
the Mag-Gard or PowerPact selection tables in the Square D
Digest.

Full load
amps dial

These circuit breakers are suitable for motors with locked-rotor


indicating code letters based on applicable national codes and
standards. For other motors, consult your local Schneider
Electric field sales representative.
Figure 91:

PowerPact P-frame
Instantaneous Trip Adjustment

To access the PowerPact P-frame Instantaneous Trip setting (Im) dial:


1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Place the unit handle in the Off position and open the door.
3. Make adjustments as follows:

a. For ET1.0I and ET1.0M electronic trip units, adjust instantaneous trip
(Ii) by adjusting switch A (see Figure 91). Switch settings are
multiples of the frame rating.
b. For Micrologic electronic trip units, see the instruction bulletin
shipped with the circuit breaker.
After obtaining the motor full load current from the motor nameplate, select
an adjustable trip setpoint to test start the motor. Further adjustments may
be required because of motor load characteristics. Refer to applicable
national installation codes for permissible setpoints.

64

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Section 9iMCC

This section includes instructions for the Model 6 Intelligent MCC (iMCC).

iMCC Overview

Model 6 iMCCs feature the same overall structure and unit features as
Model 6 Motor Control Centers with additional intelligent capabilities. Two
popular methods for configuring Model 6 iMCCs to customize your
application are:

iMCC-Hardwired I/O: PLC Interwiring


iMCC-Network: Network Cabling

iMCC-Hardwired I/O: PLC Interwiring


This method offers a hardwired I/O system in the Model 6 MCC that
provides basic information and control capabilities. With the I/O mounted in
the MCC, the starters are wired to the I/O at the Schneider Electric
manufacturing plant, and the system is tested prior to shipment.
iMCC-Network: Network Cabling
A key feature of our iMCC-Network solution is the integration of intelligent
devices and device level networks for control and automation that delivers
improved performance. Popular network protocols such as CANopen,
DeviceNet, Ethernet, Modbus, and PROFIBUS communicate directly to
every unit of the iMCC for an effective method of connecting centralized
control to widely distributed I/O.
Networking allows for easy monitoring of critical data of each motor or load
connected to the iMCC, enabling precise process control at all times. With
this information, your staff can respond to potential problems proactively.
Real-time access to information and records of last faults allows for
simplified diagnostics and reduced downtime.
The network cabling consists of a solution that is appropriate for your
selected communication network. Our industry-leading, full-depth wireway
effectively separates network cabling from high voltage cabling.
Additionally, our standard wireway barrier isolates the communication
cabling from the load cabling routed in the vertical wireway.

Networks/Communications
Overview

iMCCs contain Schneider Electric devices with communication ports. Each


device has a unique internal register map. These devices may be linked
together to a single point.
The Schneider Electric publications listed in Table 1 on page 9 may be
useful in the setup, maintenance, and regular operation of your Model 6
iMCC. Upon request, your Schneider Electric field sales representative can
provide them to you in print. Or, you can download these documents from
the Technical Library at www.schneider-electric.us.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

65

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Connecting the iMCC Cabling


System
Units within iMCCs are connected at the factory. The cable used varies with
the network type. The pin outs for the various networks are shown in Table 8:

CAUTION

Table 8:

Pin Outs for iMCC Networks

HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE


Do not use excessive force when making iMCC
cabling connections. Connections are keyed to
ensure that pins are properly aligned.
Failure to follow this instruction can result
in equipment damage.

Network Cabling

Network
Modbus (2-wire RS-485)
PROFIBUS
DeviceNet
CANopen

Blue

White

Signal +
A (Neg)

Signal B (Pos)

CAN_L

CAN_H

Cable Color
Red

Black

Bare

Not used
Shield
V+

V-

Factory supplied network cabling is installed in accordance with UL 845


procedures and practices, and routed in the bottom horizontal wireway.
In order to make direct connections to Class 2 or Class CM systems, install
Class 2 or Class CM wiring so that it is separated from power conductors
either by a barrier or a minimum space of 0.25 in. (6 mm). Route power
conductors in the top horizontal wireway for maximum separation.
External network cabling must comply with Class 2 or Class CM practices
under the provisions of NEC Articles 725 and 800.

Cables Between Shipping Splits

Connect the trunk line cables between shipping splits by aligning the
keyways and plugging the male end of the trunk cable to the female end of
the next trunk cable. Screw the coupling ring until it is hand-tight. Repeat
this process until all shipping splits are connected.

Load Cables

It is recommended to route all load cables in the top horizontal wireway to


keep them isolated from the communications cabling. If you route the load
cables in the bottom horizontal wireway, make sure to maintain a 0.25-in.
(6 mm) distance between the communications cabling and all other cabling.

Communication Networks

There are three primary ways to connect communication networks: via


bridges/repeaters, programmable logic controllers (PLCs), or a direct cable
connection. Follow the applicable instructions below to make the cabling
connections for your Model 6 iMCC.

Bridges/Repeaters

If the PLC is not in the local area of the MCC, you will typically need to use a
bridge/repeater to connect the communication network.

Terminating Resistors

In order for the communication network to operate properly, terminating


resistors are required on each end of the network. If your iMCC is shipped
with a bridge, repeater, and/or PLC, external terminal blocks (MCT485) are
included with shipment.

Direct Cable Connection


Table 9:

Network Connection Pin Outs

Field
Connection
Termination
Pin # 1
Pin # 2
Pin # 3
Pin # 4
Pin # 5

66

5-Pin Female/Male
Modbus and
DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS
CANopen
Shield
Unused
Unused
White
Blue

Shield
Red
Black
White
Blue

Follow the steps below to connect a cable directly to the network via the
iMCC network cable.
1. Determine which end (male or female) of the iMCC network you will
attach to your cable.
2. Strip back the communication cabling insulation.
3. Based on the network, use the pin outs given in the table at left.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 92:

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Typical Cabling Scheme for Modbus Two-Wire

Section 1

Section 2

6-tap trunk cable assembly


(5000129-83)

Orderable
Item

Part
Number

Cap for unused


male end or tap

ATV61/71 9-pin connector


cable (5000129-501)

3463512-1

Cap for unused


3463512-3
female end or tap
Mini female field
attachable
connector

5000129-287

Mini male field


attachable
connector

5000129-292

20 in. (508 mm)


trunk extension

5000129-76

25 in. (635 mm)


trunk extension

5000129-78

30 in. (762 mm)


trunk extension

5000129-79

35 in. (889 mm)


trunk extension

5000129-80

25 ft. (10.7 m)
cable extension

5000129-81

Single tap trunk cable


(5000129-295)

Device cablegeneral
cables (5000129-75)

ATS48 cable
(5000129-75)

NOTE: Shield must be grounded


at one end only.

Male terminator
(5000129-186)
Female terminator
(5000129-187)
20 in. (508 mm) extension (optional)
(5000129-76)

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

67

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Figure 93:

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Typical Cabling Scheme for DeviceNet and CANopen (8A cable)

Section 1

Section 2

Male cap (D970CAPR)

Device cable
(80420-916-01)

Mini-mini tee
(DN3020)

Orderable
Item

Part
Number

Mini female
field attachable 1A5000-34DN
connector
Mini male field
attachable
connector

6-tap trunk cable assembly


(80420-915-50)

1A5006-34DN

25 in. (635 mm)


80420-919-01
trunk cable
30 in. (762 mm)
80420-920-01
trunk cable

Single tap trunk cable


(80420-921-01)

35 in. (889 mm)


80420-921-01
trunk cable
NOTE: Shield must be grounded
at one end only.

Male terminator
(DN100)
Female terminator
(DN150)
20 in. (508 mm) trunk cable
(80420-918-01)

68

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 94:

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Typical Cabling Scheme for PROFIBUS

Section 1

Section 2

ATV61/71 9-pin connector


cable (5000129-140)

Orderable
Item
Cap for unused
male end or tap

Part
Number
6-tap trunk cable assembly
(5000129-83)

3463512-1

Cap for unused


3463512-3
female end or tap
20 in. (508 mm)
trunk extension

5000129-76

25 in. (635 mm)


trunk extension

5000129-78

30 in. (762 mm)


trunk extension

5000129-79

35 in. (889 mm)


trunk extension

5000129-80

25 ft. (10.7 m)
cable extension

5000129-81

Single tap trunk cable


(5000129-295)

Device cable
(5000129-75)

NOTE: Shield must be grounded


in all sections.

ATS48 cable
(5000129-75)

NOTE: The network


is terminated in a
Termination Unit.

Grounding tee
(5000129-230)

20 in. (508 mm) extension (optional)


5000129-76

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

69

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Operation

This section contains pre-operation checklists, energizing procedures, and


remote and local programming procedures for TeSys T and
Motor Logic Plus motor protection relays, PowerLogic Power Meter,
PowerLogic Circuit Monitor, Altivar drives, and Altistart soft starts.

Pre-operation Checklists

To verify that the iMCC is operating properly, complete both of the following
checklists before energizing the equipment:

MCC Structure

Complete the maintenance procedures beginning on page 46 and


continuing up to Insulation Test on page 56. This initial maintenance is
necessary to detect any shipping damage or loose connections. Do not
energize the MCC until initial maintenance is complete.
NOTE: The following maintenance procedures are not necessary before
energizing the MCC for the first time: Control Unit Removal, Stab
Assemblies, Starter Contacts and Barriers/Insulators.

If the MCC is equipped with ground fault protection, properly adjust and
test the ground fault protective device before energizing.

Remove all blocks or other temporary holding means from the electrical
devices.

Remove any secondary shunt bars from the current transformers. Do


not operate a current transformer with its secondary shunt bars
open-circuited.

Manually exercise all switches, circuit breakers, and other operator


mechanisms to ensure that they are properly aligned and operate freely.

Electrically exercise all electrically-operated switches, circuit breakers,


and other mechanisms (but not under load) to ensure that the devices
operate properly. This may require an auxiliary source of control power.

Verify proper interval and contact operation of the timers.

Set the Motor Logic Plus overcurrent setting to the maximum service
factor amperage of the motor to ensure that the proper overload
protection is provided. The Motor Logic Plus overcurrent threshold is set
at the lowest setting at the factory. Verify that all other settings are
optimized for the application.

The Parameter Settings Sheet lists all the parameters that have been
changed from the original, default settings. Any settings not shown on
this sheet will retain their original, default values.

Verify that all load and remote control connections have been made and
that they agree with the wiring diagrams provided.

Verify that all ground connections are made properly.

70

Perform an insulation test on the MCC (see Insulation Test on


page 56).

Install the covers and close the doors; verify that they are all properly
tightened.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

iMCC Communications

CAUTION

Before energizing the equipment, check the items below to verify that the
iMCC networking and cabling are set up and connected properly.
Cabling Connections

HAZARD OF EQUIPMENT DAMAGE

Failure to follow this instruction can result


in equipment damage.

Verify that the network length without a repeater is less than 1500 feet
(457 m).

Verify that the MCC cables are connected between shipping splits. See
Cables Between Shipping Splits on page 66 for instructions.

Verify that each device tap cable is properly connected to the main
trunk line.

Do not use excessive force when making


cabling connections. Connections are keyed to
ensure that pins are properly aligned.

Verify that all network connections are secure.


Verify that terminating resistors are installed as required per network
protocol.

Communications Setup

Verify that all devices have been assigned correct addresses; see
Device Addressing on page 81 for specific addressing parameters.

Energizing the MCC

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Review the Pre-operation Checklists beginning on page 70, and verify
that all items check out.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
To energize the MCC:
1. Review the Pre-operation Checklists on page 70 before energizing.
2. Turn off all downstream loads, including distribution equipment and
other devices that are remote from the MCC.
3. Verify that all barriers, doors, and covers are closed before energizing
the equipment.
4. Energize the equipment in sequence, starting with the main devices, the
feeder devices next, and then the motor starter devices.
5. With all barriers in place and all unit doors closed and latched, turn on
the devices with a firm, positive motion.
6. After all disconnect devices are closed, you may energize loads such as
lighting circuits, starters, contactors, heaters, and motors.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

71

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Motor Logic Plus Local Programming

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the Motor Control Center.
Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that all power is
off. Control units must be de-energized before performing maintenance
on the MCC.
The unit disconnect switch must be locked in the off position before
working on equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Local programming can be used for Motor Logic Plus setpoint programming
and error readout purposes. Verify that the display is unlocked (the default
setting), and disconnect all power before performing the steps below to
accomplish local programming:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Connect a 9 V supply to the P and G terminals using the supplied
connector, part # 80445-519-50 (see Figure 95).
Figure 95:

Motor Logic Plus Communication Module Terminals

NOTE: The jumpers are for 2-wire operation.


They must be removed for 4-wire networks.

Receive pair () polarity

Receive pair (+) polarity

Transmit pair () polarity

Transmit pair (+) polarity

Shield

Remote reset switch

Remote reset switch

Ground () *

Power (+) *

Red (+)

* For programming
Black ()

Battery connector 9V

3. Turn the Mode Select switch to the parameter you are programming.
Refer to bulletin # 30072-013-98_ (see iMCC Related Literature on
page 10) for a list of parameters.
4. Press and hold the Reset/Program button.
NOTE: The display will not illuminate for local programming if the Mode
Select switch is in the Run position.

72

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

5. Turn the Display/Program dial to the desired setting as shown on the


LED display.
6. Release the Reset/Program button.
7. Turn the Mode Select switch back to the Run position.
8. Disconnect the 9 V supply and its connector.
Error messages are displayed on the 3-digit LED display when harmful
conditions are detected. Table 10 contains a list of the error message codes
and their definitions.
Table 10:

Local Error Display

Displayed Message

Meaning

oc

Tripped on over current

SP

Tripped on single phasing

ub

Tripped on voltage or current unbalance

uC

Tripped on under current

cF

Tripped on contactor failure

GrF

Tripped on ground fault

HI

Tripped on low voltage

rP

Incoming phases have been reversed

oFF

Motor Logic Plus Remote Programming

Tripped on high voltage

Lo

A stop command was issued from a remote source

Remote programming can be used for setpoint programming and data


acquisition purposes. Follow the steps below to remotely configure the
Motor Logic Plus overload. (See Table 11 for a description of the command
line codes referenced in the steps.)
1. Stop the overload by sending code 02H to the command register (C6H).
2. If network programming has not been enabled, send code 05H to the
command register.
3. Program the appropriate parameter. See Table 12 on page 74 for a
register map with a list of parameters. For more detailed information,
refer to bulletin # 30072-013-102_. See Table 13 on page 75 and Table
14 on page 76 to determine the location and addressing of parameters
within the Motor Logic Plus register map.
4. Restart the overload by using code 01H.
Table 11:
Code

Command Line Codes

Command

01H

Start/reset

02H

Stop

03H

Display lock

04H

Display unlock

05H

Network program enable

06H

Network program disable

07H

Network watchdog enable

08H

Network watchdog disable

The network watchdog feature disables the


Motor Logic Plus SSOLR when the device does not
receive a valid communication within a 10 s period.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

73

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Table 12:

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Motor Logic Plus Address Descriptions


Address

Operation

Code

Description

Notes

1A0

VOLTAV

Average voltage LL

V~

1A1

IAVE

Raw average current

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

A4

1A2

VUB

Voltage unbalance

0100%

A6

1A3

IUB

Current unbalance

0100%

A8

1A4

PFANGLE

Power factor angle

Degrees

RAM

Relative

A0
A2

AA

CAPTY

Thermal capacity remaining

0100%

1A6

GFC

Ground fault current

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

AE

1A7

ERCODE/TRIPRN Real time error (RTE) and trip indicator (TI) 8-bit nibble-coded RTE; 8-bit coded TI

B0

1A8

FH

Fault history

B2

1A9

PID

Manufacture year/model and scale

8-bit year; 8-bit ID and scale

B4

1AA

VA-C

Line voltage AC

V~

B6

1AB

VB-C

Line voltage BC

V~

B8

1AC

VA-B

Line voltage AB

V~

BA

1AD

IC

Raw current phase C

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

BC

1AE

IB

Raw current phase B

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

BE

1AF

IA

Raw current phase A

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

C0

1Bo

RD1

Remaining restart delay RD1

C2

1B1

RD2

Remaining restart delay RD2

C4

1B2

RD3

Remaining restart delay RD3

C6

1B3

COMLINE

Command line code (address C6H)

see Table 11 (write only)

C8

1B4

Scale

PowerLogic scale parameter (read only)

0, 1, 2; 16-bit signed word (2s complement,


read only)

CA

1B5

LV

Low voltage threshold

170 V~ to HV (600 V~ model; 450 V~ to HV)

CC

1B6

HV

High voltage threshold

LV to 528 V~ (600 V~ model; LV to 660 V~)

CE

1B7

VUB

Voltage unbalance threshold

215%, or 999 (off)

D0

Read only (all registers


are 16-bit words)

1A5

AC

1B8

MULT

Effective turns ratio

Determined by model

Fault order: 4th, 3rd, 2nd, Last

D2

1B9

OC

Overcurrent threshold

Current range of SSOLR

D4

1BA

UC

Undercurrent threshold

0.5 x OC Min. to OC Max., Off

D6

1BB

CUB

Current unbalance threshold

225%, or 999 (off)

Overcurrent trip class

5, J5, 10, J10, 15, J15, 20, J20, 30, J30


(J = Jam protection is enabled)

D8
Read only (all registers
are 16-bit words)

1BC

TC

DA

1BD

RD1

Rapid cycle timer

2500 s

DC

1BE

RD2

Restart delay RD2

2500 min.
2500 min.

DE

1BF

RD3

Restart delay RD3

E0

1C0

#RU

Restarts after UC

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, A

Number of restarts

0, 1, oc1, 2, oc2, 3, oc3, 4, oc4, A, ocA


(0 = manual, A = continuous, oc = automatic
restart after RD2 expires)
260 s

E2

1C1

#RF

E4

1C2

UCTD

Undercurrent trip delay

E6

1C3

GF

Ground fault threshold

0.15 x OC Min. to 0.2 x OC Max., Off

E8

1C4

ADDR

RS-485 slave address

0199

Required for PowerLogic software.

74

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Table 13:

Read-Only Registers

RAM
Address

Relative
Address

Code

A0

1A0

A2

1A1

A4

1A2

A6
A8

Description

Notes

VOLTAV

Average voltage L-L

Volts

IAVE

Raw average current

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

VUB

Voltage unbalance

0100%

1A3

IUB

Current unbalance

0100%

1A4

PFANGLE

Power factor angle

Degrees

AA

1A5

CAPTY

Thermal capacity remaining

0100%

AC

1A6

GFC

Ground fault current

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor


Bit #

Remote stop

High voltage

Contactor failure

Unbalance voltage

Under current

Under current

Over current

Phase reversal

Ground fault

Unbalance current

Current unbalance

Single phase voltage > 25%

1A7

Low voltage

2
AE

ERCODE

Fault lockout

ERCODE/TRIP
Bit-real time errors and trip indicator
RN

TRIPRN

Current single phase > 50%


Single phase current > 50%
unbalance

The four-fault history is based on the following scheme: 16 15 14


13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1, where bits 14 = Last fault, bits 58
= 2nd last fault, bits 912 = 3rd last fault, and bits 1316 = 4th last
fault. These four bits indicate a hex value that corresponds to the
following faults:
01

High voltage

02

1A8

FH

NIBBLE_CODED -4 fault history

N/A

04

Contactor failure

05

B0

Low voltage

03

Phase reversal

06

Single phase

07

Ground fault

08

Current unbalance

09

Remote off command

10

Overcurrent

11

Undercurrent

B2

1A9

PID

Manufacture year, month, product type/scale 8-bit year, 4-bit month, 4-bit I/O and scale

B4

1AA

VA-C

Line voltage AC

Volts

B6

1AB

VB-C

Line voltage BC

Volts

B8

1AC

VA-B

Line voltage AB

Volts

BA

1AD

IC

Raw current phase C

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

BC

1AE

IB

Raw current phase B

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

BE

1AF

IA

Raw current phase A

A (x100, x10, x1), multiplied by scale factor

C0

1B0

RD1

Remaining restart delay RD1

Seconds

C2

1B1

RD2

Remaining restart delay RD2

Seconds

C4

1B2

RD3

Remaining restart delay RD3

Seconds

Must be used with PowerLogic software


Can only be viewed via network

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

75

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Table 14:
RAM
Address

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Read/Write Registers
Relative
Address

Code

Description

Range

Default
Motor Logic Plus Command Register (C6 hex)
01H

C6

1B3

COM-LINE

Command Line

Reset/run/stop, display lock,


network configuration enable

Start/reset

02H

Stop

03H

Display lock

04H

Display unlock

05H

C8

1B4

Scale

PowerLogic scale parameter

0, 1, 12; 16-bit signed word


(2s complement, read only)

CA

1B5

LV

Low voltage threshold

170 V (450 V
- HV setting

Network program enable

06H

Network program disable

Model dependent
435

500

CC

1B6

HV

High voltage threshold

LV setting - 528 V (660 V

CE

1B7

VUB

Voltage unbalance threshold

215% or 999%

5%

D0

1B8

MULT

CT/turns effective ratio

1 or 10200

D2

1B9

OC

Overcurrent threshold

OL current range

Min. rating

D4

1BA

UC

Undercurrent threshold

0.5 x OC Min. to OC Max., Off

0.8 x OC Min.

D6

1BB

CUB

Current unbalance threshold

225% or 999%

6%
5

5 decimal

J5

133 decimal

10

D8

1BC

TC

Overcurrent trip class

5, J5, 10, J10, 15, J15, 20, J20,


30, J30
(J = Jam protection is enabled)

10 decimal

J10

138 decimal

15

15 decimal

J15

143 decimal

20

20 decimal

J20

148 decimal

30

DA

1BD

30 decimal

J30

158 decimal

RD1

Rapid cycle timer

2500 seconds

10

2500 minutes

8
20

DC

1BE

RD2

Restart delay all faults except


undercurrent

DE

1BF

RD3

Restart delay after undercurrent

2500 minutes

E0

1C0

#RU

# Restarts after undercurrent

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, A (Automatic)

RU Values
8.1

04 in decimal

8.2

A = 255 decimal

RF Values
0

1 decimal

E2

1C1

#RF

# Restarts all faults except


undercurrent

0, 1, oc1, 2, oc2, 3, oc3, 4, oc4,


A, ocA
(0 = manual, A = continuous,
oc = automatic restart after RD2
expires)

2 decimal

oc1

3 decimal

4 decimal

oc2

5 decimal

6 decimal

oc3

7 decimal

8 decimal

oc4

9 decimal

10 decimal

ocA

11 decimal

E4

1C2

UCTD

Undercurrent trip delay

260 seconds

E6

1C3

GF

Ground fault current threshold

(0.4) AOL current range or Off

5
0.15 x Min.

E8

1C4

ADDR

RS-485 slave address

0199

Can only be viewed via network

76

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

TeSys T Motor Management


Controller

Figure 96:

TeSys T Controllers

The following describes MCC starter units equipped with the TeSys T Motor
Management Controller. Read and understand the safety precautions at the
beginning of this bulletin before you install, adjust, or perform maintenance
on these units. For full details about MCC installation, refer to Section 4
Installing the MCC on page 15.
Figure 97:

NEMA Rated Control Unit (TeSys T Modbus)

Modbus

DeviceNet

PROFIBUS

Ethernet

CANopen

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

77

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

80459-641-01D
09/2008

TeSys T Retrofit Applications

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Remove the starter from the unit to replace the overload (melting
alloy/bi-metallic). See Removing the Control Unit on page 48.
Terminal blocks (OEKTTBML) should be used for two-speed applications
requiring multiple passes to achieve the proper adjustment range.
Restrain looped load cabling between the TeSys T controller and the
terminal block with wire ties (or the equivalent) when terminal kits are used.
On 600 V Size 1 applications, add a third wire tie between the circuit
breaker and contactor near the contactor line lugs. Refer to instruction
bulletin 30072-013-29 for additional information.
NOTE: For retrofit applications, contact your Schneider Electric field sales
representative for assistance. Schneider Electric assumes no responsibility for
the design or implementation of retrofits unless contracted to perform them.
Use copper wire only on device power and control terminals. Conductors
must be sized for 60 C or 75 C National Electrical Code (NEC) ratings.
Pressure wire terminals are suitable for single conductor wire sizes
#2414, solid or stranded. Two conductor wire size is #2418. Terminal
instruction labels are located adjacent to the terminal block or on the
wireway door.

Applications Requiring Turns

There are some applications that require more than one wiring turn through
the TeSys T controller.

Certain two-speed constant or variable torque applications require two


passes through the TeSys T conductor (CT) windows through which the
motor leads must pass before being connected to the load terminals on
the contactor (T1, T2, and T3). These two-speed constant or variable
torque applications are for NEMA Size 1 (3/4 HP, 480 V) and all NEMA
Size 2. By allowing multiple passes (turns) of the load leads through
these CT windows, protection can be provided for motors with a full-load
current lower than the specified operating range. Two passes of the load
leads through each window effectively increase (by a multiple of two) the
current that the TeSys T senses.

78

All NEMA Size 4 applications require three passes through separately


mounted current transformers (CTs) rated 300:5.

All three conductor windows must have the same number of passes,
looped in the same direction, for the TeSys T to operate properly.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Passes should begin from the load side of the TeSys T through the CT
window, and return via the windows provided between the baseplate and
the TeSys T. The final pass terminates on the load side of the contactor.

MCC units requiring multiple passes are factory supplied pre-looped


with #14 wire and interposing terminal blocks. Refer to TeSys T Retrofit
Applications on page 78 for information concerning retrofit.

TeSys T Local Programming

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the Motor Control Center.
Use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm that all power is
off. Control units must be de-energized before performing maintenance
on the MCC.
The unit disconnect switch must be locked in the off position before
working on equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Local Programming can be used for set point programming and error
readout purposes. Configure the Tesys T by using PowerSuite software
or an HMI (display) to set the parameters.
The Parameter Settings Sheet lists all the parameters that have been set by
the factory specific to each device application. Any settings not shown on
the Parameter Settings Sheet will be retained at device default values. To
return the Tesys T controller to its default settings, press and hold the
Test / Reset button down for 1620 seconds.
NOTE: The TeSys T requires power for configuration.
Configuring with HMI

The HMI may be supplied either as a unit-mounted option, or as a separate,


handheld programming kit containing one HMI and one 3.3 ft. (1 m)
connection cable.
1. Connect the HMI to the TeSys T unit:
If supplied as a unit-mounted option, the connection will be made at
the factory.
or
Connect the programming kit directly to the LTME or HMI port on
the front of theTesys T controller.
or
Connect the programming kit via the optional, unit-mounted
RJ-45 port.
2. Input Full Load Current (FLC):
Using the HMI, go to Menu>Protection Settings>Thermal>Thermal
Overload>FLC1
NOTE: For additional details, refer to the TeSys T LTM CU Control
Operator Unit Users Manual and the TeSys T LTM R Motor
Management Controller User's Manual specific to your network
communication protocol. (See iMCC Related Literature on page 10 for
the document numbers.)

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

79

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Configuring with PowerSuite Software

80459-641-01D
09/2008

The PowerSuite Software kit contains one PowerSuite CD, one


USB-to-RS-485 converter, and one 10 ft. (3 m) cable.
1. Install the PowerSuite software on your PC.
2. Set the top switch on the converter to 0-TER MULT.
3. Set the Polarization switch on the side of the converter to OFF.
4. Connect one end of the cable to the RJ-45 port on the converter.
5. Connect the other end of the cable to the TeSys T controller.
6. Connect the USB connector on the converter to a USB port on your PC.
(The converter uses the UniTelway/Modbus driver that is included with
PowerSuite.)
7. Set the full load current (FLC)
Go to Settings -> Thermal -> FLC1 (OC1)
Enter FLC1 as a % of FLCmax.
8. Convert the amperes to FLC Settings
FLC values are stored as a percentage of FLCmax in the TeSys T:
FLC (in %) = FLC (in A) / FLCmax
NOTES: For details about the PowerSuite software, refer to the TeSys T
LTM R Motor Management Controller User's Manual specific to
your network communication protocol.
Verify the proper configuration of the TeSys T controller per your
application.

PowerLogic Power Meter Series 800

Instructions for performing local and remote programming for the Power
Meter Series 800 are contained in Schneider Electric instruction bulletins
# 63230-500-200 and 63230-500-224 (see the MCC and iMCC Related
Literature table on page 10).

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor

Instructions for performing local and remote programming for the Circuit
Monitor 3000 or Circuit Monitor 4000 series are contained in Schneider
Electric instruction bulletin # 63230-400-204 or 63230-300-209, respectively
(see the MCC and iMCC Related Literature table on page 10).

Altivar 61/71

To perform local setpoint programming, please refer to Schneider Electric


bulletin atv71_Programming_Manual_en (see the MCC and iMCC Related
Literature table on page 10).
To perform remote setpoint programming, please refer to Schneider Electric
bulletin atv71_Parameters_en (see the MCC and iMCC Related Literature
table on page 10).

Altistart 48

The Altistart 48 is factory set to operate without adjustment along with many
applications. The Altistart 48 is set up with the following parameters:
Protocol
Modbus RTU

Address

Speed

Customer defined 19,200 baud

Format

Parity

8 data bits,
1 stop bit

Even

Two switches on the back of the keypad provide three levels of access to
the parameters. Each can be set to avoid adjustment of the parameters, as
is the case when shipped from the factory. The parameters are locked at the
factory to avoid accidental modification. To adjust parameters, you must first
remove the communications module from the front of the unit door, and then
change the DIP switch settings.

80

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Device Addressing

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 9iMCC

Unless specified otherwise, MCC devices are assigned addresses starting


from 2.
Maximum Number of
Addressable Nodes

Address Range

Address to Avoid

Modbus

31

2247

127

PROFIBUS

126

2125

126

DeviceNet

64

262

63

CANopen

127

2126

127

Protocol

Software

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Configurable softwaresuch as PowerLogic System Manager Software,


PowerSuite, or Motor Logic Plus Solutionsis available for communication
with your intelligent Model 6 iMCC components. For setup, operating, and
maintenance instructions, consult the user manual included with your software
package.

81

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 10Expansion

Section 10Expansion

80459-641-01D
09/2008

The modular design of MCCs permits easy expansion to keep pace


with an expanding electrical system. When space is available in the
existing MCC, starter units can easily be added. When no more starter
unit mounting space is available, vertical sections can be added to provide
additional space.
Starter units may be rearranged or replaced with larger units. In most cases, a
Size 2 starter unit can replace a Size 1 unit with no change in mounting space.

Ordering Information

When ordering additional MCC equipment, include the following information:

Type of equipment being supplied

Special features

Supply voltage, frequency, system type


NEMA/EEMAC enclosure type
Enclosure finish
Control circuit voltage and frequency
Optional control circuit components required (control transformers, push
buttons, pilot lights, selector switches, etc.)
The factory order number of the original MCC (the number is stamped
into the structure nameplate on the vertical wire trough door; the unit
label inside each control unit also contains the factory order number)

When ordering new vertical sections, also provide the following information:

Horizontal and vertical bus capacity, material, and plating


Bus bracing (or available fault current)
Enclosure dimensions

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

Modifying MCC Units

Most MCC units are designed for easy removal from the MCC structure.
Some units are not removable due primarily to the physical size of the unit.

De-Energizing Equipment and


Identifying Unit Type

Identify whether the unit intended for modification is a removable style or a


fixed position unit. All removable units have stab connections to the vertical
bus as shown on the electrical schematics and one-line diagrams provided
with the MCC. Most removable units also have a twin handle cam
mechanism (see Figure 63 on page 49). One notable exception is the
Compac 6 control unit (see Figure 69 on page 51), which is removable but
does not have the twin handle cam mechanism.

82

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 10Expansion

If the unit is removable, follow the instructions below. If the unit is a fixed
position unit, follow the instructions for Modifying Fixed Units below.
Modifying Removable Units

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the MCC unit from the structure. See the procedure for
Maintaining the Control Unit on page 47 of this manual.
3. Perform the required modifications. Use thread-forming screws to mount
devices. Do not use bolts and nuts, as they could loosen over time and
cause property damage or personal injury. The hardware must not extend
beyond the back of the MCC unit saddle more than 0.25 in. (6 mm) or
beyond the sides and bottom pan by more than 0.125 in. (3 mm).
4. Make sure that proper electrical spacing1 between uninsulated live parts
of opposite polarity and an exposed or uninsulated dead metal part is
maintained.
5. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all debris left in the unit as a result of
the modifications. Do not use compressed air to blow out the unit,
because all debris may not be fully removed.
6. Perform the recommended maintenance procedures beginning on
page 47 of this manual.
7. Ensure that vertical bus closing plugs are in place (with the exception of
one plug where the MCC unit will stab on the vertical bus). If other vertical
bus closing plugs are not in the proper position, ensure that all power is
removed from the vertical bus and reinstall the vertical bus closing plugs.
8. Use a megohmmeter to perform an insulation test as outlined on page 56.
9. Look for and clear any obstructions that would not permit proper
energization of the MCC unit.
10. Reinstall the MCC unit and follow the procedures for Energizing the
MCC on page 45 of this manual.

Modifying Fixed Units

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. If drilling holes in the back of the MCC unit saddle is required, do not drill
through the back of the saddle more than 0.1875 in. (5 mm). Use a drill
stop device for this procedure.
3. Perform the required modifications. Use thread-forming screws to mount
devices. Do not use bolts and nuts, as they could loosen over time and
cause property damage or personal injury. The hardware must not extend
beyond the back of the MCC unit saddle more than 0.25 in. (6 mm) or
beyond the sides and bottom pan by more than 0.125 in. (3 mm).
4. Make sure that proper electrical spacing1 between uninsulated live parts
of opposite polarity and an exposed or uninsulated dead metal part is
maintained.
5. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all debris left in the unit as a result of
the modifications. Do not use compressed air to blow out the unit,
because all debris may not be fully removed.
6. Perform the recommended maintenance procedures beginning on
page 47 of this manual.
7. Use a megohmmeter to perform an insulation test as outlined on page 56.
8. Follow the procedures for Energizing the MCC on page 45.
1

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Electrical spacings are specified in UL 845, Tables 18 and 19. Electrical spacing in a control
or metering circuit or within a motor control unit (251600 V) is 0.375 in. (10 mm) through air
and 0.50 in. (13 mm) over surface; for power circuits of main and feeder units, it is 1 in. (25 mm)
through air and 2 in. (51 mm) over surface.

83

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 10Expansion

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Installing Additional MCC Units

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Position the midshelf (Figure 98, Item A) in the appropriate area of the
structure.
3. Place the mounting foot (Item B) of the shelf into the mounting pan slots
(Item C). Secure the shelf at the mounting foot end, the left side, and the
right side with flat head screws (Detail A, Item D).
4. Install the hinge leaves of the door (Detail A, Item E) into the hinge slots
(Item G), which are on the structure corner channel. Fasten the hinge
leaves to the structure corner channel using hex head screws (Item H).
5. Install quarter-turn fastener receptacles (Detail B, Item J) into the
bracket slots (Item K) and fasten with hex head screws (Item H).

Figure 98:

Shelf and Door Installation

Table 15:

Shelf Installation Kit


Parts

Description

Qty

Shelf

Flat head screws

Assemble
per

G
H

E
F

Item

Steps 2 and 3

Step 3

Unit door

Step 4

Hex head screws

Steps 4 and 5

Quarter turn
fastener receptacle

Step 5

C
B

Detail A

See Detail
A or B

Shelves are furnished with order. Structure may


already have shelf mounted in position.
All necessary hardware for typical shelf
installation is included. Door installation may
require additional hardware.

D
See Detail A
J

H
K

F
Detail B

See Detail B

84

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 99:

Cutting the Vertical Wire Trough


Grommet (when supplied)

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 10Expansion

6. If a grommeted wireway barrier is supplied, locate the vertical wire


trough grommet (see Figure 99) nearest the bottom of the control unit.
Cut the grommet following the instructions on the grommet. See the
second paragraph under Load and Control Wiring on page 40.
7. Remove the manual bus shutter(s) (see Figure 100) to allow insertion of
the new control unit; slide out the top bus shutter.
NOTE: Do not remove the tether.
Figure 100: Removing the Manual Bus Shutter

Figure 101: Engaging the Cam Mechanism

8. Confirm the cam mechanism is in the open position; position the


mounting slides of the control unit onto the slots of the mid-shelf. Slide
the unit inward to engage the cam mechanism (see Figure 101).
9. Press the handles inward until they are flush with the face of the MCC
(see Figure 102).
NOTE: Compac 6 units do not have the twin handle cam mechanism.
Figure 102: Handles Flush with the Front of the MCC

Figure 103: Tightening the Control Unit


Lock-in Panel (when supplied)

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

10. Turn the screw on the control unit lock-in panel (when supplied) located
at the bottom front of the control unit (see Figure 103), until the lock-in
pawl is latched to the support shelf below the control unit.

85

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 10Expansion

Figure 104: Power Leads Connected to


Power Terminals

80459-641-01D
09/2008

11. Pull the power leads from the vertical wire trough through the grommet
and into the control unit. Connect them to the power terminals in the
control unit (see Figure 104).
NOTE: To provide additional working clearance, grasp the control
station plate on the right side and pull gently, allowing it to hinge open
(see Figure 105).
12. Pull the control leads from the vertical wire trough through the grommet
and connect them to the terminals of the top (removable) portion of the
control pull-apart terminal blocks (see Figure 105).
13. Close the unit door and secure the quarter-turn fasteners.
Figure 105: Connecting Control Leads to the Terminal Blocks

Compac 6 Units

The following describes how to add a Compac 6, six-inch (52 mm) unit to an
MCC section. Before installing these units, read and understand the safety
precautions at the beginning of this section. For full details about MCC
installation, refer to Section 4Installing the MCC on page 15.

Control and Load Wiring

Pull-apart control terminals (see Figure 106) are mounted on the floor of the
unit adjacent to the wiring port on the right side. Terminate field control
wiring on the removable portion of the block.

DANGER

Figure 106: Pull-apart Terminals

HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,


EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and
serviced by qualified electrical personnel.

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10

11 A

1A

2X

1X

Turn off all power supplying this equipment


before working on or inside equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing
device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers
before turning on power to this equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result
in death or serious injury.
86

10 A Control Wire Terminal Block


To separate or remove the top portion of the terminal block from its base, grasp the top
half and pull apart as shown.
Each terminal is rated for one 16-12 AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires.
Torque terminal screws to 5 lb-in (0.5 Nm).

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 10Expansion

Cable Connection Torque Values

Refer to the torque label on the right inside wall of the unit for load terminal
wire and torque requirements (see Figure 107).
Figure 107: Typical Unit Torque Label

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11

A1

A2

X1

X2

UNIT MOTOR CONNECTIONS MUST


BE SIZED PER 60 C OR 75 C
NEC WIRE RATING.
USE COPPER WIRE ONLY.
MAINTAIN TORQUE VALUE OF
20 lb-in FOR THESE CONNECTIONS.

80438-064-01

Fuse clips in six-inch (52 mm) units accommodate 600 V, Class J fuses only.
The switch mounted fuse base (see Figure 108) is configured either for 30 A
or 60 A fuses. The bottom plate mounted fuse base accepts 100 A fuses.
Figure 108: Fuse Bases

Switch Mounted Fuse Base

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Bottom Plate Mounted Fuse Base

87

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 10Expansion

Compac 6 Control Unit Installation

80459-641-01D
09/2008

If Compac 6 control units have been removed from the structure, reinstall
them when maintenance work on them is complete. For control unit
replacement, follow these instructions:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Ensure that the operator handle of the control unit is in the OFF position.
3. Place the control unit into the structure in the proper location.
4. Position the mounting slides of the control unit onto the slots of the
mid-shelf. Slide the unit inward until the unit is halfway in, then move it
inward with a quick push. This movement easily overcomes the
compression of the stabs as they engage the vertical bus (Figure 109).
NOTE: The interlock is spring loaded and engages automatically when
the control unit is inserted with a firm push to the operator handle.
Pressing the structure interlock release is not necessary.
5. Retrieve the pull-apart terminal block from the vertical wire trough in
through the wiring port.
Figure 109: Reinstalling the Compac 6 Control Unit

ON
O FF
STA
RT
STO
P

1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10

11 A
1A
2X
1X
2

6. Connect the pull-apart terminal block to the control unit. If necessary,


remove the control panel. Replace the control panel when the connection
is made.
7. Refer to the termination tags placed during removal of the control unit
(Step 4 on page 52) to properly connect the power wiring to the starter
terminals.
8. Shut the door and tighten the quarter-turn fasteners (see Detail B of
Figure 98 on page 84).

88

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 11Troubleshooting

Section 11Troubleshooting

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
The following table lists problems encountered with MCCs, their causes,
and remedies. This table is of a general nature and covers only the main
causes of problems.
Misapplication of a device can result in serious problems; however, rather
than list this cause repeatedly below, note that misapplication is a major
cause of motor control problems and must always be questioned when a
device is not functioning properly.
Actual physical damage or broken parts can usually be quickly located and
replaced. Damage caused by water or flood conditions requires special
treatment. Contact your Schneider Electric field sales representative.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

89

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 11Troubleshooting

Table 16:

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart

Part

Problem
Contact Chatter (also
see Noisy Magnet)

Cause
1. Poor contact in the control circuit.

Remedy
1. Replace the contact device or use a holding circuit interlock
(3-wire control).
2. Check the coil terminal voltage and voltage dips during starting.

1. Abnormal inrush of current.

1. Check for grounds, shorts, or excessive motor load current, or


use larger contactor.

2. Rapid jogging.

2. Install a larger device rated for jogging service.

3. Insufficient tip pressure.

3. Replace contacts and springs. Check contact carrier for


deformation or damage.

4. Low voltage which prevents the magnet


from sealing.

4. Check the coil terminal voltage and voltage dips during starting.

5. Foreign matter prevents the contacts


from closing.

5. Clean the contacts with an environmentally safe (CFC-free)


contact cleaner.

6. Short circuit or ground fault.

6. Remove the fault. Ensure that the fuse and circuit breaker sizes
are correct.

1. Filing or dressing.

1. Do not file the silver tips; rough spots or discoloration do not


harm tips or impair their efficiency.

2. Interrupting excessively high currents.

Welding or Freezing

2. Low voltage.

2. Install a larger device or check for grounds, shorts, or excessive


motor currents.

Contacts

3. Excessive jogging.
4. Weak tip pressure.
5. Dirt or foreign matter on the contact
surface.

5. Clean contacts with an environmentally safe (CFC-free) contact


cleaner. Reduce the entry of foreign matter into the enclosure.

6. Short circuit or ground fault.

Short Trip Life or


Overheating or Trips

3. Install a larger device rated for jogging service.


4. Replace contacts and springs; check the contact carrier for
deformation or damage.

6. Remove the fault; ensure that the fuse and circuit breaker sizes
are correct.

7. Loose connection in the power circuit.


8. Sustained overload.
Open Circuit

7. Clear and tighten the connection.


8. Check for excessive motor load current or install a larger
device.

3. Replace the coil.

4. Undervoltage; failure of the magnet to


seal in.

4. Check the coil terminal voltage. It should be at least 85% of the


coil rating.
5. Clean the pole faces.

6. Mechanical obstruction.

6. With power off, check for free movement of the contact and
armature assembly.

1. Sustained overload.

1. Check for excessive motor currents or current unbalance;


correct cause.

2. Loose or corroded connection in the


power circuit.

2. Clean and tighten the connection.

3. Incorrect thermal units.

Tripping

2. Install the correct coil.

3. Shorted turns caused by mechanical


damage or corrosion.

5. Dirt or rust on the pole faces.

Overheated Coil

Replace the coil; handle and store replacement coils carefully.


1. Check the coil terminal voltage. It should not exceed 110% of
the coil rating.

2. Incorrect coil.
Coils

Mechanical damage.
1. Overvoltage or high ambient
temperature.

3. Replace the thermal units with the correct size for the
application.

4. Excessive coil voltage.

1. Check the thermal unit selection table. Install the proper thermal
units.

2. Mechanical binding, dirt, corrosion, etc.


Failure To Trip

4. Voltage should not exceed 110% of the coil rating.

1. Incorrect thermal units.

Thermal Overload
Relays

2. Replace the relay and thermal units.

3. Relay previously damaged by a short


circuit.

3. Replace the relay and thermal units.

4. Relay contact welded or not in series with 4. Check circuit for a fault and correct the condition. Replace the
the contactor coil.
contact or the entire relay as necessary.

90

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Table 16:
Part

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 11Troubleshooting

Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart (continued)


Problem

Cause

Remedy

1. Load is too heavy for motor horsepower. 1. Remove excessive motor load or resize motor.
2. Wrong overload trip class selected for
Overload relay trips on
application.
start-up (after more than
3. Incorrect overload FLA setting.
3 seconds).
4. Use of electronic DC injection brake.

2. Use Trip Class 20 overload relay instead of Trip Class 10.


3. Set FLA adjustment according to motor full-load current.
4. Do not use electronic DC injection brakes with solid-state
overload relay.

1. Motor branch circuit fuse blown.

3. Select different type of overload relay for non 3-phase


applications.

4. Voltage unbalance on feeder.

4. Correct voltage unbalance in feeder.

5. Motor winding damage in one or more


windings.

5. Check motor winding impedance. Rewind if necessary.

6. Phase loss in primary of wye-delta or


delta-wye transformer.

6. Replace blown fuses or tighten connections.

7. One or more load lead(s) is not routed


through relay window or is routed in
opposite direction.

Overload relay trips on


Motor Logic Overload
start-up (in less than 3
Relays
seconds).

2. Tighten motor branch circuit connection.

3. Motor circuit is not 3-phase.

1. Replace blown motor branch circuit fuse(s).

2. Loose motor branch circuit.

7. Pass each load lead through its respective window in the


same direction.

8. Number of load lead passes are different. 8. Each load lead must be looped the same number of passes.
1. Load is too heavy for motor horsepower. 1. Remove excessive motor load or resize motor.
2. Incorrect overload FLA setting.

2. Set FLA adjustment according to motor full-load current.

3. Use of electronic DC injection brake.

3. Do not use electronic DC injection brakes with solid-state


overload relay.

4. Incorrect overload FLA setting. (Multiple


pass applications.)

4. Recalculate FLA adjustment and set according to motor


full-load current and number of looped passes.

Invalid configuration error

Indicates either a bad checksum (Config checksum error) or good


checksum but bad data (Invalid config error). Both caused by
hardware failure. Take the following steps:

Configuration checksum (EEROM) error

Overload relay trips


while running normally.

1. Cycle power and wait 30 s.


2. Reset the configuration settings to factory settings.
3. If the fault persists, replace the TeSys T.

Minor internal faults


Internal network communications failure
A/D out of range error
Start command check

Check the following:

Stop command check

TeSys T

These faults indicate a hardware failure. Take the following steps:


1. Cycle power and wait 30 s.
2. If the fault persists, replace the TeSys T.

Stop check back


Diagnostic errors
Run check back

relay outputs
all wiring, including:
control wiring circuit, including all electromechanical devices
power wiring circuit, including all components
load CT wiring.

After all checks are complete:


1. Perform a fault reset.
2. If the fault persists, cycle power and wait 30 s.
3. If the fault still persists, replace the TeSys T.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

91

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 11Troubleshooting

Table 16:

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Motor Control Center Troubleshooting Chart (continued)

Part

Problem

Cause

Remedy
Correct the polarity of the CTs. Be sure that:

CT reversal error

all external CTs face the same direction


all load CT wiring passes through windows in the same
direction

After all checks are complete:


1. Perform a fault reset.
2. If the fault persists, cycle power and wait 30 s.
3. If the fault still persists, replace the TeSys T.

Current/voltage phase reversal error

Check:

Phase configuration error

L1, L2 and L3 wiring connection to be sure wires are not


crossed
Motor Phases Sequence parameter setting (ABC versus ACB)

After all checks are complete:


1. Perform a fault reset.
2. If the fault persists, cycle power and wait 30 s.
3. If the fault still persists, replace the TeSys T.

TeSys T

Check for:

Wiring/configuration
errors
PTC connection error

short circuit or open circuit in the motor temp sensor wiring


wrong type of motor temp sensing device
improper configuration of parameters for selected device

After all checks are complete:


1. Perform a fault reset.
2. If the fault persists, cycle power and wait 30 s.
3. If the fault still persists, replace the TeSys T.
Check for:

Voltage phase loss error

improper wiring, such as loose terminations


blown fuse
cut wire
single-phase motor configured for 3-phase operation
failure to wire a single phase motor through both A and C load
CT windows
failure of power source (for example, utility power failure)

After all checks are complete:


1. Perform a fault reset.
2. If the fault persists, cycle power and wait 30 s.
3. If the fault still persists, replace the TeSys T.
1. Broken shading coil.
Noisy Magnet

1. Replace the magnet and armature.

3. Check the coil terminal voltage and voltage dips during starting.

1. No control voltage.

1. Check the control circuit wiring for a loose connection or poor


contact continuity.

2. Low voltage.

2. Check for the proper coil terminal voltage and voltage dips
during starting.

3. Mechanical obstruction.

3. With the power off, check for free movement of the contact and
armature assembly.

4. Open or overheated coil.

4. Replace the coil.

5. Wrong coil.

Magnetic And
Mechanical Parts

2. Clean the magnet with a clean, dry cloth.

3. Low voltage.

Failure To Pick Up and


Seal

2. Dirt or rust on magnet faces.

5. Replace the coil.

1. Gummy substance on the pole faces.

Failure To Drop Out

1. Clean the pole faces with a clean, dry cloth.

2. Voltage not removed.

2. Check the coil terminal voltage and the control circuit.

3. Worn or corroded parts causing binding.

3. Replace the parts.

4. Residual magnetism due to the lack of an


4. Replace the magnet and armature.
air gap in the magnet path.
5. Welded contacts.

5. See ContactsWelding or Freezing

Erratic Timing

Foreign matter in the valve.

Replace the complete timing head, or return the timer to the factory
for repair and adjustment.

Contacts Do Not
Operate

1. Maladjustment of the actuating screw.

1. Adjust according to the instructions in the service bulletin.

Limit Switches

Broken Parts

Overtravel of the actuator.

Use a resilient actuator, or operate within the tolerance of the


device.

Manual Starters

Failure To Reset

Latching mechanism worn or broken.

Replace the starter.

Pneumatic Timers

92

2. Worn or broken parts in the snap switch. 2. Replace the snap switch.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 12Insulation Resistance

Section 12Insulation
Resistance

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.

NOTE: Disconnect all solid state


devices such as TVSSs, drives, soft
starts, capacitors, filters, and circuit
monitors before performing
megohmmeter tests on the MCC.

Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Follow the instructions in Insulation Test on page 56.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

Phase-To-Phase

Phase-To-Ground
All Disconnects Open

Date

A-B

B-C

C-A

A-Ground

B-Ground

C-Ground

B-Ground

C-Ground

All Disconnects Closed


Date

A-B

B-C

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

C-A

A-Ground

93

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 12Insulation Resistance

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Thermal Overload Unit Selection

This section identifies the thermal overload units needed for the starters
specified in an order. Tables are based on motor full-load amps and provide
the catalog number for the appropriate thermal units to be used at that
current rating.

Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Combination Starter Units


Size 1

Size 2

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

0.560.63

B 0.81

4.124.70

B 6.90

3.944.45

B 6.90

14.015.8

B 25

0.640.68

B 0.92

4.715.21

B 7.70

4.464.97

B 7.70

15.917.9

B 28

0.690.77

B 1.03

5.225.53

B 8.20

4.985.28

B 8.20

18.019.9

B 32

0.780.85

B 1.16

5.546.17

B 9.10

5.295.97

B 9.10

20.022.8

B 36

0.860.97

B 1.30

6.187.02

B 10.2

5.986.89

B 10.2

22.925.4

B 40

0.981.09

B 1.45

7.037.92

B 11.5

6.907.92

B 11.5

25.528.9

B 45

1.101.21

B 1.67

7.938.61

B 12.8

7.938.71

B 12.8

29.030.8

B 50

1.221.33

B 1.88

8.629.17

B 14

8.729.27

B 14.0

30.932.5

B 56

1.341.53

B 2.10

9.1810.0

B 15.5

9.2810.2

B 15.5

32.634.9

B 62

1.541.73

B 2.40

10.111.0

B 17.5

10.311.4

B 17.5

35.039.7

B 70

1.741.89

B 2.65

11.111.8

B 19.5

11.512.3

B 19.5

39.844.7

B 79

1.902.17

B 3.00

11.913.5

B 22

12.413.9

B 22

2.182.53

B 3.30

13.615.3

B 25

2.542.87

B 3.70

15.417.4

B 28

2.883.22

B 4.15

17.519.4

B 32

3.233.49

B 4.85

19.522.2

B 36

3.503.85

B 5.50

22.325.1

B 40

3.864.11

B 6.25

25.227.0

B 45

Size 3

Size 4

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

14.014.9

CC 20.9

36.939.8

CC 59.4

44.046.8

CC 64.3

73.078.1

CC 112

15.016.2

CC 22.8

39.942.3

CC 64.3

46.950.6

CC 68.5

78.283.9

CC 121

16.317.2

CC 24.6

42.445.7

CC 68.5

50.754.5

CC 74.6

84.091.1

CC 132

17.318.7

CC 26.3

45.849.2

CC 74.6

54.658.4

CC 81.5

91.297.5

CC 143

18.820.2

CC 28.8

49.352.8

CC 81.5

58.562.9

CC 87.7

97.6104

CC 156

20.321.7

CC 31.0

52.956.8

CC 87.7

63.067.7

CC 94.0

105113

CC 167

67.872.9

CC 103

114133

CC 180

21.823.3

56.961.2

CC 94.0

CC 36.4

61.366.1

CC 103

25.327.1

CC 39.6

66.271.2

CC 112

27.229.4

CC 42.7

71.376.7

CC 121

29.531.6

CC 46.6

76.882.9

CC 132

31.734.0

CC 50.1

83.090.0

CC 143

34.136.8

94

CC 33.3

23.425.2

CC 54.5

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 12Insulation Resistance

Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Combination Starter Units (cont.)
Size 5 without CT Type Overloads
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and Circuit Breakers


Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

88.295.1

DD 112

171180

DD 220

40.845.5

B 1.03

115128

B 3.00

95.2101

DD 121

181197

DD 240

45.649.9

B 1.16

129140

B 3.30

102111

DD 128

198204

DD 250

51.057.5

B 1.30

141160

B 3.70

112119

DD 140

205213

DD 265

57.665.9

B 1.45

161193

B 4.15

120131

DD 150

214237

DD 280

66.073.1

B 1.67

194209

B 4.85

132149

DD 160

238243

DD 300

73.281.5

B 1.88

210232

B 5.50

150170

DD 185

244266

DD 320

81.692.3

B 2.10

233248

B 6.25

92.4104

B 2.40

249266

B 6.90

105114

B 2.65

Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and Fusible Switch Disconnects


Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Max. Fuse
Rating (A)

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Max. Fuse
Rating (A)

40.845.5

B 1.03

90

115128

B 3.00

250

45.649.9

B 1.16

100

129140

B 3.30

250

51.057.5

B 1.30

110

141160

B 3.70

300

57.6-65.9

B 1.45

125

161193

B 4.15

350

66.073.1

B 1.67

125

194209

B 4.85

400

73.281.5

B 1.88

150

210232

B 5.50

400

84.692.3

B 2.10

175

233248

B 6.25

400

92.4104

B 2.40

200

249266

B 6.90

400

105114

B 2.65

225

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

133148

B 1.30

272308

B 2.65

149174

B 1.45

309348

B 3.00

175195

B 1.67

349397

B 3.30

196219

B 1.88

398429

B 3.70

220239

B 2.10

430495

B 4.15

240271

B 2.40

496520

B 4.85

Size 6

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

95

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 12Insulation Resistance

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Part Winding Combination Starter Units
Size 1

Size 2
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

B 0.81

8.249.41

B 6.90

7.888.91

B 6.90

24.827.9

B 22

B 0.92

9.4210.43

B 7.70

8.929.95

B 7.70

28.031.7

B 25

1.381.55

B 1.30

10.4411.07

B 8.20

9.9610.57

B 8.20

31.835.9

B 28

1.561.71

B 1.16

11.0812.35

B 9.10

10.5811.95

B 9.10

36.039.9

B 32

1.721.95

B 1.30

12.3614.05

B 10.2

11.9613.79

B 10.2

40.045.7

B 36

1.962.19

B 1.45

14.0615.85

B 11.5

13.8015.85

B 11.5

45.850.9

B 40

2.202.43

B 1.67

15.8617.23

B 12.8

15.8617.43

B 12.8

51.061.7

B 45

2.442.67

B 1.88

17.2418.35

B 14

17.4418.55

B 14.0

61.865.1

B 50

2.683.07

B 2.10

18.3620.1

B 15.5

18.5620.5

B 15.5

65.269.9

B 56

3.083.47

B 2.40

20.222.1

B 17.5

20.622.9

B 17.5

70.079.5

B 62

3.483.79

B 2.65

22.223.7

B 19.5

23.024.7

B 19.5

79.689.4

B 70

3.804.35

B 3.00

23.827.1

B 22

4.365.07

B 3.30

27.230.7

B 25

5.085.75

B 3.70

30.834.9

B 28

5.766.45

B 4.15

35.038.9

B 32

6.466.99

B 4.85

39.044.5

B 36

7.007.71

B 5.50

44.650.3

B 40

7.728.23

B 6.25

50.454.0

B 45

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

1.121.27
1.281.37

Size 3

Size 4

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

28.029.9

CC 20.9

73.879.7

CC 59.4

105112

CC 74.6

170181

CC 132

30.032.5

CC 22.8

79.884.7

CC 64.3

113122

CC 81.5

182195

CC 143

32.634.5

CC 24.6

84.891.5

CC 68.5

123131

CC 87.7

196209

CC 156

34.637.5

CC 26.3

91.698.5

CC 74.6

132142

CC 94.0

210227

CC 167

37.640.5

CC 28.8

98.6105.7

CC 81.5

143153

CC 103

228247

CC 180

40.643.5

CC 31.0

105.8113.7

CC 87.7

154157

CC 112

248266

CC 196

43.646.7

CC 33.3

113.8122.5

CC 94.0

158169

CC 121

46.850.5

CC 36.4

122.6132.3

CC 103

50.654.3

CC 39.6

132.4142.5

CC 112

54.458.9

CC 42.7

142.6153.5

CC 121

59.063.3

CC 46.6

153.6165.9

CC 132

63.468.1

CC 50.1

166.0180.0

CC 143

68.273.7

CC 54.5

96

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 12Insulation Resistance

Melting Alloy Overload Selection Tables for Part Winding Combination Starter Units (cont.)
Size 5 without CT Type Overloads

Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and Circuit Breakers


Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

81.691.1

B 1.03

230257

B 3.00

91.2101

B 1.16

258-281

B 3.30

DD 250

102115

B 1.30

282321

B 3.70

DD 265

116131

B 1.45

322387

B 4.15

428475

DD 289

132146

B 1.67

388419

B 4.85

DD 160

476487

DD 300

147163

B 1.84

420465

B 5.50

DD 185

488532

DD 320

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

176190

DD 112

342361

DD 220

191203

DD 121

362395

DD 240

204223

DD 128

396409

224239

DD 140

410427

240253

DD 150

254299
300341

Thermal Unit
Number

164184

B 2.10

466497

B 6.25

185209

B 2.40

496532

B 6.90

210229

B 2.65

Size 5 with CT Type Overloads and


Fusible Switch Disconnects
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

81.691.1

B 1.03

230257

B 3.00

91.2101

B 1.16

258281

B 3.30

102115

B 1.30

282321

B 3.70

116131

B 1.45

322387

B 4.15

132146

B 1.67

388419

B 4.35

147163

B 1.88

420465

B 5.60

164184

B 2.10

466497

B 6.25

185209

B 2.40

498532

B 6.90

210229

B 2.65

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

97

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 12Insulation Resistance

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Ambient-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Selection Tables for Combination Starter Units


Size 1

Size 2

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

0.570.60

AR 1.05

3.463.81

AR 5.8

4.244.62

AR 8.5

16.518.9

AR 35

0.610.66

AR 1.15

3.824.20

AR 6.4

4.635.05

AR 9.3

19.021.6

AR 40

0.670.73

AR 1.26

4.214.65

AR 7.0

5.065.54

AR 10.2

21.723.3

AR 44

0.740.81

AR 1.39

4.665.29

AR 7.7

5.556.13

AR 11.2

23.424.9

AR 47

0.820.90

AR 1.53

5.305.84

AR 8.5

6.146.44

AR 12.4

25.026.9

AR 51

0.911.05

AR 1.68

5.856.27

AR 9.3

6.457.48

AR 13.6

27.029.1

AR 55

1.061.15

AR 1.85

6.286.97

AR 10.2

7.498.55

AR 15.4

29.231.3

AR 60

1.161.25

AR 2.04

6.987.59

AR 11.2

8.569.74

AR 17.6

31.433.5

AR 66

1.261.35

AR 2.24

7.607.89

AR 12.4

9.7511.1

AR 20.5

33.636.9

AR 72

1.361.47

AR 2.46

7.908.95

AR 13.6

11.212.7

AR 23

37.039.1

AR 79

1.481.58

AR 2.71

8.9610.3

AR 15.4

12.814.4

AR 27

39.240.9

AR 86

1.591.74

AR 2.98

10.411.7

AR 17.6

14.516.4

AR 30

41.045.0

AR 94

1.751.94

AR 3.28

11.813.3

AR 20.5

1.952.20

AR 3.62

13.415.2

AR 23

2.212.47

AR 3.98

15.317.2

AR 27

2.482.76

AR 4.37

17.319.7

AR 30

2.773.07

AR 4.80

19.822.4

AR 35

3.083.45

AR 5.3

22.526.0

AR 40

Size 3

Size 4

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

27.130.0

E 67

47.051.5

E 74

5055.9

E 88

8286.9

E 96

30.133.2

E 69

51.657.0

E 76

5660.9

E 89

8792.9

E 97

33.335.7

E 70

57.162.8

E 77

6165.9

E 91

9397.9

E 98

35.839.4

E 71

62.969.1

E 78

6669.9

E 92

98107.9

E 99

39.543.4

E 72

69.275.0

E 79

7075.9

E 93

108113.9

E 101

43.546.9

E 73

75.183.3

E 80

7681.9

E 94

114125.9

E 102

Size 5

Size 6

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

105116

AR 3.28

166184

AR 4.80

146169

AR 1.68

280311

AR 3.28

117132

AR 3.62

185207

AR 5.3

170185

AR 1.85

312353

AR 3.62

133148

AR 3.98

208229

AR 5.8

186201

AR 2.04

354396

AR 3.98

149165

AR 4.37

230266

AR 6.4

202217

AR 2.24

397442

AR 4.37

218236

AR 2.46

443492

AR 4.80

237253

AR 2.71

493520

AR 5.3

254279

AR 2.98

98

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 12Insulation Resistance

Ambient-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Selection Tables for Part Winding Combination Starter Units
Size 1
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Size 2
Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

1.141.21

AR 1.05

6.927.63

AR 5.8

8.489.25

AR 8.5

33.037.9

AR 35

1.221.33

AR 1.15

7.648.41

AR 6.4

9.2610.11

AR 9.3

38.043.3

AR 40

1.341.47

AR 1.26

8.429.31

AR 7.0

10.1211.09

AR 10.2

43.446.7

AR 44

1.481.63

AR 1.39

9.3210.59

AR 7.7

11.1012.27

AR 11.2

46.849.9

AR 47

1.641.81

AR 1.53

10.6011.69

AR 8.5

12.2812.89

AR 12.4

50.053.9

AR 51

1.822.11

AR 1.68

11.7012.55

AR 9.3

12.9014.97

AR 13.6

54.058.3

AR 55

2.122.31

AR 1.85

12.5613.95

AR 10.2

14.9817.11

AR 15.4

58.462.7

AR 60

2.322.51

AR 2.04

13.9615.19

AR 11.2

17.1219.49

AR 17.6

62.867.1

AR 66

2.522.71

AR 2.24

15.2015.79

AR 12.4

19.5022.3

AR 20.5

67.273.8

AR 72

2.722.95

AR 2.46

15.8017.91

AR 13.6

22.425.5

AR 23

74.078.3

AR 79

2.963.17

AR 2.71

17.9220.7

AR 15.4

25.628.9

AR 27

78.481.9

AR 86

3.183.49

AR 2.98

20.823.5

AR 17.6

29.032.9

AR 30

82.090.0

AR 94

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

3.503.89

AR 3.28

23.626.7

AR 20.5

3.904.41

AR 3.62

26.830.5

AR 23

4.424.95

AR 3.98

30.634.5

AR 27

4.965.53

AR 4.37

34.639.5

AR 30

5.546.15

AR 4.80

39.644.9

AR 35

6.166.91

AR 5.30

45.052.0

AR 40

Size 3
Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Size 4
Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

54.260.1

E 67

94.0103.1

E 74

100111.9

E 88

164173.9

E 96

60.266.5

E 69

103.2114.1

E 76

112121.9

E 89

174185.9

E 97

66.671.5

E 70

114.2125.7

E 77

122131.9

E 91

186195.9

E 98

71.678.9

E 71

125.8138.3

E 78

132139.9

E 92

196215.9

E 99

79.086.9

E 72

138.4150.1

E 79

140151.9

E 93

216227.9

E 101

87.093.9

E 73

150.2166.6

E 80

152163.9

E 94

228251.9

E 102

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

Motor
Full-Load
Current (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

210233

AR 3.28

332369

AR 4.8

234265

AR 3.62

370415

AR 5.3

266297

AR 3.98

416459

AR 5.8

298331

AR 4.37

460532

AR 6.4

Size 5

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

99

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 13Circuit Breaker and Fusible Switch Replacement

Section 13Circuit Breaker


and Fusible Switch
Replacement

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.

80459-641-01D
09/2008

For F-frame and K-frame circuit breakers and 100/200 A fusible switches,
Schneider Electric recommends replacing the entire disconnect assembly
instead of replacing the circuit breaker or fusible switch. The disconnect
assembly includes the operator mechanism and the appropriate circuit
breaker or switch. Replacing the entire disconnect assembly requires the
removal of three screws (two from the left side of the assembly and one
inside the back of the assembly). This procedure is much simpler and
quicker than replacing an individual circuit breaker or switch. See Schneider
Electric bulletin Disconnect Assembly Replacement (80439-666-01) for
disconnect assembly installation instructions.
For PowerPact H-frame and J-Frame circuit breakers, order a replacement
circuit breaker only. To replace the circuit breaker:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
2. Remove the control unit from the MCC. See Removing the Control
Unit on page 48.

This equipment must only be installed and


serviced by qualified electrical personnel.

3. Open the line insulator tabs.

Turn off all power supplying this equipment


before working on or inside equipment.

5. Remove the two circuit breaker mounting screws (see Figure 110).

Always use a properly rated voltage sensing


device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers
before turning on power to this equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result
in death or serious injury.

4. Loosen the screw lugs for the line/load cables; detach the cables.
6. Remove the circuit breaker from the unit and then remove the phase
insulators from the breaker (see Figure 110).
7. Unpack the new circuit breaker and reinstall the circuit breaker phase
insulators in the slots provided on the circuit breaker.
8. Place the circuit breaker in the mounting pan, making sure that the line
insulator is in position under the circuit breaker. Secure the circuit
breaker with the two mounting screws provided.
9. Attach the line/load cables to the breaker using the screw lugs removed
in step 4; torque the screw lugs to the value indicated on the circuit
breaker.
10. Close the line insulator tabs.
11. Reinstall the control unit in the MCC. Close and fasten the door.

Figure 110: Circuit Breaker Replacement

Phase
insulators

Always use replacement devices of the same type and rating as the device
being removed. Using a different type of disconnect or one with a different
rating may alter the short circuit ratings of the motor control center.
Contact the MCC Technical Assistance Group (TAG) before installing a
circuit breaker with a different rating. See Appendix DTechnical Support
on page 120 for the MCC TAG technical support number.

Mounting
screws

100

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Section 14Installation and Maintenance Log

Section 14Installation and


Maintenance Log
Date

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Job Description

Name/Initials

101

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier Panels

Appendix ARemoval and


Installation of Horizontal Bus
Barrier Panels

80459-641-01D
09/2008

This appendix contains installation and removal instructions for the


horizontal bus barrier panels in 15 in. (381 mm) and 20 in. (508 mm) deep
Model 6 Motor Control Centers manufactured by Schneider Electric.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

Removal

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. With one hand, slide the left panel to the right until it unsnaps from the
right panel.
3. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track as shown in Figure 111.
Lift the panel out of the bottom track, and remove the panel.
4. Align the arrows on the right panel and top track as shown in Figure 111.
Lift the panel out of the bottom track, and remove the panel.
Figure 111: Aligning the Arrows on the Panels

Align arrows

Lift up on panel

102

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Installation

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier Panels

NOTE: The horizontal bus barrier contains two identical panels with arrows
at the top. The handle on the left panel faces the front of the MCC section.
The handle cavity on the right panel faces the front of the MCC section
(see Figure 112).
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Align the arrows on the right panel and top track as shown in Figure 113.
3. Lift the panel up into the rear groove of the top track.
4. Lower the panel into the rear groove of the bottom track.
5. Slide the panel to the far right.
6. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track.
7. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 using the left panel and front groove.
8. Slide the panel to the left until it locks (snaps) into place.
9. Verify that the barrier is completely closed by making sure that the wiring
compartment is isolated from the bus compartment.
Figure 112: Right Panel (Side View)
Horizontal Bus Area

Wireway Area

Horizontal bus barrier right panel

Front of section

Handle cavity

Handle

Front groove

Rear groove

Figure 113: Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove

Endcap

Top track

Rear groove

Flange points away from MCC

Snap

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Right panel

103

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier Panels

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Fixed Barrier

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.

Removal

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. A captive rivet at the bottom of each bus barrier panel secures the
panels to mounting brackets on the MCC (see Figure 114 below, and
Figures 115 and 116 on page 105).
Figure 114: Fixed Horizontal Bus Barrier
Tabs

Left side
panel

Right side
panel

Plastic captive rivets

3. Firmly grasp the head of the left side rivet and pull until the rivet releases
from the mounting bracket.
4. Pull out on the bottom of the left side panel until the tab at the top of the
panel is clear of the top track (see Figure 115 on page 105).
5. Remove the panel from the MCC.
6. Repeat steps 35 for the right side panel.

104

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix ARemoval and Installation of Horizontal Bus Barrier Panels

Figure 115: Horizontal Bus Barrier Installation and Removal


Top track

Mounting brackets

Barrier Installed

Installation

Barrier Removed

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Insert the tab on the right side panel into the top track on the right side of
the MCC and set it into place (see Figure 114 on page 104 and
Figure 115).
3. Secure the right side panel by pushing the rivet firmly into the hole of the
mounting bracket.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the left side panel.

Figure 116: Barrier Installed and Removed

Installed

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Removed

105

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit

Appendix BNon-Conductive
Horizontal Bus Barrier
Retrofit Kit

80459-641-01D
09/2008

This appendix contains installation instructions for non-conductive


horizontal bus barrier retrofit kits manufactured by Schneider Electric. These
kits are for use in 15 in. (381 mm) and 20 in. (508 mm) deep Models 5 and 6
Motor Control Centers.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
After removing rivets and screws, verify that the compartment is free of
loose particles.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Figure 117: Retrofit Kit Components
Top retrofit bracket

2 screws [1/4 x 20 x 1/2 in. (6 x 508 x 13 mm)]


20 in. (508 mm) deep MCC retrofit kits only.

Endcap
Top retrofit track

14 rivets [1/8 in. (3 mm]


Only 12 are needed

Top retrofit bracket

Panels

Endcap

Bottom retrofit bracket for


relay topshelf assemblies
(must not be riveted together
before installation)

Bottom track and retrofit bracket for


welded topshelf assemblies (must
be riveted together before
installation)

106

Bottom track for relay


topshelf assemblies

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit

Remove Existing Components

Follow these instructions to remove the existing top horizontal wireway


cover, bus barriers, units below the topshelf, and brackets [15 in. (381 mm)
deep MCC]:

Horizontal Wireway Cover

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside the
equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a properly
rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is off.
2. Remove the screws that secure the top horizontal wireway cover to the
structure, and then remove the cover.

Horizontal Bus Barriers

1. Remove the screw located at the top of the two-piece bus barriers.
2. Remove the screw located at the bottom of the two-piece bus barriers.
3. Pull the two metal barriers out of the MCC and discard them.

Units Below the Topshelf

If applicable, remove the plug-in unit below the topshelf (see Figure 118).
Refer to either the Model 5 MCC Installation and Maintenance Manual
(# 8998IM9101R5/92) or Removing the Control Unit on page 48 of this
bulletin for unit removal instructions. If necessary, contact your local
Schneider Electric field sales representative to obtain this bulletin.

Existing Brackets: 15 in. (381 mm) Deep


MCC Only

If the MCC is 15 in. (381 mm) deep, use a 1/8 in. (3 mm) drill bit to remove
the rivets that hold the right and left horizontal bus barrier brackets in place
(see Figure 118). Discard the brackets after removal.
NOTE: Discard all retrofit brackets if the existing bus barrier bracket B
(see Figure 118) is present on the 15 in. (381 mm) deep MCC. All holes are
already present for direct mounting of the horizontal bus barrier.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Drilling increases the chance of loose particles in the MCC. Confirm that
the compartment is free of loose particles before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Figure 118: Remove Existing Brackets on the 15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC

Existing bus barrier brackets

Bracket A

Bracket B

Detail

Rivets

Black
grommet

Existing
bus barrier
bracket

Side of MCC

Side channel
Topshelf

Detail

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

107

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Install the Retrofit Kit


Retrofit Brackets and Endcaps

Follow the applicable instructions below to install retrofit brackets into


15 in. (381 mm) or 20 in. (508 mm) deep MCCs. The top retrofit bracket
must sit flush against the side channel. Slide the black grommets toward the
back of the MCC.

15 in. (381 mm) deep MCC: Use a rivet gun and two rivets in the retrofit
kit to attach the retrofit brackets to the left and right side channels (see
Figure 119).

20 in. (508 mm) deep MCC: Use the screws provided in the retrofit kit to
attach the retrofit brackets to the left and right side channels. Align the
holes in the bracket and side channel as shown in Figure 120 on page
109.

NOTES: Even if the holes are present for a direct mounting of the
endcap to the side channels, use the top retrofit bracket on
20 in. (508 mm) deep MCCs.
Before tightening the screws, push the bracket away from
you so that the rear bracket hole is properly aligned with the
side channel hole.
Figure 119: 15 in. (381 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket

Rivets
Top retrofit bracket
Side channel

Topshelf

108

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit

Figure 120: 20 in. (508 mm) Deep MCC Retrofit Bracket

Screw
(1/4 x 20 x 1/2 in.)

Top retrofit bracket

Side channel

Topshelf

Follow the steps below to install the endcaps (see Figure 121).
1. Rivet one endcap into place on the retrofit bracket or the side channel,
either to the right or left side of the structure.
2. Insert one end of the top track into the attached endcap.
3. Place the other endcap on the opposite end of the top track, and slide
the top track into place.
4. Rivet the second endcap to the retrofit bracket.
Figure 121: Endcap Placement

Rivets
Endcap

Top retrofit
bracket

Detail
See Detail

Side channel

Topshelf

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

109

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit

Bottom Track and Bottom Retrofit


Bracket

80459-641-01D
09/2008

1. Using a 1/8 in. (3 mm) drill bit, drill out both of the rivets on the horizontal
bus barrier bracket (the L-shaped bracket located on the topshelfsee
Figure 122). Remove the bracket and discard it.
2. To install the bottom retrofit track, follow step a if you have a welded
topshelf, or step b if you have a relay topshelf (see Figure 123):
a. Welded topshelf: Align the holes of the shelf with those on the
bottom track (see Figure 123). Rivet the track and the retrofit bracket
to the topshelf.
NOTE: If the bus contains four laminations, access the rivet holes
from underneath the topshelf.
b. Relay topshelf: Align the two holes on the relay shelf with the bottom
retrofit bracket holes (see Figure 123). Mark the places where you
will drill other holes to secure the bottom track to the shelf. Drill the
holes using a drill bit ranging from 0.136 in.0.147 in. (3 mm4 mm)
in diameter. Rivet the track and retrofit bracket to the topshelf.
NOTE: The bottom retrofit track can be riveted directly onto the relay
topshelf only if the relay assembly topshelf has two holes instead of
four.
Figure 122: Horizontal Bus Barrier (L-shaped) Bracket

Horizontal bus
barrier bracket

Figure 123: Welded and Relay Topshelf Assemblies

Rivets
Bottom retrofit
bracket and bottom
retrofit track

Bottom
retrofit
track
Four holes
Bottom
retrofit
bracket

Welded Topshelf

110

Relay Topshelf

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit

Left and Right Panels


Installation

NOTE: The horizontal bus barrier contains two identical panels with arrows
at the top. The handle on the left panel faces the front of the MCC section.
The handle cavity on the right panel faces the front of the MCC section
(see Figure 124).
1. Align the arrows on the right panel and top track as shown in Figure 125.
2. Lift the panel up into the rear groove of the top track.
3. Lower the panel into the rear groove of the bottom track.
4. Slide the panel to the far right.
5. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track.
6. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 using the left panel and front groove.
7. Slide the panel to the left until it locks (snaps) into place.
8. Verify that the barrier is completely closed by making sure that the wiring
compartment is isolated from the bus compartment.
Figure 124: Right Panel (Side View)
Horizontal Bus Area

Wireway Area

Horizontal bus barrier right panel

Front of section

Handle cavity

Handle

Front groove

Rear groove

Figure 125: Installing the Right Panel into the Rear Groove

Endcap

Top track

Rear groove

Flange points away from MCC

Snap

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Right panel

111

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix BNon-Conductive Horizontal Bus Barrier Retrofit Kit

Removal (when required)

80459-641-01D
09/2008

1. With one hand, slide the left panel to the right until it unsnaps from the
right panel.
2. Align the arrows on the left panel and top track as shown in Figure 126.
Lift the panel out of the bottom track, and remove the panel.
3. Align the arrows on the right panel and top track as shown in Figure 126.
Lift the panel out of the bottom track, and remove the panel.

Figure 126: Aligning the Arrows on the Panels

Align arrows

Lift up on panel

Replace Components

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) and follow safe
electrical work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and serviced by qualified
electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm power is
off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on power to this
equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result in death or serious injury.
Follow the steps below to replace the components of the MCC.
1. Install the unit you removed in the section, Units Below the Topshelf on
page 107. Refer to either the Model 5 MCC Installation and Maintenance
Manual (# 8998IM9101R5/92) or Removing the Control Unit on page
48 of this bulletin for instructions on installing units in an MCC.
2. Replace the top horizontal wireway cover.
3. Replace or close all other covers or doors before turning on the power to
the MCC.

112

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter

Appendix CAutomatic
Vertical Bus Shutter
Introduction

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must only be installed and
serviced by qualified electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment
before working on or inside equipment.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing
device to confirm power is off.

Theautomatic vertical bus shutter is an optional feature for the Model 6


motor control center (MCC) vertical bus. The shutters are pre-assembled
and installed as part of the MCC line-up.
Automatic bus shutters open and close the vertical bus connection point
when units are inserted and removed from the structure. The shutters can
be located throughout the MCC and placed in 6 in. (152 mm) increments.
They mount to the left edge of each midshelf.
The automatic shutter assembly requires an updated midshelf to allow
clearance for the shutter above the plug-in unit.
NOTES: MCC structures shipped before January 2003 cannot use the top
3-in. (76 mm) space with the automatic vertical bus shutter option.
A 3-in. (76 mm) cover plate is required to cover the opening.
Compac 6 control units shipped before January 2003 cannot
be used with the automatic vertical bus shutter option.

Replace all devices, doors, and covers


before turning on power to this equipment.

Variable frequency drive and soft starter units 45 in. or taller


that shipped before July 2003 with a side-panel opening as
shown in Figure 127A, require an auto-shutter cover (Square D
Seneca part #80451-765-01). The auto-shutter cover aligns
with the back edge of the center-most flat head screw as
shown in Figure 127B.

Failure to follow this instruction will result


in death or serious injury.

Figure 127: Location of Auto-Shutter Cover for Side-Panel Opening

Side panel
opening

Auto-shutter cover

127A

127B
There are four main components of the automatic vertical bus shutter
(see Figure 128 on page 114):
1. Operator Mechanism: Operates the vertical bus shutter, allowing the
plug-in unit to engage the vertical bus.
2. Mechanism Housing: Protects the mechanism from incidental foreign
material that could obstruct the intended operation.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

113

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter

80459-641-01D
09/2008

3. Vertical Bus Door and Clip: Provides a barrier against incidental


contact with the MCC vertical bus.
4. Manual Shutter: Prevents access to the unused vertical bus openings. The
manual shutter is held in place by a built-in locking feature that holds the
shutter in the closed position during shipping, set-up, and daily operations.
Figure 128: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter in an MCC (front view)
1

Style 1

Style 2
Compare the field-installed midshelf to the two designs above. If the
field-installed midshelf matches Style 1, follow the installation and removal
instructions starting below. If the field-installed midshelf matches Style 2,
follow the instructions starting on page 117.

InstallationStyle 1

DANGER

Follow these instructions to install the automatic vertical bus shutter


assembly (see Figure 130 on page 115) to an existing Style 1 midshelf:

HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,


EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.

Apply appropriate personal protective


equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.

2. Position the midshelf (Figure 129, Item A on page 115) in the


appropriate area of the structure.

This equipment must be installed and


serviced only by qualified electrical
personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment
before working on or inside.
Always use a properly rated voltage sensing
device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers
before turning on power to this equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result
in death or serious injury.

3. Place the mounting foot (Item B) of the shelf into the mounting pan slots
(Item C). Secure the shelf on the left and right with flat head screws
(Detail A, Item D).
4. Install the hinge leaves (Detail A, Item E) and the door (Item F) into the
hinge slots (Item G), which are on the structure corner channel. Fasten
the hinge leaves to the structure corner channel using hex head screws
(Item H).
5. Install the quarter turn fastener receptacles (Detail B, Item J) into the
bracket slots (Item K) and fasten with hex head screws (Item H).
6. Install the automatic bus shutter assembly by rotating the mechanism
housing upward to clear the front corner channel of the structure.
7. Slide the automatic shutter assembly upward so that it fits snugly to the
left edge of the midshelf.
8. Loosely insert the two 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screws through the inner
left edge of the midshelf and into the square nuts in the housing.

114

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter

Figure 129: Shelf InstallationStyle 1

Table 17:

Shelf Installation Kit


PartsStyle 1

Description

Quantity

Item

Flat head screws

Unit door

Detail A

Midshelf

Hex head screws


Quarter turn fastener
receptacle

See Detail
A or B

Shelf is furnished with order, and may


already be mounted in position.

See Detail A
H

All necessary hardware for typical shelf


installation is included. Door installation may
require additional hardware.

Detail B

See Detail B

Figure 130: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 1

Manual
shutters

Vertical bus
assembly

Midshelf

Mounting
screws
Vertical
bus door
and rod

Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism

9. Remove the manual shutter from the vertical bus assembly. Allow the
manual shutter to hang next to the vertical bus assembly.
10. Snap the automatic shutter rod onto the vertical bus clip located on the
front of the vertical bus assembly.
11. Tighten the two 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screws inserted in Step 8.
12. Push the operator mechanism to the rear, ensuring the shutter rotates
upward into the pocket of the midshelf above the unit.
13. Insert the unit into the MCC. Follow the procedures in Section 4
Installing the MCC.
14. Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on the power to
the equipment.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

115

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter

RemovalStyle 1

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Follow these instructions to remove the automatic vertical bus shutter


assembly (see Figure 131) from an existing Style 1 midshelf.
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the unit from the MCC structure. Follow the procedures in
Section 4Installing the MCC.
3. Remove the automatic vertical bus shutter rod from the vertical bus clip
located on the front of the vertical bus assembly.

This equipment must be installed and


serviced only by qualified electrical
personnel.

4. Insert the manual shutter into the vertical bus assembly.

Turn off all power supplying this equipment


before working on or inside.

6. Slide the automatic shutter assembly downward, clearing the midshelf.

Always use a properly rated voltage sensing


device to confirm power is off.
Replace all devices, doors, and covers
before turning on power to this equipment.
Failure to follow this instruction will result
in death or serious injury.

5. Remove the two 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screws located on the inner
left edge of the midshelf.
7. Rotate the assembly downward to clear the front corner channel of the
structure.
8. Remove the automatic shutter assembly.
9. Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on the power to
the equipment.
Figure 131: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 1

Manual
shutters

Vertical bus
assembly

Midshelf

Mounting
screws
Vertical
bus door
and rod

Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism

116

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter

InstallationStyle 2
Follow these instructions to install the automatic vertical bus shutter
assembly (see Figure 133 on page 118) to an existing Style 2 midshelf (see
Figure 128 on page 114):

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must be installed and serviced
only by qualified electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment
before working on or inside.

1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Position the midshelf (Figure 132, Item A) in the appropriate area of the
structure.
3. Place the mounting foot (Item B) of the shelf into the mounting pan slots
(Item C). Secure the shelf at the mounting foot end, the left side, and the
right side with flat head screws (Detail A, Item D).

Always use a properly rated voltage sensing


device to confirm power is off.

4. Install the hinge leaves of the door (Detail A, Item E) into the hinge slots
(Item G), which are on the structure corner channel. Fasten the hinge
leaves to the structure corner channel using hex head screws (Item H).

Replace all devices, doors, and covers


before turning on power to this equipment.

5. Install quarter-turn fastener receptacles (Detail B, Item J) into the


bracket slots (Item K) and fasten with hex head screws (Item H).

Failure to follow this instruction will result


in death or serious injury.

6. Install the automatic bus shutter assembly by rotating the mechanism


housing upward to clear the front corner channel of the structure.
7. Slide the automatic shutter assembly upward so that it fits snugly to the
left edge of the midshelf.
8. Loosely insert a 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screw through the inner left
edge of the midshelf and into the square nuts in the housing.

Figure 132: Shelf InstallationStyle 2


D
G

Table 18:

Description

Quantity

Shelf Installation Kit


PartsStyle 2

Item

Midshelf

Flat head screws

Unit door

Hex head screws

Quarter turn fastener


receptacle

C
B

Detail A

See Detail
A or B

Shelves are furnished with order. Structure


may already have shelf mounted in position.
All necessary hardware for typical shelf
installation is included. Door installation may
require additional hardware.

D
See Detail A
J

H
K

F
Detail B

See Detail B

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

117

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Figure 133: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter InstallationStyle 2

Manual
shutters
Midshelf

Vertical bus
assembly

Mounting
screws
Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism

Vertical
bus door
and rod

9. Remove the manual shutter from the vertical bus assembly. Allow the
manual shutter to hang next to the vertical bus assembly.
10. Snap the automatic shutter rod onto the vertical bus clip located on the
front of the vertical bus assembly.
11. Tighten the 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screw inserted in step 8.
12. Push the operator mechanism to the rear, ensuring the shutter rotates
upward into the pocket of the midshelf above the unit. See Figure 133.
13. Insert the unit into the MCC. Follow the procedures in Section 4
Installing the MCC.
14. Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on the power to
the equipment.

RemovalStyle 2

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
Apply appropriate personal protective
equipment (PPE) and follow safe electrical
work practices. See NFPA 70E.
This equipment must be installed and serviced
only by qualified electrical personnel.
Turn off all power supplying this equipment
before working on or inside.

Follow these instructions to remove the automatic vertical bus shutter


assembly (see Figure 134 on page 119) from an existing Style 2 midshelf:
1. Turn off all power supplying this equipment before working on or inside
the equipment, and follow lockout/tagout procedures. Always use a
properly rated voltage sensing device to confirm the power is off.
2. Remove the unit from the MCC structure. Follow the procedures
contained in Section 4Installing the MCC.
3. Remove the automatic vertical bus shutter rod from the vertical bus clip
located on the front of the vertical bus assembly.
4. Insert the manual shutter into the vertical bus assembly.
5. Remove the 10-32 x 3/8 in. mounting screw located on the inner left
edge of the midshelf.
6. Slide the automatic shutter assembly downward, clearing the midshelf.

Always use a properly rated voltage sensing


device to confirm power is off.

7. Rotate the assembly downward to clear the front corner channel of the
structure.

Replace all devices, doors, and covers


before turning on power to this equipment.

8. Remove the automatic shutter assembly.

Failure to follow this instruction will result


in death or serious injury.

118

9. Replace all devices, doors, and covers before turning on the power to
the equipment.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix CAutomatic Vertical Bus Shutter

Figure 134: Automatic Vertical Bus Shutter RemovalStyle 2

Manual
shutters
Midshelf

Vertical bus
assembly

Mounting
screws
Mechanism
housing
Operator
mechanism

Vertical
bus door
and rod

OperationStyles 1 and 2
Inserting a Unit

When a unit is inserted into the Model 6 MCC structure, the operator
mechanism opens the automatic bus shutter, allowing the unit stabs to
connect with the vertical bus.

Removing a Unit

The automatic shutter will close when a unit is removed from the structure.
The shutter door provides a barrier against incidental contact with the MCC
vertical bus.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

119

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Appendix DTechnical Support

Appendix DTechnical
Support

80459-641-01D
09/2008

The Model 6 Motor Control Center incorporates many Schneider Electric


products within one package. Following are the Technical Support numbers
for some of these products:
Device Name

Location

Technical Support No.

Motor Control Centers1

Seneca, SC: MCC Technical


Assistance Group (TAG)

(800) 634-2003

PowerLogic

Equipment
SMS-3000 Software

La Vergne, TN: PowerLogic


Technical Assistance

(615) 287-3400

Variable Frequency Drives


Soft Starters
Starters/Contactors/Overloads

Raleigh, NC: Raleigh Help


Desk

(919) 266-8600

Schneider Automation
Equipment and Software

North Andover, MA: Customer


Central

(800) 468-5342

Industrial Application Team

Raleigh, NC

(800) 468-5342

Field Services Organization


Support

Florence, KY

(800) 634-2003

120

The MCC Technical Assistance Group is your first point of contact for any MCC questions. Or,
contact your local distributor/Schneider Electric field sales office.

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

80459-641-01D
09/2008

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Index

Altistart 48 80
Altivar 61/71 80
automatic bus shutters 55, 113119

iMCC 65
cabling 66, 71
communications 71
incoming line 40, 46, 58
insulating barriers 2526, 28
insulation tests 56
intelligent MCC 65
interlocks 4849, 52, 58, 63, 88
starter 54

PowerLogic 80
technical support 120
PowerLogic units 70
PowerPact 6364, 100
pre-operation checklist 44

B
barriers 55, 106
bus 16, 3032, 34, 46, 102103, 111
fixed 104105
non-conductive 106
insulating 2526, 28
wireway 65, 85
bus barriers 16, 3032, 34, 46, 102103,

111
fixed 104105
non-conductive 106
bus bars 16, 46
maintenance 46
bus connection torque values 46, 58
bus shutters
automatic 55, 113119
manual 55, 85

C
cabling
iMCC 66, 71
circuit breakers 53, 63, 100
Compac 6 51, 55, 5960, 82, 8586, 88,

113
maintenance 52
removal 51
conduit entry 37
conical washers 31, 36
control units 9, 47
installation 88
maintenance 47, 52
removal 48, 5051
replacement 88
control wiring 40, 86

E
enclosures 15, 25, 46
NEMA Type 1 16, 30, 3334
NEMA Type 1 Gasketed 16, 23
NEMA Type 12 16, 23, 30, 3334
NEMA Type 3R 25, 2829, 3233
types 13
expansion 82

F
fixed bus barriers 104105
fuse clips 53, 87
fuses 53, 87
fusible switches 53, 100

G
ground bus torque values 46, 58

H
handling 12
hinge pins 50
horizontal bus covers 30, 32, 34
horizontal wire trough 16, 37, 40, 46

L
load wiring 86

M
Mag-Gard 6364
maintenance 44, 46, 70
after a fault 57
bus bars 46
Compac 6 52
control units 47
incoming line 46
log 101
special units 55
manual bus shutters 55, 85
motor circuit protectors 6364
Motor Logic 44, 59, 6162
overload relay size 61
retrofit applications 60
torque values 61
troubleshooting 91
Motor Logic Plus 70
local programming 72
remote programming 73
motor protection relays 70

English

R
receiving 12
resistance measurements 56
retrofit applications 60, 78

S
seismic tie-down locations
NEMA Type 1, Type 1 Gasketed, and
Type 12 20
NEMA Type 3R 21
shipping weights 13
six-inch units 51, 60, 8687
solid-state overload relays 59
space requirements 15
special units 55
splice assemblies 30, 36
splice gaskets 23
splicing
bus 30, 3233
ground bus 15
power bus 30, 32, 34
stab assembly 52
starter contacts 53
starter interlocks 54

T
technical support 120
terminal blocks 40, 4849, 52, 60, 66, 78,

86

N
NEMA Type 1 enclosures
ground bus splicing 33
joining 16
power bus splicing 30, 34
seismic tie-down locations 20
NEMA Type 1 Gasketed enclosures
joining 16
seismic tie-down locations 20
splice gaskets 23
NEMA Type 12 enclosures
ground bus splicing 33
joining 16
power bus splicing 30, 34
seismic tie-down locations 20
splice gaskets 23
NEMA Type 3R enclosures 25
ground bus splicing 33
joining 2829
power bus splicing 32
seismic tie-down locations 21
non-conductive bus barriers 106

TeSys T 10, 44, 70, 7779, 9192


troubleshooting 91
thermal overload
relays
troubleshooting 90
selection data 42
unit selection 94
torque values 87
bus connection 46, 58
ground bus 46, 58
main lug compartments 42
Motor Logic 61
troubleshooting procedures 89
twin handle cam mechanism 49

V
vertical wire trough 40, 42, 49, 52, 54, 82,

8586, 88

W
wire trough 9
horizontal 16, 37, 40, 46
vertical 40, 42, 49, 52, 54, 82, 8586,

88

operator mechanisms 44, 48, 53, 58, 70,

100

wireway barriers 65, 85


wiring 40

overload relays 44, 54, 5863


troubleshooting 9091

19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

121

Notes

Model 6 Motor Control Centers


Instruction Bulletin

Schneider Electric USA


1990 Sandifer Blvd.
Seneca, SC 29678 USA
1-888-SquareD
(1-888-778-2733)
www.schneider-electric.us

Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only by qualified
personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of
the use of this material.
80459-641-01D 09/2008
Replaces 80459-641-01C 06/2006
19992008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks


1500 Series
600 Volts
Specifications:

Base, General Purpose Phenolic, 150 C


Connector, Brass, Nickel Plated
Screws, Brass, Nickel Plated, 10-32
Wire Range #10-#16 Awg Copper Wire 30 Amps
With Proper Termination Approved For 75 Amps
5/8 Line To Line Spacing
UL Recognized File No. #E62806
CSA Certified File No. LR19766

Heavy Duty Terminal Blocks

Catalog #:

# of Poles

Catalog #:

# of Poles

1504 STD
1506 STD
1508 STD
1512 STD
1504 DJ
1506 DJ
1508 DJ
1512 DJ
1504 DJSV
1506 DJSV
1508 DJSV
1512 DJSV

4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12

1504 ST
1506 ST
1508 ST
1512 ST
1504 SC
1506 SC
1508 SC
1512 SC
1504 H
1506 H
1508 H
1512 H

4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12
4
6
8
12

1500 STD

1500 DJ

1500 DJSV

1500 ST*

1500 SC

1500 H

Standard
Connector

Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert

Removable
Connector With
Brass Insert
Removable Cover

10-32 Stud
Removable
Connector

Short Circuiting
Bar With Brass
Insert 4 Shorting
Pins Per Block

Standard Connector
With Hinge Cover

* STRC: 10-32 Stud with Riveted Connector


MCJ-Jumper Available

Catalog #:

# of Poles

1504
1506
1508
1512

4
6
8
12

3.25
4.50
5.75
8.25

2.88
4.12
5.38
7.88
MM = Dim X 25.4

56

BURNDY

Compression Connections

INTRODUCTION
C-1

MEDIUM AND LARGE HYDENT


Copper and aluminum compression terminals and splices for terminating conductors
from #8 AWG through 2000 kcmil.
The medium and large HYDENT line is
designed for terminating and splicing medium and large conductors in electrical power
applications.

HYLUG

Features and Benefits

UNINSULATED COPPER
COMPRESSION TERMINALS
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
BURNDYs HYLUG terminals, types YA,
YA-TC, YA-L, YA-L-TC, YA-2N, YA-2TC, YAL-TC-FX, YA-L-2TC, and YA-2LN are
designed for terminating copper conductors
in a wide variety of electrical connections,
including heavy-duty industrial, utility, commercial, and telecommunications applications.
The HYLUG terminals require simple cable
preparation for an easily installed permanent
and inspectable cable termination. The terminals are listed by UL (UL STD. 486A) and
CSA certified to 600 volts, when applied with
the proper tool and die combination. The
terminals may be used in applications to
35KV. See each catalog page for UL 35kV
listings.

Manufactured from seamless high


conductivity electrolytic copper tubing
with heavy duty wall thickness.
Provides maximum conductivity, low
resistance and ductility for an excellent
combination of electrical and crimp
forming properties.
Barrel diameter closely matches
commercial (code) cable and Navy
cable diameters.
Provides an excellent relationship
of the conductor/connector combination to produce a high quality electrical
connection with the recommended
tooling.
Electro-tin plated. Electro-lead plated.
Burndys proprietary brite finish.
Provides durable long-lasting
corrosion resistance.
Internally beveled barrel end.
Provides easy cable insertion.
Each connector is clearly marked with
the wire size and type, die index, and
color coding.
Provides easy identification and proper
tooling recommendation.

Marked with the proper number and


location of crimps.
Lowers installed costs. Provides for
proper installations.
Proper compression systems forms a
homogeneous mass.
The result is an excellent electrical
connection.
Use up to 35 kV as indicated.
Suitable for high voltage applications.
Expanded wire ranges when using
Y644 HYPRESS Dieless 1 Crimp.
Provides ability to complete emergency
repairs when connector and wire size
do not match.
Crimp areas clearly marked.
Provides correct number and location
of crimps for proper installation.
Hydraulic and Battery tooling crimp
embossment.
Provides permanent die index number
embossment on completed crimp for
inspection purposes.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections

HYLUG
TABLE OF CONTENTS

C-2

BURNDY Die Sets & Die Index Chart


12 Ton U-Dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9

One Hole HYLUG


Non-Insulated Copper Terminals . . . . . C-75

W-Dies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
Index Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10
BREAK-AWAY HYLUG . . . . . . . . . . . C-11
Blank Tongue HYLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14
One Hole HYLUG Code Conductor
Standard Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-17

E-Line HYLUG Equipment Line


Type YAE Compression Terminals. . . . . C-80
HYLINK
Splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-82
HYSPLICE and HYREDUCER
In-Line Splice Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-89

Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue. . . . . C-21


Long Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-23
Long Barrel With Inspection Window. C-27

Copper Taps
C-Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100
H-Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-103

Two Hole HYLUG Code Conductor


Standard Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-30
Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue. . . . . C-34
Long Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-36

Covers for H-Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-106


H-CRIMPIT
Copper Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-100

Long Barrel With Inspection Window. C-39


Four Hole HYLUG Code Conductor
Long Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-43
One Hole HYLUG Flex Conductor
Standard Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-44
Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue. . . . . C-47
Standard Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-49

T Connectors
Copper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-108
HYPLUG
Copper Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-110
HYSTACK
Copper Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-113

Standard Barrel Belled End . . . . . . . . C-51


Long Barrel With Inspection Window. C-52
Long Barrel Belled End . . . . . . . . . . . C-54
Standard Barrel Lead Plated . . . . . . . C-68
Two Hole HYLUG Flex Conductor
Standard Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-56
Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue. . . . . C-59

Aluminum HYLUG
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-114
Transformer Lug Kits
Aluminum or Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-117
HYPLUG
Aluminum and Copper Connectors . . C-118

Long Barrel With Inspection Window. C-61


Long Barrel Belled End . . . . . . . . . . . C-63
Long Barrel Narrow Tongue . . . . . . . . C-66

HYLINK
Aluminum Splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-120

Standard Barrel Lead Plated . . . . . . . C-71

Aluminum to Copper Splices . . . . . . . C-123

Double Barrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-74

Insulating Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-125

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
ONE HOLE

YA, YA-TC, YAZ

C23 - C29

TWO HOLE

YA-2N, YA-2TC, YAZ

C36 - C41

YA-4N, YAB-4N

C42

STANDARD LENGTH

YS-L

C82

LONG BARREL

YS, YS-T, YSP-T

C83, C87

REDUCER ADAPTER

Y-R

C84

TEE

YST, NYT

C108 - C109

C-TAP

YC-C

C101

YC-L

C100

YA-L, YA-L-FX, YAV, YAV-L-FX

C44 - C48

ONE HOLE WIDE BELLED ENTRY

YA-LB

C51

ONE HOLE LEAD PLATED

YAG-L-TC-LD

C68 - C70

TWO HOLE

YA-L-2TC-FX, YAV-L-2TC-FX

C56 - C60

TWO HOLE-LEAD PLATED

YAG-L-2TC-LD

C71 - C-73

ONE HOLE

YA-TC-FXB, YAV-TC-FXB, YAZV

C52 - C55

TWO HOLE

YA-2TC-FXB, YAV-2TC-FXB, YAZV

C61 - C67

PIN ADAPTER

YEV-P-FX, YEP-FX, YEP

C110 - C112

SPLICE STANDARD LENGTH BELLED

YS-LB

C85 - C86

LONG BARREL BELLED

YS-FXB

C88

C-TAP

YC-L, YC-C, YCHC

C100 - C102

H-TAP

YH

C103 - C105

LONG H TAP

YSH

C107

COVERS FOR H TAPS

CF-FR, CCF-fR

C106

ONE HOLE
TWO HOLE

YA-E
YA-E

ONE HOLE

COPPER
TAPS

C30 - C33

ONE HOLE

REDUCER
ADAPTER

C34 - C35

YA-2L, YA-2LN, YA-L-2TC

FOUR HOLE

COPPER
SPLICES

YA-L-2NT

LIGHT DUTY C TAP

STRANDED
CODE
CLASS B
CABLE

C21 - C22

NARROW TONGUE TWO HOLE

ONE HOLE

LONG
BARREL LUGS

C17 - C20

YA-L-NT

TWO HOLE

STD. LENGTH
LUGS

YA-L, YA-L-TC

NARROW TONGUE

YA-A, YA-A-TN

C114 - C115

TWO HOLE

YA-A

C116

YA-A-KIT

C117

ASA-U, CUSA

C113

STRAIGHT

AYP

C118 - C119

OFFSET

AYPO

C118 - C119

STANDARD

YS-A

C120 - C121

TAPERED FOR HIGH VOLTAGE

YS-AT

C122

YRB

C123

H-TAPS

YFD, YFN, YFO, YFR

C124

COVERS FOR H TAPS

CFA, CFA-FR

C125

ONE HOLE
TWO HOLE

YA-E
YA-E

C-3

COPPER

STD. LENGTH
BARREL LUGS

LONG
BARREL-LUG
FLEXIBLE
EXTRA FLEX
Accepts Code and
Flex Cables Up to 4/0

PIN
ADAPTER
SPLICE

COPPER
TAPS

RANGETAKING

E-LINE

LUGS
TRANSFORM.
LUG KIT
STACKING
ADAPTER
ALUMINUM

PIN
ADAPTER

SPLICES

REDUCERS

TAPS

E-LINE

US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

C80
C80

C80 - C81
C80 - C81

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections

C-4

COMPRESSION
CONNECTORS
BURNDYs compression connectors are
designed for reliable and controllable electrical connections. The complete installation is
fully inspectable. They are high conductivity
copper and operate cooler than the wire on
which they are installed. The connectors
withstand a wide range of electrical and environmental conditions, including current
surges, temperatures, corrosion and vibrations, for a wide variety of applications.
These features mean a consistently high
quality connection at a low installed cost.
Copper compression connectors are manufactured from high-conductivity electrolytic
copper. The connectors are normally tinplated, lead-plated, or plated with proprietary BURNDY brite finish to provide
durable long-lasting corrosion resistance.
The connector design has been matched to
the cable size to provide the necessary physical strength requirements for reliable electrical performance.
Aluminum compression connectors are manufactured from high conductivity, high purity
wrought aluminum. They are designed with
sufficient mass and are electro-tin plated to
minimize corrosion due to galvanic action
between dissimilar metals. The connector
barrels are pre-filled with PENETROX,
BURNDYs oxide inhibiting compound.
PENETROX contains homogeneously suspended metallic particles which penetrate
the wires oxides to establish excellent continuity between the individual strands and the
connector barrel for a low-resistance connection. PENETROX maintains an air-tight
connection. Each barrel end is covered with
a color-coded plastic dust cap which prevents foreign matter from entering the connector before it is used. The connector
design has been engineered to match the
cable size to provide the necessary physical
strength requirements for reliable electrical
performance.

SELECTION AND USE

TOOLING

Copper compression connectors are recommended for use on copper conductors.


Aluminum compression connectors are
recommended for use on aluminum conductors. Dual-rated aluminum compression
connectors may be used on both copper and
aluminum conductors.

Tooling systems are essential for proper


installation of a compression connector.
Since connectors and dies are designed as a
unit for specific wire sizes, only the recommended tools and dies should be used. Most
aluminum and copper HYLUG terminals
and HYLINK splices are marked with a die
index number and are color-coded to identify the correct installation die. Dies marked
with the matching die index number and
color can be used to install the connector.

Two basic compression designs are available: Circumferential and indent.

Circumferential
compression is solid
and symmetrical.
No sharp Flash.
Indent compression.
The connector is swaged
to the conductor.

After compression, virtually all the air is


removed leaving a tight homogeneous mass
of connector and conductor.
The circumferential crimp design is recommended for color coded connectors in low
and high voltage applications. Die index
number embossment provides an easy
inspection where required to verify the use of
the proper connector/die combination. It is
also recommended for insulated connectors
and for terminating flexible and welding
cables.
The circumferential crimp design dies compress cable strands into polygonal shapes
forming intimate contact with each other and
the connector barrel. This compression
forms a tight homogeneous mass with virtually no air pockets. The circumferential crimp
provides an excellent electrical connection
with high pull-out values. The circumferential
crimp is ideal for high voltage applications
leaving the connector barrel symmetrical,
which is easier to insulate.
The indent type crimp can be used in virtually any application except polyvinylchloride
(PVC) insulated terminals and splices. It is an
excellent means of terminating flexible, extra
flexible and welding cables. The indentor
compresses the cable strands to form intimate contact with each other and the
connector barrel. The result is an excellent
electrical connection with high pull-out
strength. Laboratory work testing curves
established the proper depth and shape of
indent for each type of connector and wire
combination.

BURNDY tooling installs a wide range of


connectors, is reliable, cost effective, and
precision engineered for durable, long-lasting service and quality connections. The
tools include small plier types, full cycle
ratchet designs and hydraulically-powered
HYPRESS heads and new Battery
Actuated Tools. Some have permanent die
grooves or adjustable dies, while others
require a change of die sets or nest die for
each connector size. BURNDYs recommended tools achieve crimp performance
consistent with UL and other industry standards. Since several tools are suitable for
most connectors, the most economical and
practical tool can be chosen for each application.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS
BURNDYs compression terminals, splices
and tap connectors requiring third party testing and approval are listed by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. Many have also received
CSA approval and are approved under MILT-7928 and other military standards. All
conform to applicable sections of the
National Electrical Code.
BURNDY also offers connectors and
splices which meet the (LOCA Seismec and
Aging) requirements of IEEE standards 323,
383 and 344 for class 1E critical circuits for
use in Nuclear Utility Applications.
Certification to 10CFR50 and 10CFR21 available.
Detail catalog listings should be consulted to
obtain the appropriate standards for each
connector and splice.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections

BURNDY
Telecommunications
Connectors
The industrys first choice in
compression connections...
BURNDY provides a complete selection of
one and two hole compressions terminals,
H-taps, C-taps, and other compression connection products specifically engineered to
meet the demanding applications of both the
Central Office and Wireless communications
markets.
All of BURNDYs compression products are
designed for reliable and controllable
electrical connections. All connectors are
made from high conductivity electrolytic
copper and operate at cooler temperatures
than the conductor on which they are
installed. The connectors are normally
tin-plated, lead-plated, or plated with a proprietary BURNDY brite finish to provide the
industry standard in long-lasting corrosion
resistance.
The complete installation is fully inspectable
and UL Listed when installed with BURNDY
dies. Every die in the system is color-coded
and provides die index embossment for
complete inspectability.

C-5

The Circumferential Crimp

Circumferential compression is solid


and symmetrical. No sharp Flash.

BURNDYs circumferential crimp provides a


solid, homogenous connection, with high
pull out values and is rated for high voltage
applications, more than sufficient for the 48 V
DC operating voltage common in the telecom market. In addition the circumferential
crimp doesnt require the removal of the copper flash produced by other die systems.
This not only saves time in installation but
removes a potential safety hazard from the
job.
All of the dies in the system are color-coded
to match the connectors and feature die
index and die number matching to the connector for ease of installation.

BURNDY Tooling
the right choice for the job
BURNDY tooling installs a wide range of
connectors, is reliable, cost effective, and
precision engineered for durable, long-lasting service and quality connections.
BURNDYs compression tooling system
ranges from full cycle ratchet hand tools to
12 and 15 ton hydraulically-powered
HYPRESS heads. Hydraulic tools are available in self-contained, battery powered, and
AC service electrically powered pump and
remote head designs to meet all possible
installation situations.

Industry Standards
BURNDYs compression terminals, splices
and tap connectors requiring third party
testing and approval are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Many have also
received CSA approval, and all conform to
the applicable sections of the National
Electric Code.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections

EXPANDED RANGES
C-6

The following connectors are range taking when crimped onto


code conductor using Y644HS family of tools:

COPPER

ALUMINUM

Copper HYLUG & HYLINK Connectors


Types YA, YA-L, YAB, YS, YS-L, YST, YS-T, YSP-T
Catalog No.
Standard
Expanded
Terminal*
Splice**
Wire Size
Wire Range

Aluminum HYLUG & HYLINK Connectors


Types YA-A & YS-A
Catalog No.
Standard
Expanded
Terminal*
Splice**
Wire Size
Wire Range

YA6CYA5CYA4CYA3CYA2CYA1CYA25YA26YA27YA28YA29YA30YA31YA32YA34YA36YA39YA40YA44-

YA6CAYA4CAYA2CAYA1CAYA25AYA26AYA27AYA28AYA29AYA30AYA31AYA32AYA34AYA36AYA39AYA40AYA44A-

YS6CYS5CYS4CYS3CYS2CYS1CYS25YS26YS27YS28YS29YS30YS31YS32YS34YS36YS39YS40YS44-

#6 AWG
#5 AWG
#4 AWG
#3 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil

#6 AWG
#5 - #6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#3 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #6 AWG
1/0 - #6 AWG
2/0 - #4 AWG
3/0 - #2 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
800 - 500 kcmil
1000 - 750 kcmil

YS6CAYS4CAYS2CAYS1CAYS25AYS26AYS27AYS28AYS29AYS30AYS31AYS32AYS34AYS36AYS39AYS40AYS44A-

#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil

#6 AWG
#4 - #6 AWG
#2 - #6 AWG
#1 - #2 AWG
1/0 - #1 AWG
2/0 - #1 AWG
3/0 - #1 AWG
4/0 - #1 AWG
250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
400 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
600 - 250 kcmil
750 - 500 kcmil
800 - 500 kcmil
1000 - 750 kcmil

* 1 Crimp
** 1 Crimp per side

* 1 Crimp
** 1 Crimp per side

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections

EXPANDED RANGES
C-7

The following connectors are range taking when crimped onto


code & flex conductor using 4-POINT family of tools:

ALUMINUM CONNECTORS

AYP/AYPO CONNECTORS

Aluminum & Copper Conductor (Code & Compact)


Conductor
Connector
Wire Size
Expanded Range
Terminal
Splice # Crimps
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil

#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4 AWG
#6-#2 AWG
#6-#1 AWG
#6-1/0 AWG
#4 - 2/0 AWG
#2 - 3/0 AWG
#1 - 4/0 AWG
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 300
3/0 - 350
4/0 - 400
4/0 - 500
250 - 600
500-750

YA8CAYA6CAYA4CAYA2CAYA1CAYA25AYA26AYA27AYA28AYA29AYA30AYA31AYA32AYA34AYA36AYA39A-

YS8CAYS6CAYS4CAYS2CAYS1CAYS25AYS26AYS27AYS28AYS29AYS30AYS31AYS32AYS34AYS36AYS39A-

Wire Size
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil

1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
4

(Aluminum and Copper Code & Compact)


Pin
Expanded Range
Straight
Offset # Crimps
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#4 - #2 AWG
#2 - #1 AWG
#2 - 1/0 AWG
#1 - 2/0 AWG
1/0 - 3/0 AWG
2/0 - 4/0 AWG
3/0 - 250 kcmil
4/0 - 300 kcmil
250 - 350 kcmil
350 - 500 kcmil
350 - 500 kcmil
400 - 600 kcmil
500 - 750 kcmil

AYP6
AYP4
AYP2
AYP1
AYP1/0
AYP2/0
AYP3/0
AYP4/0
AYP250
AYP300
AYP350
AYP400
AYP500
AYP600
AYP750

AYPO2/0
AYP03/0
AYPO4/0
AYP0250
AYP0300
AYP0350
AYP0400
AYPO500
AYPO600
AYP0750

1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3

COPPER CONNECTORS
Copper Conductor (Code & Compact)
Conductor
Standard Barrel
Long Barrell
Expanded
# of
# of
Wire Size
Range Terminal Splice Crimps* Terminal Splice Crimps*
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil

#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4
#6-#2
#6-#1
#6-1/0
#4 - 2/0
#2 - 3/0
#1 - 4/0
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 300
3/0 - 350
4/0 - 400
4/0 - 500
250 - 600
350-700
500-750
500-800
750-1000

YA8CLYA6CLYA4CLYA2CLYA1CLYA25LYA26LYA27LYA28LYA29LYA30LYA31LYA32LYA34LYA36LYA38LYA39LYA40LYA44L-

YS8CLYS6CLYS4CLYS2CLYS1CLYS25LYS26LYS27LYS28LYS29LYS30LYS31LYS32LYS34LYS36LYS38LYS39LYS40LYS44L-

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3

YA8CYA6CYA4CYA2CYA1CYA25YA26YA27YA28YA29YA30YA31YA32YA34YA36YA38YA39YA40YA44-

YS8CYS6CYS4CYS2CYS1CYS25YS26YS27YS28YS29YS30YS31YS32YS34YS36YS38YS39YS40YS44-

1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4

*Same number of recommended crimps for both Standard and Expanded wire ranges

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections

EXPANDED RANGES
C-8

The following connectors are range taking when crimped onto


code & flex conductor using 4-POINT family of tools:

COPPER CONNECTORS
Nominal
Flex Wire
Size

Copper Conductor (Flex Only)


Standard Barrel
Long Barrell
Expanded
# of
Expanded
# of
Range
Terminal Splice Crimps
Range
Terminal Splice Crimps

#8 AWG
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#6 - #4 AWG
#2 AWG
#6 - #2 AWG
#1 AWG
#4 - #1 AWG
1/0 AWG #4 - 1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG #2 - 2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG #1 - 3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG 1/0 - 4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
3/0 - 250
300 kcmil
4/0 - 313.1
350 kcmil 250 - 373.7
450 kcmil 250 - 444.4
500 kcmil 373.7 - 535.3
600 kcmil 373.7 - 600
650 kcmil 444.4 - 646
750 kcmil 535.3 - 777.7

YAV8CLYAV6CLYAV4CLYAV2CLYAV1CLYAV25LYAV26LYAV27LYAV28LYAV29LYA32LYA34LYA36LYA38LYA39LYA40LYA44L-

YSV8CLYSV6CLYSV4CLYSV2CLYSV1CLYSV25LYSV26LYSV27LYSV28LYSV29LYS32LYS34LYS36LYS38LYS39LYS40LYS44L-

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2

#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4 AWG
#6 - #2 AWG
#4 - #1 AWG
#6 - 1/0 AWG
#4 - 2/0 AWG
#2 - 3/0 AWG
#1 - 4/0 AWG
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 313.1
3/0 - 373.7
4/0 - 444.4
4/0 - 535.3
250 - 600
373.3 - 646
535.3 - 777.7

YAV8CYAV6CYAV4CYAV2CYAV1CYAV25YAV26YAV27YAV28YAV29YA32YA34YA36YA38YA39YA40YA44-

YSV8CYSV6CYSV4CYSV2CYSV1CYSV25YSV26YSV27YSV28YS29YS32YS34YS36YS38YS39YS40YS44-

1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3

COPPER CONNECTORS

Wire Size
#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#2 AWG
#1 AWG
1/0 AWG
2/0 AWG
3/0 AWG
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
750 kcmil
800 kcmil
1000 kcmil

Expanded
Wire Range

Offset
Cat. No.

#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#6 - #4
#6-#2
#6-#1
#6-1/0
#4 - 2/0
#2 - 3/0
#1 - 4/0
1/0 - 250
2/0 - 300
3/0 - 350
4/0 - 400
4/0 - 500
4/0-500
250 - 600
250-600
350-700
500-750
500-750
500-800
750-1000

E-Line Connectors
Aluminum
Centerformed No. of
Cat. No.
Crimps

YA8CA-T-E

YA2CA-T-E
YA25A-T-E
YA26A-T-E
YA27A-T-E
YA28A-T-E
YA30A-T-E
YA31A-T-E
YA32A-T-E
YA34A-T-E

Offset
Cat. No.

Copper
Centerformed
Cat. No.

No. of
Crimps

1
2
2
2

YA25L-T-E
YA26L-T-E

YAC25L-T-E
YAC26L-T-E

1
1

2
2
4
4

YA30L-T-E

YAC30L-T-E

YAC2CA-T-E

YAC27A-T-E

YAC31A-T-E

YA36A-T-E

YA39A-T-E

YA34L-T-E
YA342L-T-E
YA36L-T-E
YA362L-T-E

2
2
2
2

YA39L-T-E
YA392L-T-E

2
2

*Same number of recommended crimps for both Standard and Expanded wire ranges

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections

12-TON U DIES*
C-9

BURNDY Die Sets


Fits Y35, Y39, Y750 Series,
PAT750-18V Series,
PAT46-18V, Y46
(W/PUADP-1 Adapter)
Wire Size
Small

#8
#6
#4
#3
#2
#1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
535 Flex kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
Large
777 Flex

Copper

Aluminum

U8CRT
U5CRT
U4CRT
U3CRT
U2CRT
U1CRT-1
U25RT
U26RT
U27RT
U28RT
U29RT
U30RT
U31RT
U32RT
U34RT
U38XRT
U36RT
U39RT
U44XRT

U die case Part# PT29291, holds up to 15 dies

U8CABT
U6CABT
U4CABT
N/A
U2CABT
U1CART
U25ART
U26ART
U27ART
U28ART
U29ART
U30ART
U31ART
U32ART
U34ART
N/A
U36ART
U39ART-2
N/A

* Non-tension U-type 12-ton dies for YA, YS, YA-A, YS-A style
connectors.
NOTE: N/A = not applicable.

W DIES
BURNDY Die Sets
Fits Tools MD6, MD7,
Y500CTHS, PAT600-18V,
PATMD6
Wire Size
Small

Large

Copper

Copper

Aluminum

#8
#6
#4
#3
#2
#1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
400
450
500
600

W8CVT
W5CVT
W4CVT
W3CRT
W2CVT
W1CVT
W25VT
W26VT
W27VT
W28VT
*W29VT
*W30VT
*W31VT
*W32VT
W33VT
*W34VT
**W36RT

W8CRT
W5CRT
W4CRT
W3CRT
W2CRT
W1CRT
W25CRT
W26CRT
W27CRT
W28CRT
W29CRT
W30CRT
W31CRT
W32CRT
W33CRT
W34CRT
W36CRT

X8CART
W161
W162
N/A
W239
W163
W241
W245
W166
W660
N/A
N/A
*W31ART
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

W die case Part# CASEWDIES, holds up to 24 dies

* These sizes (250-500) for Y5000CTHS, MD7-34(R),


BAT500, BCT500HS only.
** For PAT600-18V only.
NOTE: N/A = not applicable.
Suitable for use on YA, YS, YA-A, YS-A type non-tension
connectors.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections

C-10

Conductor
AWG

Flex

#8/#6
sol

#8

#6

#6

#4

#4

#3/#2
sol
#2

#2

#1

#1

1/0

1/0

2/0

2/0

3/0

3/0

4/0

Die

Color

W8CVT
U8CRT
W5CVT
U5CRT
W4CVT
U4CRT
W3CRT
U3CRT
W2CVT
U2CRT
W1CVT
U1CRT-1
W25VT
U25RT

Taps
H-Taps
Run=Tap
Die

Color

Index

U11T-1

GREEN

11

RED

49

21

W4CVT

GRAY

U240

RED

240

BLUE

24

W2CVT

BROWN

10

UC

BROWN

GRAY

29

W25VT

PINK

12

UC

BROWN

UC

BROWN

WHITE

29

W26VT

BLACK

13

UC

BROWN

UC

BROWN

BROWN

10

33

W27VT

ORANGE

14

UC

BROWN

UC

BROWN

GREEN

11

W28VT

PURPLE

15

U997

ORANGE

997

U654

PURPLE

654

PINK

12

W29VT

YELLOW

16

U997

ORANGE

997

U654

PURPLE

654

BLACK

13

U997

ORANGE

997

U654

PURPLE

654

ORANGE

14

U997

ORANGE

997

U654

PURPLE

654

PURPLE

15

W29VT
U29RT

YELLOW

16

W30VT
U30RT

WHITE

W26VT
U26RT
W27VT
U27RT
W28VT
U28RT

33
(37)
37
(42)

REFER
TO
CATALOG

42
(45)
45
(50)
50
(54)

UBGRT ORANGE

BG

U997

ORANGE

997

U654

PURPLE

654

62

U997

ORANGE

997

U654

PURPLE

654

17

62

U1104

BROWN

1104

U1104

BROWN

1104

RED

18

66

U1104

BROWN

1104

U1104

BROWN

1104

BLUE

19

(76)

U1104

BROWN

1104

U1104

BROWN

1104

BROWN

20

76
(87)

U1104

BROWN

1104

U1104

BROWN

1104

U38XRT

PINK

L99

(99)

P1103

BLUE

1103

PYFR

YELLOW

KR

600

U36RT

GREEN

22

87

P1103

BLUE

1103

PYFR

YELLOW

KR

700

U38RT

PINK

400

99

P1103

BLUE

1103

PYFR

YELLOW

KR

646

U39RT

BLACK

24

(106)

P1103

BLUE

1103

PYFR

YELLOW

KR

750/
777

U44XRT

YELLOW

L115

(115)

800

P40RT

ORANGE

25

106

P1102

WHITE

1102

PYFR

YELLOW

KR

1000

P44RT

WHITE

27

P1102

WHITE

1102

PYFR

YELLOW

KR

250

300
350

4/0

Installation Tooling System


Taps
Taps
T&B
Thin-Wall C-taps
Heavy Duty C-Taps
Index*
Run=Tap, AWG only
Run=Tap
Code
Index (Flex)
Die
Color Index Die
Color Index

Lugs & Splices


One & Two
Hole

4/0/250
class
G&H
262/250
class
I, K & M
313
350/
373

500

444
500/
535

750

W31VT
U31RT
W32VT
U32RT
W34VT
U34RT

* Die set with a dash CK are not UL Listed. Please consult


factory for further information.

Bolt Equivalent
Unified Inch
Metric
Hole Size
Equivalent
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

M6
M8
M10
M12
M16

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections

TYPES YBA, YBA-FX,


YBAV-FX and YBA-A

C-11
Break-Away
Feature

BREAK-AWAY HYLUG

O.D.

Copper and Aluminum


Compression Terminals

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
The BREAK-AWAY line of Copper and
Aluminum HYLUG terminals are designed
to provide maximum field flexibility by allowing the installer (using the BREAK-AWAY feature) to easily convert two-hole terminals to
one-hole terminals to suit the application.
The BREAK-AWAY line of terminals encompasses a wide range of features that affords
the installer the flexibility in meeting the
requirements for challenging projects.

Features and Benefits


BREAK-AWAY feature allows for field
modification of the terminal from a
two-hole design to a one-hole design
and the terminal still retains its UL Listing
and CSA Certification.
Field modification of the terminal does not
require specialized tooling or training.
Stud size is 1/2 (12 mm2) on the first stud
as well as the slotted second stud.
Slotted second stud provides built in
flexibility for the terminal to conform to
various bus bar dimensions. With the
slotted second stud, the terminal can be
used on two-hole spacing ranging from
1.00 to 1.75 for 1/2 stud hole sizes and
0.63 to 1.00 for 1/4 stud hole size.

Narrow tongue design allows for the


terminal to fit into tight spaces.
Accommodates a wide range of conductor
combinations (AWG, Compact, DLO, Flex
as well as Metric).
The BREAK-AWAY line of terminals can
be installed with standard BURNDY
tooling (example: PAT750XT-18V) and
U-dies.
Terminals are range taking when installed
with Y644 tooling platforms.

Copper Conductor
Dimensions
Catalog
Number

Conductor
Size

Stud Stud
Hole Hole
mm2 Spacing Size

Tongue
Width

YBAV25FX14

1/0 Flex (275/24);


1/0 AWG

50

.63 to
1.08

1/4
[6]

.73

YBAV26FX14

2/0 Flex (325/24);


2/0 AWG

70

.63 to
1.08

1/4
[6]

.89

YBAV27FX14

3/0 Flex (450/24);


3/0 AWG

95

.63 to
1.08

1/4
[6]

.87

120

1 to
1.75

1/2
[12]

.94

1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75

1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]

YBAV28FX

YBA29
YBA31FX
YBA32FX
YBA34FX

4/0 Flex (550/24);


4/0 AWG
250 kcmil
(Class A & B)
250 kcmil
(Class I, K & M)
313.1 kcmil Flex
(775/24)
373.7 kcmil Flex
(775/24)

150
185
240

.96
.96
.96
.96

Dieless

1.50 .13 3.69

MY29 (MY29 platform


tools can only be used
on Code Conductor),
1.50 .13 3.74
PAT644- & Y644platforms (1)
4-POINT
1.50 .14 3.78
Y81K, PAT81K, Y4PC
PAT4PCplatforms (2)
1.62 .14 5.24

PAT644 & Y644


platforms (1),
4-POINT Y81K,
2.00 .18 5.68
PAT81K, Y4PC, PAT4PC
platforms (2) for YBA29,
2.12 .19 5.85
(3) for YBA31FX &
YBA32FX,
2.25 .23 6.08
(4) for YBA34FX
1.62 .16 5.21

Installation Tooling (# of crimps)


MD6, MD7,
Y500CTHS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
MD7-34R platforms
PAT60018V,
*Y46, PAT750,
Color
OUR840**
PATMD6 platform *PAT46 platforms Code
W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)
W27RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28RT (4)
W28VT (4)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)

W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)
W25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
X26RT (4)
W26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)
W27RT (4)
X28RT (6)
W28RT (4)
W28VT (4)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W34VT (6)
W34RT (6)

Die
Index

U25RT (2)

Pink

12 or
348

U26RT (2)

Black

13

U27RT (4)

Orange

14

U28RT (2)

Purple

15

U29RT (2)

Yellow

16

U30RT (4)

White

U31RT (4)

Red

U32RT (4)

Blue

17 or
298
18 or
324
19 or
470

* Y46 and PAT46 platforms require PUADP-1 adaptor to use


U dies.
** OUR840 can use X-style dies only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections

C-12

TYPES YBA, YBA-FX,


YBAV-FX and YBA-A
Break-Away
Feature

BREAK-AWAY HYLUG
(Continued)

O.D.
L

Copper and Aluminum


Compression Terminals
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Copper Conductor (Continued)


Dimensions
Stud
Stud
Catalog
Conductor
Hole
Hole
Number
Size
mm2 Spacing Size
1 to
1/2
YBA36FX
440 kcmil Flex
1.75
[12]
444.4 kcmil
1 to
5/8
YBA36FX58
(1100/24)
1.75
[16]
535.3 Flex
1 to
1/2
YBA38FX
(1325/24)
300
1.75
[12]
500 kcmil nom.
750 kcmil (Code
1 to
1/2
YBA39

Class AA, A & B)


1.75
[12]
750 kcmil Flex
1 to
1/2
YBA44FX
(Class I);
1.75
[12]
500
777.7 Flex
1 to
5/8
YBA44FX58
(1925/24)
1.75
[16]

Installation Tooling (# of crimps)

Tongue
Width

Y35, Y39, Y750, *Y46, PAT750,


*PAT46 Platforms

Color
Code

Die
Index

1.47

2.69

.27

6.59

U34RT (4)

Brown

20 or
299

1.62

2.81

.27

6.76

U38XRT (4)

Pink

L99

1.63

2.88

.27

6.87

U39RT (4)

Black

24

1.62

3.00

.32

7.14

U44XRT (4)

Yellow

L115

Dieless

Y644, PAT644 (1),


Y81K, PAT81K (2)

* Y46 and PAT46 platforms require PUADP-1 adaptor to use


U dies.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections

TYPES YBA, YBA-FX,


YBAV-FX and YBA-A

C-13
Break-Away
Feature

BREAK-AWAY HYLUG
(Continued)

O.D.

Copper and Aluminum


Compression Terminals

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Aluminum Conductor

Catalog
Number

Conductor Size
(Concentric and
Compact)

YBA25A

1/0

YBA26A

2/0

YBA27A

3/0

YBA28A

4/0

YBA29A

250 kcmil

YBA30A

300 kcmil

YBA31A

350 kcmil

YBA32A

400 kcmil

YBA34A

500 kcmil

YBA36A

600 kcmil

YBA39A

700 & 750 kcmil

YBA44A

1000 kcmil

Dimensions
Stud
Stud
Hole
Hole
Size Tongue
Spacing [mm] Width B
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75

1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]

1 to
1.75

1/2
[12]

1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75
1 to
1.75

1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]
1/2
[12]

1.03

1.05 .17 4.59

1.03

1.17 .20 4.78

1.04

1.31 .26 5.02

1.17

1.39 .30 5.19

1.26

1.45 .33 5.28

1.38

1.53 .36 5.64

1.52

2.26 .43 6.16

1.62

2.34 .46 6.80

1.31

2.47 .52 7.09

1.62

2.74 .55 7.76

Color
Code

Die
Index

W241 (2)
X241 (4)

W241 (2)

U25ART (1)

Tan

296

U26ART (2)

Olive

297

Y644MBH (1)

U27ART (2)

Ruby

467

W660 (4)

U28ART (2)

White

298

U29ART (2)

Red

324

U30ART (2)

Blue

470

U31ART (2)

Brown

299

U32ART (4)

Green

472

U34ART (4)

Pink

300

U36ART (4)

Black

473

PAT644 & Y644


platforms (1),
4-POINT
Y81K, PAT81K, Y4PC,
PAT4PC
platforms (4)

W660 (4)
X660 (8)

2.46 .43 7.07

1.65

MY29 (MY29 platform


tools can only be used
on Code Conductor),
PAT644 & Y644
platforms (1),
4-POINT
Y81K, PAT81K. Y4PC,
PAT4PC platforms (2)
PAT644 & Y644
platforms (1)
4-POINT Y81K,
PAT81K, Y4PC,
PAT4PC platforms (2)

1.85 .39 6.07

1.62

Dieless

Installation Tooling (# of crimps)


MD6, MD7,
Y500CTHS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
MD7-34R
PAT60018V,
*Y46, PAT750,
platforms
PATMD6
*PAT46
OUR840**
platform
platforms

U39ART-2 (2)

Yellow

936

P44ART (4)

Brown

302

Can only be crimped with PAT46 or Y46 platform tools


using the P44ART die.
* Y46 and PAT46 platforms require PUADP-1 adaptor to use
U dies
** OUR840 can use X-style dies only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections

TYPES YA-2NU, YA-4NU


C-14

Blank Tongue HYLUG


The Blank Tongue line of Copper Code
HYLUG terminals are designed to provide
maximum field flexibility. Scored lines prevent
the drill from walking when trying to drill in
this area. This innovative design allows the
installer to customize the tongue drilling to fit
their specific application while maintaining UL
Listing and CSA certification.

Features & Benefits


Manufactured from seamless highconductivity electrolytic copper tubing
with heavy duty wall thickness.
Internally beveled barrel end.
Proper compression systems form a highly
efficient electrical connection.
Dimples located at each end of the scored
line represent the location of the NEMA
standard hole spacing.
Scored line locates the center of the
Tongue and prevents the drill from walking
when trying to drill in this area.
Offered in a wide range of code conductor
sizes.

Conductor
Catalog
Number
YA8C2NU

YA6C2NU

AWG
#8 AWG

#6 AWG

Min.
*** Bolt Tongue Figure Dimensions
MM2 Hole** Width
B
T
L

#10

#10

.83

.83

0.81 .12

1.12 .12

4.08

W8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)

Red

49

7/8

4.40

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTBMH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)

Blue

1-3/16

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)

Gray

1-3/16

W3CRT (2)

W3CRT (2)

U3CRT (2)

White

1-5/16

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown

10

1-5/16

#10

.83

1.12 .12

4.45

YA3C2NU

#3 AWG
#2 Sol.

25

1/4

.83

1.25 .12

4.62

35

1/4

.83

1.25 .12

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS

Installation Tooling
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Wire
MD6, OUR840, BCT500HS, Y750, Y46*, Color Die
Strip
MD7-34R
Y500CTHS
PAT750
Code Index Length
W8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)
X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (1)

#4 AWG

#2 AWG

Dieless
(# of
crimps)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1)

YA4C2NU

YA2C2NU

4.64

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTBMH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTBMH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Requires Y60BHU HYPRESS


** Minimum bolt hole size must be maintained for UL & CSA.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections

TYPES YA-2NU, YA-4NU


Blank Tongue HYLUG
(Continued)

C-15

Conductor
Catalog
Number

AWG

Min.
*** Bolt Tongue Figure Dimensions
MM2 Hole** Width
B
T
L

YA1C2NU

#1 AWG

50

1/4

.83

1.38

.12

4.82

YA252NU

1/0 AWG

1/4

.83

1.38

.11

Dieless
(# of
crimps)

Installation Tooling
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Wire
MD6, OUR840, BCT500HS, Y750, Y46*, Color Die
Strip
MD7-34R
Y500CTHS
PAT750
Code Index Length

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2)

W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2)

MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)
W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)

W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (8)

4.81

YA262NU

2/0 AWG

70

1/4

.83

1.50

.12

4.97

YA272NU

3/0 AWG

1/4

.91

1.50

.13

5.01

YA282NU

4/0 AWG

1/4

1.02

1.62

.14

5.17

YA292NU

250 kcmil

120

1/4

1.11

1.62

.16

5.21

YA302NU

300 kcmil

150

1/4

1.20

2.00

.16

5.64

YA312NU

350 kcmil

185

1/4

1.29

2.00

.18

5.68

YA322NU

400 kcmil

3/8

1.40

2.12

.19

5.85

YA342NU

500 kcmil

240

3/8

1.55

2.25

.22

6.06

YA362NU

600 kcmil

300

3/8

1.73

2.69

.26

6.59

YA392NU

750 kcmil

3/8

1.91

2.88

.26

6.87

YA402NU
YA442NU
YA452NU
YA462NU
YA472NU
YA482NU
YA444NU
YA454NU
YA464NU

800 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil

400
500

800

1000
500

800

3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8

1.98
2.18
2.46
2.69
2.90
3.10
3.00
3.00
3.00

2.94
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
3.00
3.19
3.19

.30
.33
.38
.40
.42
.46
.23
.30
.34

6.95
7.14
7.44
7.55
7.89
7.98
7.14
7.44
7.55

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.

MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

W30VT (4)
W31VT (4)
W32VT (4)
W34VT (4)

W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)

U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)

Green

11

1-7/16

U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)

Pink

12

1-7/16

U26RT (2)

Black

13

1-9/16

U27RT (2)

Orange

14

1-9/16

U28RT (2)

Purple

15

1-11/16

U29RT (2)

Yellow

16

1-11/16

White

17

2-1/16

Red

18

2-1/16

Blue

19

2-3/16

Brown

20

2-5/16

Green

22

2-3/4

Black

24

2-15/16

Orange
White
Yellow
Green
Gray
Brown
White
Yellow
Green

25
27
29
31
33
34
27
29
31

3
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-1/4

U30RT (4)
U28ART (4)
U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)
U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)
U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)
U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)
U39RT (4)
P39RT (4)**
P40RT (4)
P44RT (4)**
P45RT (6)**
P46RT (6) **

P44RT
P45RT
P46RT

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS


Requires Y60BHU HYPRESS

** Minimum bolt hole size must be maintained for UL & CSA.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Wind Turbine Kits

C-16

TYPES YBA-KIT,
YA-KIT, YBAFX-KIT,
YAFX-KIT
Copper and Aluminum
Turbine Lug Kits
UL Listed 90C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Aiding in the staging and flow of material on a
project, the BURNDY Turbine Lug Kits are
designed to meet the termination requirements for the standard 1.5 MW wind turbine,
improving overall project efficiency. Each lug
kit contains UL Listed and CSA Certified copper or aluminum lugs. Kits include the
required number of lugs needed to terminate
aluminum or copper conductors on the low
voltage side of a base transformer or the
down tower switchgear. There are four individual kits, two for aluminum, two for copper,
they are all custom designed to handle any
termination requirements.

Features & Benefits


YA44A3 (1000 kcmil aluminum) HYLUG,
2-hole, narrow tongue aluminum
compression terminal that is dual rated for
both copper and aluminum.
YBA44A (1000 kcmil, 1000 compact
aluminum) BREAK-AWAY HYLUG, 2hole narrow tongue aluminum compression
terminal that is dual rated for both copper
and aluminum. The BREAK-AWAY
feature allows for field modification of the
terminal from a 2-hole to a 1-hole terminal
and still retain UL Listing and CSA
Certification.
YAZ442NNTFX (777.7 Flex, 1925/24 str.,
750 kcmil copper) HYLUG, 2-hole,
narrow tongue copper compression
terminal that accommodates flex and AWG
conductor.

YBA44FX (777.7 Flex, 1925/24 str. [750


kcmil] nom. copper) BREAK-AWAY
HYLUG, 2-hole, narrow tongue copper
compression terminal that accepts a wide
range of conductor combinations (AWG,
compact, DLO, flex, metric). The BREAKAWAY feature allows field modification of
the terminal from a 2-hole to 1-hole
terminal and still retain UL Listing and CSA
Certification.
Both aluminum and copper low voltage
turbine lug kits include YA29-2N (250
kcmil, copper, 2-hole) lugs for terminating
grounding conductor.
Aluminum kits are shipped with squeeze
packets of PENETROX oxide inhibitor for
terminating aluminum conductor.

Copper Kits
Catalog Number
YBAFX15CLKIT
YAFX15CLKIT

Includes:
15 pcs YBA44FX (777.7 Flex Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug)
15 pcs YAZ442NNTFX (777.7 Flex Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug)

Aluminum Kits
Catalog Number
YBA15ALKIT

YA15ALKIT

Includes:
15 pcs YBA44A (1000 Al 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
1 squeeze tube (1/2 oz) of PENETROX oxide inhibitor
15 pcs YA44A3 (1000 Al 2-hole NEMA lug);
3 pcs YA29-2N (250 kcmil Cu 2-hole NEMA lug);
1 squeeze tube (1/2 oz) of PENETROX oxide inhibitor

Heat shrink and mounting hardware sold separately.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

C-17

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPES YA-L, YA-L-TC

CRIMP

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

B
90

B
T

T
45

Fig. 1

45

(L)
1.02
.77
.83
1.12
1.10
1.18

(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Y8MRB-1 (1)

Conductor

Catalog Number
YAV10-BOX
YAV10R-BOX
YAV10R3-BOX
YAV10T2-BOX
YAV10T3-BOX
YAV10T4-BOX

Fig #
1
3
3
1
1
1

YA8CL1-BOX
YA8CL2-BOX

#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Solid

10

.38

1/4
5/16
1/4
3/8

.47
.53
.47
.56

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.405 .058
.375 .058
.405 .047
.38 .047
.405 .047
.38 .047

.44

.44

.08

1.26

5/16

Tongue
Width

8-10

#14-#10
Str
#12-#10
Sol

Stud
Hole
Size

1/4

AWG

***
MM2

.52

.44

.06

1.38

3/8

.58

.44

.06

1.51

1/2

.71

.44

.05

1.76

Dieless

YA8CL3-BOX

YA8CL4-BOX

YA8CL-BOX

8-10

.41

.44

.08

1.16

YA6CL-BOX

1/4

.45

.54

.08

8-10

.41

.54

.09

.99

YA6CL3-BOX

5/16

.52

.54

.07

1.24

YA6CL4-BOX

3/8

.63

.54

.06

1.28

1/2

.75

.54

.12

1.60

1/4

.44

.81

.07

1.65

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Y1MRTC (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
W8CRT (1)
MRC840 (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

7/16

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

7/16

U5CRT (1)

Blue

5/8

U5CRT (1)
UBCABT (1)

Blue

5/8

U5CRT (1)

Blue

7/8

1.18

YA6CL1-BOX

90

#6 AWG

#6 AWG
YA6CL6-BOX

YA5CL-BOX

#5 AWG

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

W5CVT (1) W5CVT (1)


W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (1) X5CRT (1) X5CRT (1)
MY29-3 (1) X8CART (1) X8CART (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
W5CVT (1) W5CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X5CRT (1) X5CRT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
X8CART (1) X8CART (1)
W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1) X5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1) W5CVT (1)

The MM2 conductor size listed is for both Class 2 and


Class 5 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

For applications greater than 2000 Volts, consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code

C-18

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

B
90

B
T

T
45

Fig. 1

(Continued)

45

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)
U6CABT (1)

Gray

7/8

1.88

W3CRT (1)

W3CRT (1)

U3CRT (1)

White

15/16

1.88
1.93
2.06
2.32

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown 10

15/16

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA4CL-BOX
YA4CL1-BOX
YA4CL3-BOX
YA4CL4-BOX
YA4CL6-BOX

Fig #
1
1
1
1
1

AWG

***
MM2

#4 AWG

Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
1/4 .50
8-10 .50
5/16 .58
3/8 .58
1/2 .71

(B)
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81

Figure
Dimensions
(T)
.09
.09
.08
.08
.06

Dieless
(L)
1.74
1.58
1.92
1.92
2.20

(# of crimps)

# 3 Str
# 2 Sol

25 5/16

.55

.88

.09

#2 AWG

1/4
5/16
35
3/8
1/2

.61
.61
.61
.73

.88
.88
.88
.88

.11
.11
.11
.09

1/4

.68

.88

.10

5/16

.68

.88

.01

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.81 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.94

3/8

.68

.88

.10

2.06

YA1CL6-BOX

1/2

.73

.88

.09

2.37

YA25L2-BOX
YA25L4-BOX
YA25L6-BOX
YA25L-BOX
YA26L2-BOX
YA26L-BOX
YA26L60
YA26L6-BOX
YA26LNT516

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1/4
3/8
1/2
5/16
1/4
3/8
70 3/4
1/2
5/16

.75
.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.96
.83
.62

.88
.88
.88
.88
.94
.94
.94
.94
.94

.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.13

1.84
2.09 MY29-3 (1)
2.34 MY29-11 (1)
1.96 MRC840 (2)
1.94 Y644HS (1)
2.19 Y81KFT (1)
2.96 Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.44 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.62

YA27L3

5/16

.91

1.00

.13

2.16

YA27L4-BOX
YA27L-BOX
YA27LNT38

1
1
1

3/0 AWG

3/8
1/2
3/8

.91
.91
.76

1.00
1.00
1.00

.13
.13
.12

YA28L2-BOX

4/0 AWG

1/4

1.02

.88

.14

YA28L3
YA28L4-BOX

1
1

5/16 1.02
3/8 1.02

.88
.88

.14
.14

YA28L56

3/4

1.05

.88

.13

YA28L-BOX

1/2

1.02

.88

.14

YA28LNT38

3/8

.76

.88

.16

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

YA3CL

YA2CL2-BOX
YA2CL-BOX
YA2CL4-BOX
YA2CL6-BOX

1
1
1
1

YA1CL2

YA1CL-BOX

1
#1 AWG

YA1CL4-BOX

1/0 AWG

2/0 AWG

4/0 AWG

W1CVT (1) W1CVT (1)


W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)

U1CRT-1 (1)
U4CABT (1)

Green

11

15/16

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)
U2CABT (1)

Pink

12

15/16

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange

14 1-1/16

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple

15

1-1/8

MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2) W28VT (2)
1.97
Y644HS (1) W28RT (2)
Y81KFT (2) X28RT (2)
2.46
Y81KFTMBH (2)
2.79 PAT81KFT-18V (2)

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple

15

1-1/8

50

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
2.29
MRC840 (2)
2.54
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.96
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

2.08
2.21

MM2

*** The
conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

B
90

B
T

C-19

T
45

Fig. 1

(Continued)

45

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA29L2
YA29L4
YA29L7
YA29LTC78
YA29LNT38
YA29L-BOX
YA30L
YA30L1
YA30L24
YA30L27
YA30L28
YA30L7
YA31L

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

400 kcmil

YA33L

450 kcmil

YA34L
YA34L20
YA34L37
YA34L6
YA34L8
YA34L9
YA35L
YA36L11
YA36L

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

(L)
(# of crimps)
2.17 MY29-3 (1)
2.42 MY29-11 (1)
2.30 Y644HS (1) W29VT (2)
3.36 Y81KFT (2) X29RT (4)
2.96 Y81KFTMBH (2)
2.67 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.69
2.31
2.44
W30VT (2)
3.37
3.12
2.94

1.29

1.06

.18

2.75

3/8
7/8
5/8
3/8
5/8
1/2
3/8
7/8

1.29
1.29
1.29
96
1.38
1.40
1.38
1.40

1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19

.18
.18
.18
.18
.19
.19
.19
.19

2.50
4.02
W31VT (2)
3.00
3.37
Y644HS (1)
3.18
Y81KFT (2)
2.93
Y81KFTMBH (2) W32VT (2)
2.68
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
3.62

5/8

1.48

1.50

.21

3.57

5/8
1
3/8
240
1/2
3/4
7/8
5/8
1/2
300
5/8

1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.65
1.74
1.74

1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.69
1.38
1.38

.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.23
.25
.27
.27

3.37
4.05
2.87
3.12
3.55
3.80
3.81
3.29
3.72

YA31L11
YA31L36
YA31L7
YA31LNT38
YA32L
YA32L1
YA32L14
YA32LTC78

Tongue
Width
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
.96
1.11
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.06 .14
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16

1/2

Fig #
AWG
1
1
1
250 kcmil
1
1
1
1
1
1
300 kcmil
1
1
1

Stud
*** Hole
2
MM Size
1/4
3/8
5/16
7/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/16
3/8
150
7/8
3/4
5/8

YA36LTC78

YA37L
YA37L1
YA38L
YA39L
YA39L2
YA39L9
YA39LNT38
YA39L6

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

350 kcmil

500 kcmil

550 kcmil
600 kcmil

185

600 kcmil

300 7/8

1.74

1.38

.27

650 kcmil

5/8

1.80

1.39

.27

700 kcmil

5/8
5/8
7/8
1-1/4
3/8
1/2

1.84
1.91
1.91
1.91
1.12
1.91

1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42

.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27

750 kcmil

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

Dieless

Y644HS (1)
3.97 Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.57
3.76
3.66 Y644HS (1)
3.67 Y81KFT (3)
4.10 Y81KFTMBH (3)
4.85 PAT81KFT-18V (3)
4.70
3.41

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow

16

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)
U28ART (2)

White

17 1-1/16

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)

Red

18 1-3/16

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)

Red

18 1-3/16

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)
U30ART (2)

Blue

19

W33VT (2)

W33VT (2)
W33RT (2)

U33RT (2)

Gray

326 1-9/16

W34VT (2)

W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)

U34RT (2)
U31ART (2)

Brown

20 1-7/16

U35RT (2)

Yellow

21

1-3/4

U36RT (2)

Green

22

1-3/4

U36RT (2)
U32ART (2)

Green

22

1-3/4

U37RT (2)

Orange

23 1-15/16

U38RT (2)

Pink

400 1-15/16

U39RT (2)
P39RT (2) **

Black

24 1-15/16

W31VT (2)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

1-1/8

1-1/4

For applications greater than 2000 Volts, consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code

C-20

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

B
90

B
T

T
45

Fig. 1

(Continued)

45

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA40L
YA41L
YA44L
YA44L2
YA44L23
YA45L
YA453L
YA46L
YA48L

Fig #
AWG
1 800 kcmil
1 850 kcmil
1
1
1000 kcmil
1
1
1
1
1

1250 kcmil
1300 kcmil
1500 kcmil
2000 kcmil

Stud
*** Hole
2
MM Size
400 5/8
5/8
5/8
1/2
500
1
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

Tongue
Width
1.98
2.01
2.19
2.49

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.42 .30
1.88 .31
1.65 .33
1.65 .33

(L)
3.81
4.15
4.04
3.98

2.19

1.65

.33

4.73

2.46
2.53
2.69
3.10

2.00
2.00
2.00
2.25

.38
.39
.40
.46

4.68
4.71
4.78
5.19

Mechanical
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
Y644HS (1)

Y81KFT (3)

Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

Y644MBH (1)
PAT644-18V (1)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

P40RT(3) **

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Orange 25 1-15/16
Gold 26 1-15/16

P44RT(3) **

White

27 1-15/16

P45RT(3) **

P46RT (3) **

Yellow
Orange
Green
Brown

29
30
31
34

2-1/16
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-1/4

u For applications greater than 2000 Volts, consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Narrow Tongue

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

C-21

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPE YA-L-NT

CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE
TERMINAL

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

90

B
T

T
45

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Fig. 1

45

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W8CVT (1)

X8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

1/2

W5CVT (1)
W4CVT (1)

X5CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)
U4CRT (1)

Blue
Gray

7
8

7/8
7/8

W3CVT (1)

W3CVT (1)

U3CRT (1)

White

15/16

W2CVT (1)

X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown

10

15/16

X1CRT (1)

U1CRT (1)

Green

11

15/16

X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

15/16

X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8CLNT6

Fig #

AWG

1
#8 AWG

YA8CLNT8

1
1
1
1
1
1

YA2CLNT516

YA1CLNT10
YA1CLNT14
YA25LNT10
YA25LNT14
YA25LNT516
YA25LNT38
YA26LNT10
YA26LNT14
YA26LNT516
YA26LNT38

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

**
10

YA6CLNT6
YA4CLNT10
YA3CLNT14
YA3CLNT516
YA2CLNT10
YA2CLNT14

***
MM2

Stud
Hole
Size
6

8
#6 AWG
#4 AWG
#3 AWG
#2 Sol.
#2 AWG

#1 AWG

1/0 AWG

2/0 AWG

Tongue
Width
.29

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
.44

.09

1.08

****
Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y8MRB-1 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

.33

.44

.09

1.18

6
# 10
1/4
25
5/16
# 10
1/4
35
5/16

.29
.40
.41
.49
.48
.50

.54
.81
.88
.88
.88
.88

.09
.09
.09
.09
.11
.11

1.17
1.73
1.82
1.80
1.80
1.80

.49

.88

.11

1.82

# 10
1/4
# 10
1/4

5/16
3/8
# 10
1/4
70
5/16
3/8

.50
.50
.62
.48
.62
.62
.62
.48
.62
.72

.88
.88
.88
.88
.88
.88
.94
.94
.94
.94

.10
.10
.12
.12
.12
.12
.13
.13
.13
.12

2.23
W1CVT (1)
2.23
MY29-3 (1)
2.28
MY29-11 (1)
1.93
MRC840
W25VT (2)
2.28
Y644HS (1)
2.18
Y81KFT (1)
2.62
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.02
PAT81KFT-18V (1) W26VT (2)
2.62
2.48

50

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5
conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

90

**** Y644M is not recommended for standard barrel length


#6 AWG HYLUG.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FXconnectors. For nest/indentor system contact
factory.

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Narrow Tongue

C-22

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

90

B
T

T
45
L

Fig. 1

45

90

(Continued)
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W27VT (2)

X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange

14 1-1/16

W28VT (2)

X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple

15

1-1/8

W29VT (2)

X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow

16

1-1/8

W30VT (4)

U30RT (2)

White

17

1-1/8

W31VT (4)

U31RT (2)

Red

18 1-3/16

W32VT (4)

U32RT (2)

W34VT (4)

U34RT (2)

U36RT (2)

Green

22

U39RT (2)

Black

24 1-15/16

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA27LNT14
YA27LNT516
YA27LNT38
YA28LNT14
YA28LNT516
YA28LNT38
YA29LENT516
YA29LENT38
YA29LNT38
YA30LNT14
YA30LNT38
YA31LNT38
YA31LNT12
YA32LNT38
YA32LNT12
YA34LNT38
YA34LNT12
YA36LNT38
YA36LNT12
YA39LNT38
YA39LNT12
YA39LNT58

Fig #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG

***
MM2

3/0 AWG

4/0 AWG

250 kcmil

300 kcmil

150

350 kcmil

185

400 kcmil

500 kcmil

240

600 kcmil

300

750 kcmil

Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/8

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5
conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

Tongue
Width
.76
.60
.76
.76
.70
.76
.76
.76
.96
.83
.96
.96
.88
.96
.96
.96
.96
1.12
1.00
1.12
1.63
1.30

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.00 .13
1.00 .12
1.00 .12
.88 .14
.88 .14
.88 .14
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.06 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.19 .20
1.19 .19
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.38 .27
1.38 .27
1.42 .27
1.42 .27
1.42 .27

****
Dieless
(L)
(# of crimps)
2.10
2.17
2.73
2.60
2.09
2.67
2.48
2.96
Y644HS (1)
2.96
Y81KFT (2)
2.26
Y81KFTMBH (2)
2.97
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
3.31
2.75
3.21
3.21
3.65
3.65
4.09
3.29
4.24 Y81KFT (3)
4.24 Y81KFTMBH (3)
3.67 PAT81KFT-18V (3)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

**** Y644M is not recommended for standard barrel length


#6 AWG HYLUG.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FXconnectors. For nest/indentor system contact
factory.

19 or
1-1/4
470
20 or
Brown
1-7/16
299
Blue

1-3/4

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL

BEVELED
ENTRY

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

C-23
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPES YA, YA-TC


CRIMPS

UNINSULATED COPPER
COMPRESSION TERMINAL

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

90

B
T

45
L

Fig. 1

Catalog Number
YA8CTC10

Fig #
1

YA8CTC14

YA8CTC38

YA6CTC10

#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Sol

# 10

YA6CN

YA6C

YA5C

#6 AWG

.81

.08

1.57

1/4

.41

.81

.08

1.69

3/8

10

Tongue
Width
.
38

58

.81

.06

1.88

# 10

AWG

***
MM2

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

.41

1.12

.09

1.89

1/2

.83

1.12

.12

2.64

1/4

.41

1.12

.09

1.81

1/4

.44

1.12

.07

1.98

#5 AWG

YA5CN

1/2

.
83

1.12

.12

2.67

YA4CTC10

# 10

.49

1.12

.09

1.94

#4 AWG
YA4C

1/4

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

.50

1.12

.09

1.87

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MRC840 (2)
Y8MBR-1 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

90

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

X8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)

U8CRT (2)

Red

49

W5CVT (2) W5CVT (2)


W5CRT (2) W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2) X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2) X8CART (2)

U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)

Blue

1-3/16

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

1-3/16

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)

Gray

1-3/16

Conductor
Stud
Hole
Size

45

The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5


conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

C-24

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL

90

B
T

45

(Continued)

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Fig. 1

45

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)

Gray

1-3/16

W3CRT (2)

W3CRT (2)

U3CRT (2)

White

1-1/2

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown

10 1-5/16

W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)


W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)

Green

11 1-7/16

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)

Pink

12 1-7/16

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA4CTC38

Fig #

AWG

***
MM2

3/8
#4 AWG

YA4CN

YA3C
YA3CTC38
YA3CN

1
1
1

YA2CTC10

YA2C

.58

1.12

.08

2.25

1/2

35

.12

2.69

.55

1.25

.09

2.23

5/16
3/8
1/2

.55
.61
.81

1.25
1.25
1.25

.09
.08
.12

2.30
2.42
2.86

.61

1.25

.11

2.10

1/4

.60

1.25

.11

2.23

5/16

#2 AWG

1.12

# 10

25

.83

1/4
#3 AWG
#2 Solid

YA2CTC14

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

YA3CTC14

Stud
Hole
Size

.61

1.25

.11

2.29

YA2CN

1/2

.83

1.25

.12

2.88

YA1CTC10

# 10

.68

1.38

.10

2.27

YA1C

5/16

.68

1.38

.10

2.45

YA1CN

1/2

.83

1.38

.12

3.06

YA25TC10

# 10

.75

1.38

.12

2.30

YA25

5/16

.75

1.38

.12

2.48

YA25TC38

3/8

.75

1.38

.12

2.61

#1 AWG

1/0 AWG

50

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y1MR (4)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL

90

B
T

T
45

(Continued)

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Fig. 1

45

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number

Fig #

YA25N

YA26

AWG

1/0 AWG

***
MM2

YA26N

YA28TC38

3/0 AWG

1.38

.11

3.05

.83

1.50

.12

2.77

.83

1.50

.12

3.21

1/2

.91

1.50

.13

3.06

3/8

YA29

.81

1/2

4/0 AWG
YA28

1/2

70

YA27

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

3/8
2/0 AWG

Stud
Hole
Size

2.98
1.02

1.62

.14

1/2

250 kcmil

1/2

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

3.23

1.11

1.62

.16

3.26

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MRC840 (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W25VT(4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)

Pink

12 1-7/16

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

U26RT (2)

Black

13 1-9/16

W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)

W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)

U27RT (2)

Orange

14 1-9/16

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

U28RT (2)

Purple

15 1-1/16

W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)

W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (8)

U29RT (2)

Yellow

16 1-1/16

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-25

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

C-26

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL

90

B
T

45

(Continued)

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Fig. 1

45

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number

Fig #

AWG

***
MM2

Stud
Hole
Size

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

YA30

300 kcmil

150 1/2

1.20

2.00

.16

3.69

YA31

350 kcmil

185 1/2

1.29

2.00

.18

3.73

YA32N

1/2

1.38

2.12

.19

4.09

400 kcmil

YA32

YA33
YA33N
YA34N
YA34
YA35
YA35N
YA36N
YA36
YA37
YA37N
YA38
YA38N
YA39N
YA39
YA40
YA41
YA41N
YA44
YA44N
YA45
YA46
YA46N
YA47
YA47N
YA48
YA48N

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
W30VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
W32VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

5/8
450 kcmil

500 kcmil

240

550 kcmil

600 kcmil

300

650 kcmil

700 kcmil

750 kcmil

800 kcmil

400

850 kcmil

1000 kcmil 500


1250 kcmil

1500 kcmil

1750 kcmil

2000 kcmil

1.38

2.12

.19

4.15

5/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
1/2
5/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
1/2
5/8
1/2
3/4
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
1/2

1.48
1.48

2.13
2.13

.21
.21

1.55

2.25

.23

1.65
1.65
1.69
1.69
1.80
1.80
1.84
1.84
1.89
1.89
1.98
2.01
2.01
2.17
2.19
2.46
2.69
2.69
2.90
2.90
3.10
3.10

2.63
2.63
2.69
2.69
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.88
2.88
2.94
2.94
2.91
3.00
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
3.44
3.44

.25
.25
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.31
.31
.33
.33
.38
.40
.40
.42
.42
.46
.46

4.24
W33VT (4)
4.17
4.32
W34VT (4)
4.39
4.79

4.73
4.83

4.90
5.05

4.98
5.07

5.01 Y644HS (1)


5.11 Y81KFT (4)

5.17 Y81KFTMBH (4)


5.25 PAT81KFT-18V (4)

5.26

5.20
5.45

5.38
5.93

6.04

5.79
6.38

6.13
6.47

6.22

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)

U30RT (4)
U28ART (4)

White

17 or
2-1/16
298

W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)

U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)

Red

18 or
2-1/16
324

W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)

U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)

Blue

19 or
2-3/16
470

W33VT (4)
W33RT (4)
W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)

U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)

326 or
2-5/16
538
20 or
Brown
2-5/16
299

U35RT (4)

Yellow

21 2-11/16

U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)

22 or
Green
2-3/4
472

U37RT (4)

Orange

23

U38RT (4)

Pink

400 2-7/8

U33RT (4)

Gray

2-7/8

Black

24 2-15/16

U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **
P40RT (4) **

Orange

25

Gold

26

P44RT (4) **

White

27 3-1/16

P45RT (6) **

Yellow

29

P46RT (6) **

Green

31 3-5/16

Gray

33

3-1/2

Brown

34

3-1/2

3-1/4

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

C-27

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPE YAZ

CRIMP
CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

UNINSULATED COPPER
COMPRESSION TERMINAL

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

B
90

B
T

T
L

Fig. 1

45

Conductor
Catalog Number

Fig #

AWG

YAZV10TC14

#14 - 10 Str
#12 - 10 Sol

YAZ8CTC10

YAZ8CTC14

YAZ8CTC38

YAZ6CTC14

1
1

YAZ5CTC12

YAZ4CTC14

YAZ4CTC12

1/4

YAZ4CTC38

YAZ6CTC38
YAZ6CTC12

***
MM2

Stud
Hole
Size

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

3/4

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

U8CRT (2)

Red

49

7/8

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
W5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)

Blue

7 or
1-3/16
374

U5CRT (2)

Blue

7 or
1-3/16
374

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
W4CVT (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.23
W4CRT (2)
Y644HS (1)
X4CRT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
2.50 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

#4 AWG

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)

Gray

8 or
1-3/16
346

.05

1.54

.75

.08

1/4

.44

.75

.08

1.71

.58

.75

.06

1.89

.45

1.12

.08

2.03

3/8
1/2

1.12
1.12

.06
.12

2.22
2.65

1/2

.58
.83
.
.83

1.12

.12

2.68

.49

1.12

.09

.58

1.12

.08

.73

1.12

.06

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

2.05

3/8

Dieless

1.58

1/2

#5 AWG

.69

1/4

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Y8MRB-1

.41
.
.41

3/8

#6 AWG

90

(# of crimps)

#10

10

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

1/4

#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Sol

45

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

The MM2 conductor size listed is for Class 2 and Class 5


conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window

C-28

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

T
L

45

Fig. 1

25

Tongue
Width
.55
.58
.83

1/4

AWG
#3 AWG
#2 Sol

***
MM2

Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
3/8
1/2

.60

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.25 .09
1.25 .08
1.25 .07

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W3CRT (2)

W3CRT (2)

U3CRT (2)

White

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown

10 1-5/16

W1CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)

Green

11 or
1-7/16
375

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)

Pink

12 or
1-7/16
348

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (6)
MY29-3 (2) W27RT (4)
MY29-11 (2) W27VT (4)
MRC840 (4) X27RT (6)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2) W28VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2) W28RT (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (2) X28RT (6)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1) W29VT (4)
Y81KFT (2) X29RT (8)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)
W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)

U26RT (2)

Black

13 1-9/16

U27RT (2)

Orange

14 1-9/16

U27RT (2)

Orange 14 1-9/16

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

U28RT (2)

Purple

W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (6)

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16 1-11/16

Dieless
(L)
2.21
2.39
2.83

(# of crimps)

3/8

.67

1.38

.10

1/2

.83

1.38

.09

YAZ25TC14
YAZ25TC516
YAZ25TC38
YAZ25TC12
YAZ26TC14
YAZ26TC38
YAZ26TC12

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1/4
5/16

3/8
1/2
1/4
70 3/8
1/2

.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83

1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.50
1.50
1.50

.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12

YAZ27TC38

3/0 AWG

3/8

.90

1.50

.12

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
2.23 MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
2.41 Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.85
Y1MRTC (4)
2.39 MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.57 Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.01
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.42
2.47
MY29-3 (2)
2.60
MY29-11 (2)
3.04
MRC840 (4)
2.58
Y644HS (1)
2.76
Y81KFT (2)
3.2
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.8

YAZ27TC12

3/0 AWG

1/2

.91

1.5

0.12

3.23

YAZ28TC38

3/8

1.02

1.62 0.14

2.99

4/0 AWG

1
#2 AWG

1.25

.11

35

YAZ2CTC38

3/8

.60

1.25

.11

YAZ2CTC12

1/2

.83

1.25

.09

YAZ1CTC14

1/4

.67

1.38

.10

YAZ1CTC38

YAZ1CTC12

#1 AWG

1/0 AWG

2/0 AWG

50

YAZ28TC12

1/2

1.02

1.62 0.14

3.40

YAZ29TC38

3/8

1.10

1.62 0.16

2.99

250 kcmil
YAZ29TC12

90

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Conductor

YAZ2CTC14

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Fig #
1
1
1

45

(Continued)

Catalog Number
YAZ3CTC14
YAZ3CTC38
YAZ3CTC12

B
90

1/2

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

1.10

1.62 0.16

3.43

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

1-5/16

15 1-11/16

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

T
L

45
L

45

Fig. 1

(Continued)

C-29

90

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ30TC38
YAZ30TC12
YAZ31TC38
YAZ31TC12
YAZ32TC38
YAZ32TC12

Stud
*** Hole
2
MM Size
3/8
150
1/2
3/8
185
1/2
3/8

1/2

450 kcmil

Fig #
AWG
1
300 kcmil
1
1
350 kcmil
1
1
400 kcmil
1

Tongue
Width
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
2
.16
2
.16
2
0.18
2
0.18
2.12 .19
2.12 .19

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Dieless
(L)
(# of crimps)
3.42
W30VT (4)
3.85 Y644HS (1)
3.45 Y81KFT (3)
W31VT (4)
3.89 Y81KFTMBH (3)
3.62 PAT81KFT-18V (3)
W32VT (4)
4.06

1/2

1.48

2.12

.21

4.14

3/8
1/2
1/2

1.55
1.55
1.65

2.25
2.25
2.62

.23
.23
.25

YAZ33TC12

YAZ34TC38
YAZ34TC12
YAZ35TC12

1
1
1

500 kcmil

240

550 kcmil

YAZ36TC38

600 kcmil

300 3/8

1.74

2.69

.26

W33VT (4)
Y644HS (1)
3.85
Y81KFT (4) W34VT (4)
4.29
Y81KFTMBH (4)
4.7

PAT81KFT-18V (4)
4.55

YAZ36TC12

600 kcmil

300 1/2

1.74

2.69

.26

4.80

YAZ37TC12
YAZ38TC12
YAZ39TC38
YAZ39TC12
YAZ39NT12
YAZ40TC12
YAZ41TC12
YAZ44TC38
YAZ44TC12
YAZ45TC12
YAZ453TC12
YAZ46TC12
YAZ47TC12
YAZ48TC12

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

650 kcmil
700 kcmil

1.80
1.84
1.91
1.91
1.63
1.98
2.01
2.19
2.19
2.46
2.53
2.69
2.90
3.10

2.81
2.81
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.94
2.94
3.00
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44

.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.31
.33
.33
.38
.39
.40
.42
.46

4.95
4.97
Y644HS (1)
4.82
Y81KFT (4)
5.07
Y81KFTMBH (4)
5.07
PAT81KFT-18V (4)
5.14
5.16
5.09
5.33
5.63
5.66
5.73
6.07
6.14

1/2
1/2
3/8
750 kcmil 1/2
1/2
800 kcmil 400 1/2
850 kcmil 1/2
3/8
1000 kcmil 500
1/2
1250 kcmil 1/2
1300 kcmil 1/2
1500 kcmil
1/2
1750 kcmil 1/2
2000 kcmil
1/2

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number
(example: YA25U).

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
Wire
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750, Color Die Strip
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
Code Index Length
W30VT (4)
U30RT (4)
17 or
White
2-1/16
W30RT (4)
U28ART (4)
298
W31VT (4)
U31RT (4)
18 or
Red
2-1/16
W31RT (4)
U29ART (4)
324
W32VT (4)
U32RT (4)
19 or
Blue
2-3/16
W32RT (4)
U30ART (4)
470
W33VT (4)
326 or
U33RT (4)
Gray
2-5/16
W33RT (4)
538
W34VT (4)
U34RT (4)
20 or
Brown
2-5/16
W34RT (4)
U31ART (4)
299

U35RT (4)
Yellow 21 2-11/16
U36RT (4)
22 or

Green
2-3/4
U32ART (4)
472
22 or

U36RT (4)
Green
2-3/4
472

U37RT (4)
Orange 23 2-7/8

U38RT (4)
Pink 400 2-7/8
U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **

Black

24 2-15/16

P40RT (4) **

Orange 25
Gold 26

3
3

P44RT (4) **

White

27

3-1/16

P45RT (6) **

P46RT (6) **

Yellow
Orange
Green
Gray
Brown

29
30
31
33
34

3-1/4
2-1/16
3-5/16
3-1/2
3-1/2

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Inspection Window

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPES YAV-2TC, YA-L2L,


YA-2LN, AND YA-L-2TC

CRIMP

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

C-30

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

Fig. 1

Catalog Number
YAV10-2TC10
YAV10-2TC14
YAV10-2TC14E1
YAV10-2TC14E2
YAV10-2TC38
YA8CL-2TC10
YA8CL-2TC10E2
YA8CL-2TC14
YA8CL-2TC14E1

YA8CL-2TC14E2
YA8CL-2TC38
YA8C-2LN
YA6C-2L
YA6C-2LN
YA6CL-2TC10
YA6CL-2TC14
YA6CL-2TC14E
YA6CL-2TC14E1
YA6CL-2TC14E2
YA6CL-2TC38
YA6C-2L51
YA6CL-2TC516
YA6CL-2TC516E2
YA6C-2L52
YA5C-2L

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG
#14-10 Str.
#12-10 Sol.

***
MM2

#8 AWG
#8 Weld
37/24
#6 Sol.

10

6 AWG

5 AWG

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
# 10 5/8 .38
1/4 5/8 .47
1/4
1
.47
1/4 3/4 .47
3/8
1
.56
# 10 5/8 .41
# 10 3/4 .41
1/4 5/8 .44

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
.38 .06 1.72
.38 .06 1.84
.38 .05 2.22
.38 .05 1.97
.38 .04 2.40
.44 .08 1.83
.44 .08 1.95
.44 .08 1.95

1/4

.44

.44 .08 2.33

1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/2
# 10
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
# 10
5/16
5/16
1/4
1/4

3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
1-3/4
5/8
5/8
1/2
1
3/4
1
1/2
1
3/4
1/2
5/8

.44
.57
.83
.45
.81
.42
.45
.45
.45
.44
.63
.42
.52
.52
.45
.44

.44
.44
.44
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.54
.81

-- Color code not assigned.


* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

.08
.06
.12
.08
.12
.09
.08
.08
.08
.08
.06
.09
.07
.07
.08
.07

90

45

Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

B
T

(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Y8MRB-1 (1)

Dieless

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

7/16

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

1/2

W5CVT (1) W5CVT (1)


W5CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1) X5CRT (1)
X8CART (1) X8CART (1)

U5CRT (1)
U8CABT (1)

Blue

5/8

Y1MRTC (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
W8CRT (1)
MRC840 (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

2.08
2.52
3.75
2.01
3.87
1.94
2.07 Y1MRTC (1)
1.94 MY29-3 (1)
2.44 MY29-11 (1)
2.19 MRC840 (1)
2.63 Y81KFT (1)
1.79 Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.51 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.26
1.88
2.28

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5.

7/8
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
For applications greater than 2000 volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

B
T

(Continued)

C-31

45

Fig. 1

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number

Fig
#

YA4C-2L

YA4CL-2TC14

AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

1/4

.49

.81 .09 2.30

1/4
4 AWG

5/8
5/8

.49

.81 .09 2.36

YA4CL-2TC38

3/8

.58

.81 .08 2.96

YA4CL-2TC14E1

1/4

.49

.81 .09 2.74

YA4C-2LN
YA4CL-2TC14E2
YA4CL-2TC516
YA3CL-2TC14
YA3C-2L
YA3CL-2TC38
YA2C-2L
YA2C-2LN
YA2CL-2TC14
YA2CL-2TC14E1
YA2CL-2TC14E2
YA2CL-2TC38
YA2CL-2TC516
YA1C-2LN
YA1C-2L
YA1CL-2TC14
YA1CL-2TC14E2
YA1CL-2TC38
YA25-2L
YA25-2LN
YA25L-2TC14
YA25L-2TC14E1
YA25L-2TC14E2
YA25L-2TC38
YA26-2L
YA26-2LN
YA26L-2TC14
YA26L-2TC14E1
YA26L-2TC14E2
YA26L-2TC38
YA27-2LN
YA27L-2TC14E2
YA27L-2TC38

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1/2
1/4
5/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
5/16
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8

1-3/4
3/4
1
5/8
5/8
1
3/4
1-3/4
5/8
1
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
7/8
5/8
3/4
1
7/8
1-3/4
5/8
1
3/4
1
7/8
1-3/4
5/8
1
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1

4 AWG

3 AWG
#2 Sol.

25

2 AWG

35

1 AWG

50

1/0 AWG

2/0 AWG

70

3/0 AWG

-- Color code not assigned.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

.83 .81 .12 4.14


.49 .81 .09 2.49
.52 .81 .09 2.80
.55 .81 .09 2.45
.55 .88 .09 2.64
.58 .88 .08 3.06
.60 .88 .11 2.67
.83 .88 .11 4.27
.60 .88 .11 2.47
.60 .88 .11 2.85
.60 .88 .11 2.60
.60 .88 .11 3.03
.60 .88 .11 2.91
.81 .88 .12 4.32
.68 .88 .10 2.82
.68 .88 .10 2.51
.68 .88 .10 2.64
.68 .88 .10 3.07
.75 .88 .12 2.85
.83 .88 .11 4.29
.75 .88 .12 2.64
.75 .88 .12 3.01
.75 .88 .12 2.66
.75 .88 .12 3.10
.83 .94 .12 2.95
.83 .94 .12 4.39
.83 .94 .12 2.64
.83 .94 .12 3.01
.83 .94 .12 2.76
.83 .94 .12 3.20
.91 1.00 .13 4.48
.91 1.00 .12 2.86
.91 1.00 .12 3.30

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
W4CVT (1)
MRC840 (1)
W4CRT (1)
Y644HS (1)
X4CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)
U6CABT (1)

Gray

7/8

W4CVT (1)

X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

Gray

7/8

W3CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (1)
W2CVT (1)
Y644HS (1)
W2CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
X2CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W3CRT (1)

U3CRT (1)

White

15/16

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown 10

15/16

Green

11

15/16

W1CVT (1)
W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)

U1CRT-1 (1)
U4CABT (1)

W1CVT (1) X1CRT-1 (1)

U1CRT (1)

Green 11

15/16

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)
U2CABT (1)

Pink

12

15/16

MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1) W26VT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1) W26RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1) X26RT (2)

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange 14 1-1/16

For applications greater than 2000 volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1


adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Inspection Window

C-32

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

B
T

(Continued)

45

Fig. 1

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA28L-2NTC516
YA28-2LN
YA28L-2TC14E1

Fig
#
1
1
1

YA28L-2TC14E2

YA28L-2TC38E2
YA28L-2TC38
YA29-2LN

AWG

4/0 AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Figure
Hole Hole Tongue
Dimensions
Size Spacing Width (B) (T)
(L)
5/16 1-3/4 1.02 .88 .14 3.84
1/2 1-3/4 1.02 .88 .14 4.41
1/4
1
1.02 .88 .14 3.03
1/4

3/4

1.02

.88 .14 2.78

1
1

3/8
3/8

3/4
1

1.02
1.02

.88 .14 2.97


.88 .14 3.22

1/2 1-3/4 1.11 1.06 .16 4.62


250 kcmil

YA29L-2TC38

YA30-2LN
YA30L-2TC-38
YA31-2LN
YA31L-2TC12
YA31L-2TC14E2
YA31L-2TC38
YA31L-2NTC516
YA32-2LN
YA32L-2TC38E5
YA32L-2TC38
YA32-2L

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YA33-2LN

YA34-2LN
YA34L-2TC12
YA34L-2TC14E2
YA34L-2TC38
YA34-2L
YA35-2L
YA35-2LN
YA36-2LN
YA36L-2TC38
YA37-2L
YA37-2LN

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

3/8

300 kcmil 150

350 kcmil 185

400 kcmil

450 kcmil

500 kcmil 240

550 kcmil

600 kcmil 300


650 kcmil

1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
3/8
3/8
3/8

1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-1/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-1/16
1
1

1.11 1.06 .16 3.45


1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.38
1.40
1.38
1.40

1.03
1.03
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.19
1.19
1.19
1.19

1/2 1-3/4 1.48 1.50


1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2

-- Color code not assigned.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
For applications greater than 2000 volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

1-3/4
1-1/4
3/4
1
1
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/8
1-3/4

1.52
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.55
1.65
1.65
1.74
1.73
1.80
1.80

1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.69
1.69
1.38
1.38
1.39
1.39

.16
.16
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.19
.19
.19
.19

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

4.63
3.45
4.70
4.01
3.07
3.51
4.13
4.88
3.75
3.69
3.75

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple 15

1-1/8

W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow 16

1-1/8

W30VT (2)

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)
U28ART (2)

White

17

W31VT (2)

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)

Red

18

1-1/8

W32VT (2)

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)
U30ART (2)

Blue

19

1-1/4

W33VT (2)
W33RT (2)

U33RT (2)

Gray

W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)

U34RT (2)
U31ART (2)

Brown 20 1-7/16

U35RT (2)

Yellow 21

1-3/4

U36RT (2)
U32ART (2)

Green

1-3/4

U37RT (2)

Orange 23 1-15/16

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
.21 5.23
W33VT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
.23 5.06 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.23 4.38
.23 3.44
W34VT (2)
.23 3.88
.23 3.94
.25 4.64

.25
.27 4.36

.27 4.23
.27 4.40

.27 5.27

326 or
1-9/16
538

22

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

B
T

(Continued)

C-33

45

Fig. 1

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA38-2L
YA38-2LN
YA38L-2TC12
YA38L-2TC38
YA39-2L
YA39-2LN
YA39L-2TC12E3
YA39L-2TC38
YA39L-2TC58
YA40-2L
YA40-2LN
YA40L-2TC38
YA41-2L
YA44-2LN
YA44-2L
YA44L-2TC12

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG
700 kcmil

750 kcmil

***
MM2

800 kcmil 400


850 kcmil

1000 kcmil 500

Stud
Hole
Size
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
5/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

-- Color code not assigned.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
For applications greater than 2000 volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

Stud
Hole
Spacing
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
1-1/8
1-3/4
1
1-1/8
1-3/4
1-1/4
1-1/4

Tongue
Width
1.84
1.81
1.81
1.81
1.91
1.89
1.89
1.89
1.89
1.98
1.89
1.95
2.01
2.17
2.19
2.17

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
1.45 .27 4.48
1.45 .27 5.35
1.45 .27 4.67
1.45 .27 4.35
1.42 .27 4.48
1.42 .27 5.36
1.42 .27 4.92
1.42 .27 4.36
1.42 .27 5.17
1.42 .30 4.63
1.42 .30 5.51
1.42 .30 4.51
1.88 .31 4.97
1.65 .33 5.74
1.65 .33 5.24
1.65 .33 5.05

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

U38RT (2)

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Pink 400 1-15/16

U39RT (2)
P39RT (2) **

Black

P40RT (3) **

Orange 25 1-15/16

Gold

26 1-15/16

P44RT (3) **

White

27 1-15/16

24 1-15/16

** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1


adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Two Hole Narrow Tongue Inspection Window

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPES YA-L-2NT

CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

C-34

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Fig. 1

45

Catalog Number
YA2CL2NT14

YA2CL2NT14E2

YA2CL2NT14E1

YA1CL2NT14

AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

1/4

5/8

.48

.88 .11 2.47

1/4

3/4

.48

.88 .11 2.60

1/4

.48

.88 .11 2.84

1/4

5/8

.50

.88 .11 2.55

#2 AWG

#1 AWG
YA1CL2NT14E2

50

YA25L2NT14

35

1/4

YA25L2NT14E1

.88 .10 2.68

5/8

.48

.88 .10 2.56

YA26L2NT14

.50

1/4
1/0 AWG

3/4

1/4

70

.48

.88 .12 3.28

1/4

5/8

.48

.94 .12 2.66

2/0 AWG
YA26L2NT14E1

1/4

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

.48

.94 .12 3.03

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MRC840 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (2)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

90

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W2CVT (1)

W2CVT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown 10

15/16

W1CVT (1)

W1CRT (1)

U1CRT (1)

Green

11

15/16

W25VT (2)

W25VT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

15/16

W26VT (2)

W26VT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

Conductor
Fig
#

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Two Hole Narrow Tongue Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

B
T

Fig. 1

C-35

45

90

(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number

Fig
#

YA27L2NT14

YA27L2NT38

YA27LENT516

YA28L2NT14

YA29L2NT38

AWG

***
MM2

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

.76

1.00 .13 2.73

3/8

.60

1.00 .13 3.30

.60

1.00 .13 3.11

1/4

5/8

.76

.88 .13 2.65

3/8

4/0 AWG

5/8

5/16

3/0 AWG

.80

1.00 .16 3.43

YA31L2NT38
YA31L2NT38E16
YA34L2NT38
YA34L2NT38E16
YA34L2NTE1
YA36L2NNT
YA39L2NT38
YA39L2NT38E16
YA39L2NT12E1

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

1/4

250 kcmil
YA29L2NT38E16

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

3/8 1-3/4 .80


350 kcmil 185
500 kcmil 240
600 kcmil 300
750 kcmil

1.06 .16 4.18

3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2

1.06
1.06
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.38
1.42
1.42
1.42

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1

.96
.88
.96
.96
.96
1.12
1.63
1.30
1.30

.18
.18
.23
.23
.23
.27
.27
.27
.27

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange 14 1-1/16

W27RT (2)

W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple 15 1-1/16

W29VT (2)
X29RT (2)

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (2)

U29RT (1)

Yellow 16

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)
U29ART (2)

W34VT (4)

U34RT (2)

U36RT (2)

20
or 1-7/16
22
Green 472 1-3/4

U39RT (2)

Black

3.51
W31VT (2)
4.26
3.65
Y644HS (1)
4.63
W34VT (4)
Y81KFT (1)
4.13
Y81KFTMBH (1)
5.43

PAT81KFT-18V (1)
4.34
5.11

4.42

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.

Red

18

1-1/8

1-1/8

Brown

24

1-1/2

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPES YA-2N, YA-2TC, YA-4N


UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

CRIMP

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

C-36

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL

B
T

90

T
45

45

Fig. 1

90

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8C2TC14

Fig
#

AWG

***
MM2

YA8C2TC14E2

YA8C2TC38
YA6C2N
YA6C2TC14
YA6C2TC14E1
YA6C2TC14E2
YA6C2TC38
YA6C2TC38E2
YA6C2TC38E6

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YA5C2N

YA4C2N
YA4C2TC14
YA4C2TC14E2
YA4C2TC38
YA3C2N
YA3C2TC14
YA3C2TC14E2
YA3C2TC38
YA3C2TC38E2

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/4

#8 Str.
#6 Sol.
37/24

5/8

.40

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
.81 .08 2.33

10
1/4

#6 AWG

#5 AWG

#4 AWG

#3 Str.
#3 AWG
#2 Sol.

25

.41

.81 .08 2.45

3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8 3/4
3/8 7/8

.73
.81
.45
.45
.45
.63
.63
.63

.81
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12

1/2 1-3/4

.83

1.12 .12 4.43

1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8 3/4

.81
.50
.50
.56
.81
.55
.55
.58
.58

1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

3/4

.06
.12
.08
.08
.08
.06
.06
.06

.12
.09
.09
.08
.12
.09
.09
.08
.08

2.89
4.40
2.65
3.03
2.78
3.22
2.97
3.09

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y8MRB-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-1 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

4.45
Y1MRTC (4)
2.70
MY29-3 (2)
2.83
MY29-11 (2)
3.26
MRC840 (2)
4.62
Y644HS (1)
2.87
Y81KFT (1)
2.99
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.43
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.18

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)

Blue

1-3/16

W5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)

X5CRT (2)
X5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

1-3/16

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)

Gray

1-3/16

W3CRT (2)

W3CRT (2)

U3CRT (2)

White

1-5/16

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
The MM2 conductor size listed here is for Class 2 and
Class 5 conductor.

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL

YA1C2N

YA1C2TC14E2
YA1C2TC38
YA252N
YA252TC14
YA252TC14E2
YA252TC38
YA252TC516
YA252NTC38
YA262N
YA262TC14
YA262TC14E2
YA262TC38
YA272N
YA272TC14E2
YA272TC38
YA282N
YA282TC38
YA282TC14E2
YA282NTC38

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YA292N

AWG

***
MM2

#2 AWG

35

#1 AWG

50

1/0 AWG

2/0 AWG

70

3/0 AWG

4/0 AWG

.81

1/4

5/8

.68

1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/4
3/8

3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1
3/4
1-3/4

.75
.68
.81
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83
.91
.91
.90
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02

1/2 1-3/4 1.11


250 kcmil

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/2 1-3/4 .81
1/4 5/8 .60
1/4 3/4 .60
3/8 3/4 .60
5/16 3/4 .60
3/8 1-3/4 .60
3/8
1
.60
3/8 7/8 .60
5/16 3/4 .60
1/2 1-3/4

YA292TC38

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

YA1C2TC14

45

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA2C2N
YA2C2TC14
YA2C2TC14E2
YA2C2TC38E2
YA2C2TC516E2
YA2C2NTC38
YA2C2TC38
YA2C2TC38E6
YA2C2TC516E2

Fig. 1

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

90

T
45

(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

B
T

3/8

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

1.10

Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.25 .12 4.64
Y1MRTC (4)
1.25 .11 2.86
MY29-3 (2)
1.25 .11 2.98
MY29-11 (2)
1.25 .11 3.17
MRC840 (2)
1.25 .11 3.05
Y644HS (1)
1.25 .11 4.17
Y81KFT (2)
1.25 .11 3.42
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.25 .11 3.30
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.25 .11 3.05
Y1MRTC (4)
1.38 .12 4.82
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
1.38 .10 3.03
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.38 .10 3.15 Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.38 .10 3.59 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.38 .11 4.81
1.38 .12 3.05
1.38 .12 3.18
1.38 .12 3.62
1.38 .12 3.49
1.38 .12 4.37
MY29-3 (2)
1.50 .12 4.97 MY29-11 (2)
1.50 .12 3.22 MRC840 (4)
1.50 .12 3.34
Y644HS (1)
1.50 .12 3.78
Y81KFT (2)
1.50 .13 5.01 Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.50 .12 3.38 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.50 .12 3.82
1.62 .14 5.17
1.62 .14 3.99
1.62 .14 3.55
1.62 .14 4.74
MY29-3 (2)
1.62 .16 5.21 MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.62 .16 4.02 Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)


W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

U2CRT (2)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Brown 10 1-5/16

U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)

Green

11

1-1/2

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)

Pink

12 1-7/16

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

U26RT (2)

Black

13 1-9/16

W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)

W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)

U27RT (2)

Orange 14 1-9/16

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

U28RT (2)

Purple

W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)

W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (8)

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16 1-11/16

** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1


adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

15 1-11/16

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-37

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

C-38

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL

90

T
45

(Continued)

Catalog Number
YA302TC38
YA302N
YA312N
YA312TC14E2
YA312TC38
YA322N
YA322TC38
YA332N

YA342N
YA342TC14E2
YA342TC38
YA352N
YA362N
YA362TC38
YA372N
YA382N
YA382TC38
YA392N
YA392NT38
YA392TC38
YA402N
YA412N
YA442N
YA442TC38
YA452N
YA4532N
YA462N
YA472N
YA482N

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

45

Fig. 1

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

B
T

AWG

***
MM2

300 kcmil 150


350 kcmil 185
400 kcmil

450 kcmil

500 kcmil 240


550 kcmil

600 kcmil 300


650 kcmil

700 kcmil

750 kcmil

800 kcmil 400


850 kcmil
1000 kcmil 500
1250 kcmil
1300 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil

Stud
Hole
Size
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/8

Stud
Hole
Spacing
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1

Tongue
Width
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.38
1.38

Figure
Mechanical
Dimensions
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
2.00 .16 4.45
W30VT (4)
2.00 .16 5.64
Y644HS (1)
2.00 .18 5.68
Y81KFT (3)
2.00 .18 4.05
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
2.00 .18 4.49
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
2.12 .19 5.85
W32VT (4)
2.12 .19 4.66

1/2 1-3/4 1.48 2.12 .21 5.93


1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4

1.55
1.55
1.55
1.65
1.74
1.74
1.80
1.84
1.84
1.91
1.63
1.91
1.95
2.01
2.17
2.19
2.46
2.53
2.67
2.90
3.10

2.25
2.25
2.25
2.63
2.69
2.69
2.81
2.81
2.81
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.94
2.94
3.00
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44

.23
.23
.23
.25
.27
.26
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.31
.33
.33
.38
.39
.40
.42
.46

W33VT (4)

6.06
4.46
W34VT (4)
4.90
6.49

6.59

5.59
6.74

6.77
Y644HS (1)

5.76
Y81KFT (4)
6.87
Y81KFTMBH (4)
5.87

PAT81KFT-18V (4)
5.87
6.95

6.96

7.14

6.14
7.44

7.48

7.55

7.89

7.98

** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1


adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W30VT (4)
U30RT (4)
W30RT (4)
U28ART (4)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
White

17

W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)

U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)

Red

18 2-1/16

W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
W33VT (4)
W33RT (4)

U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)

Blue

19 2-3/16

U33RT

Gray

326 or
2-3/16
538

W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)

U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)

U35RT (4)
U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)
U37RT (4)

U38RT (4)

Pink

400 2-7/8

U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **

Black

24

P40RT (4) **

Orange 25
Gold 26

P44RT (4) **

White

27 3-1/16

P45RT (6) **

P46RT (6) **

Yellow
Orange
Green
Gray
Brown

29
30
31
33
34

Brown 20

2-1/2

Yellow 21 2-11/16
Green

22

2-3/4

Orange 23

2-7/8

2-3/4
3
3

3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-1/2

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

C-39

INSPECTION
WINDOW

CRIMP

TYPES YAZ-2N, YAZ-2TC


COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

T
45
L

Fig. 1

Conductor

YAZ8C-2TC14

YAZ8C-2TC14E2
YAZ8C-2TC14E1
YAZ8C-2TC38

1
1
1

YAZ6C-2N

#8 Str
#6 Sol
37/24

10

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)
.69 .05 2.16
.69 .05 2.28
.75 .08 2.20
.75 .08 2.33

1/4

5/8

.44

.75 .08 2.33

1/4
1/4
3/8

Catalog Number
YAZV10-2TC14
YAZV10-2TC14E2
YAZ8C-2TC10
YAZ8C-2TC10E2

Fig
***
#
AWG
MM2
1
14-10 AWG 6
1
1
1

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/4 5/8 .41
1/4 3/4 .41
#10 5/8 .41
#10 3/4 .41

3/4
1
1

.44
.44
.58

.75 .08 2.45


.75 .08 2.70
.75 .06 2.89

.83

1.12 .12 4.40

1/2 1-3/4
#6 AWG

YAZ6C-2TC10E2

#10

3/4

.42

1.12 .09 2.65

YAZ6C-2TC14

1/4

5/8

.45

1/4

3/4

.45

1.12 .08 2.78

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Y8MRB-1 (2)

3/4

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

U8CRT (2)

Red

49

7/8

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)

Blue

7 or
1-1/16
374

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)
X8CART (2)

U5CRT (2)
U8CABT (2)

Blue

7 or
1-1/6
374

W5CRT (2)
W5CVT (2)
X5CRT (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

7 or
374

Dieless

Y1MRTC (2)
Y8MRB-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

1.12 .08 2.65

YAZ6C-2TC14E2

90

45

#6 AWG
YAZ6C-2TC14E1
YAZ6C-2TC38E2
YAZ6C-2TC38E6
YAZ6C-2TC38

1
1
1
1

YAZ5C-2N

1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8

#5 AWG

1
3/4
7/8
1

1/2 1-3/4

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

.45
.58
.58
.58

1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12

.08
.06
.06
.06

3.03
2.97
3.09
3.22

.83

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

1.12 .12 4.43

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
The MM2 conductor size referred to here is for Class 2
and Class 5 conductor.

1/16

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example: YA25U).
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window

C-40

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

B
90

45
L

Fig. 1

45

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ4C-2N
YAZ4C-2TC10-E2

#10

3/4

.49

1.12 .09 2.67

YAZ4C-2TC14
YAZ4C-2TC14E2

1
1

1/4
1/4

5/8
3/4

1.12 .09 2.67


1.12 .09 2.80

YAZ4C-2TC38

3/8

.49
.49
.
.58

1.12 .08 3.01

YAZ3C-2N

1/2 1-3/4

.83

1.25 .12 4.58

YAZ3C-2TC14

1/4

5/8

.55

1.25 .09 2.83

1/4

3/4

.55

1.25 .09 2.95

3/8

3/4

.58

1.25 .08 3.14

3/8

1/2
#10
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8

1-3/4
3/4
5/8
3/4
1
3/4
3/4
7/8
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
7/8
1
1
1-3/4

YAZ3C-2TC38E2

YAZ2C-2N
YAZ2C-2TC10E2
YAZ2C-2TC14
YAZ2C-2TC14E2
YAZ2C-2TC14E1
YAZ2C-2TC516E2
YAZ2C-2TC38E2
YAZ2C-2TC38E6
YAZ2C-2TC38
YAZ2C-2NTC38
YAZ1C-2N
YAZ1C-2TC14
YAZ1C-2TC14E2
YAZ1C-2TC38
YAZ25-2N
YAZ25-2TC14
YAZ25-2TC14E2
YAZ25-2TC14E1
YAZ25-2TC516E6
YAZ25-2TC516
YAZ25-2TC38
YAZ25-2NTC38

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

#4 AWG

#3 AWG
#2 Sol

YAZ3C-2TC38

AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Figure
Hole Hole Tongue
Dimensions
Size Spacing Width (B) (T)
(L)
1/2 1-3/4 .83 1.12 .12 4.42

Fig
#
1

(Continued)

YAZ3C-2TC14E2

#3 AWG
#2 Sol

25

25

#2 AWG

35

#1 AWG

50

1/0 AWG

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (2)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.38

.12
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.11
.12
.10
.10
.10
.11
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12

4.60
2.85
2.85
2.97
3.22
3.03
3.16
3.28
3.41
4.16
4.76
3.01
3.13
3.57
4.79
3.04
3.16
3.41
3.35
3.47
3.60
4.35

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)
U6CABT (2)

Gray

W3CRT (2)

W3CRT (2)

U3CRT (2)

White

1-5/16

W3CRT (2)

.58 1.25 .08 3.39


.83
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.60
.83
.67
.67
.67
.83
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

W3CRT (2)

U3CRT (2)

White

1-5/16

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown 10 1-5/16

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
W2CVT (2)
MY29-11 (2)
W2CRT (2)
MRC840 (2)
X2CRT (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PATKFT-18V (2)

W1CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (4) W25RT (4)
Y644HS (1) W25VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
X25RT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number
(example: YA25U).

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
W25RT (4)

8 or
1-1/16
346

U1CRT-1 (2)
U4CABT (2)

Green

11 or
1-7/16
375

U25RT (2)
U2CABT (2)

Pink

12 or
1-7/16
348

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

90

T
45
L

Fig. 1

(Continued)

45

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ26-2N
YAZ26-2TC14
YAZ26-2TC14E2
YAZ26-2TC38
YAZ27-2N
YAZ27-2TC14E2
YAZ27-2TC38
YAZ28-2N
YAZ28-2TC14E2
YAZ28-2TC38
YAZ28-2NTC38

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YAZ29-2N

AWG

***
MM2

2/0 AWG

70

3/0 AWG

4/0 AWG

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YAZ33-2N

YAZ34-2N
YAZ34-2TC14E2
YAZ34-2TC38
YAZ35-2N
YAZ36-2N
YAZ36-2TC38
YAZ37-2N
YAZ38-2N

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Tongue
Width
.83
.83
.83
.83
.91
.90
.90
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.02

YAZ30-2N
YAZ30-2TC38
YAZ31-2N
YAZ31-2TC14E2
YAZ31-2TC38
YAZ32-2N
YAZ32-2TC38

Stud
Hole
Spacing
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4

1/2 1-3/4 1.10


250 kcmil

YAZ29-2TC38

Stud
Hole
Size
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8

3/8
300 kcmil 150
350 kcmil 185
400 kcmil

450 kcmil

500 kcmil 240


550 kcmil

600 kcmil 300


650 kcmil
700 kcmil

1.10

1/2 1-3/4 1.20


3/8
1
1.20
1/2 1-3/4 1.29
1/4 3/4 1.29
3/8
1
1.29
1/2 1-3/4 1.40
3/8
1
1.40

Figure
Mechanical
Dimensions
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
1.50 .12 4.95
W26VT (4)
1.50 .12 3.20
W26RT (4)
1.50 .12 3.32
MY29-3 (2)
X26RT (4)
1.50 .12 3.76 MY29-11 (2)
1.50 .13 4.98 MRC840 (4) W27VT (4)
1.50 .12 3.36
Y644HS (1) W27RT (4)
1.50 .12 3.80
Y81KFT (2)
X27RT (6)
1.62 .14 5.15 Y81KFTMBH (2)
W28VT (4)
1.62 .14 3.55 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W28RT (4)
1.62 .14 3.99
X28RT (6)
1.62 .14 4.74
MY29-3 (2)
1.62 .16 5.18 MY29-11(2)
Y644HS (1) W29VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
X29RT (8)
1.62 .14 3.99 Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
2.00 .16 5.60
W30VT (4)
2.00 .16 4.42
Y644HS (1)
2.00 .18 5.64
Y81KFT (3)
2.00 .18 4.02
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
2.00 .18 4.45
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
2.12 .19 5.81
W32VT (4)
2.12 .19 4.62

1/2 1-3/4 1.48 2.13 .21 5.89


1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4

1.55
1.55
1.55
1.65
1.74
1.74
1.80
1.84

2.25
2.25
2.25
2.63
2.69
2.69
2.81
2.81

.23
.23
.23
.25
.27
.26
.27
.27

W33VT (4)

6.04
4.42
Y644HS (1) W34VT (4)
4.85
Y81KFT (4)
6.45 Y81KFTMBH (4)

6.55 PAT81KFT-18V (4)

5.55
6.70

6.72

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number
(example: YA25U).

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

U26RT (2)

Black

W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (6)

U27RT (2)

Orange 14 1-9/16

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

U28RT (2)

Purple 15 1-11/16

X29RT (8)
W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16 1-11/16

W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)

U30RT (4)
U28ART (4)

White

17 or
2-1/16
298

W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)

U31RT (4)
U29ART (4)

Red

18 or
2-1/16
324

W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)
W33VT (4)
W33RT (4)

U32RT (4)
U30ART (4)

W34VT (4)
W34RT (4)

U34RT (4)
U31ART (4)

Brown

U35RT (4)
U36RT (4)
U32ART (4)
U37RT (4)
U38RT (4)

Yellow 21
22 or
Green
472
Orange 23
Pink 400

U33RT (4)

13 1-9/16

19 or
2-1/16
470
326 or
Gray
2-5/16
538
Blue

20 or
2-5/16
299
2-11/16
2-3/4
2-7/8
2-7/8

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-41

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Inspection Window

C-42

TWO HOLE HYLUG


CODE CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

90

T
45
L

Fig. 1

(Continued)

45

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ39-2N
YAZ39-2NT38
YAZ39-2TC38
YAZ39-2NNT
YAZ40-2N
YAZ41-2N
YAZ44-2N
YAZ44-2TC38
YAZ45-2N
YAZ453-2N
YAZ46-2N
YAZ47-2N
YAZ48-2N

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG

***
MM2

750 kcmil

800 kcmil 400


850 kcmil
1000 kcmil 500
1250 kcmil
1300 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil

Stud
Hole
Size
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

Stud
Hole
Spacing
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4

Tongue
Width
1.91
1.63
1.91
1.63
1.98
2.01
2.19
2.19
2.46
2.53
2.69
2.90
3.10

Figure
Mechanical
Dimensions
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
2.88 .27 6.82
2.88 .27 5.82

2.88 .27 5.82


2.88 .27 6.82
2.94 .30 6.89

Y644HS (1)
2.94 .31 6.91

Y81KFT (4)
3.00 .33 7.08
Y81KFTMBH (4)

3.00 .33 6.09


PAT81KFT-18V (4)
3.19 .38 7.38

3.19 .39 7.41

3.19 .40 7.48

3.44 .42 7.82

3.44 .46 7.89

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number
(example: YA25U).

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

U39RT (4)
P39RT (4) **

Black

P40RT (4) **

Orange 25
Gold

P44RT (4) **

White

27 3-1/16

P45RT (6) **

P46RT (6) **

Yellow
Orange
Green
Gray
Brown

29 3-1/4
30 2-1/16
31 3-5/16
33 3-1/2
34 3-1/2

24 2-15/16
3
3

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel No Inspection Window

FOUR HOLE
HYLUG
CODE CONDUCTOR

C-43

TYPE YA
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

YA-4N

YAB-4N

B
T

90

T
45

Fig. 1

Fig.#
1
1
1
1
1
1

YAB344N
YAB394N

1
1

90

45

Conductor

Catalog
Number
YA444N
YA454N
YA464N
YA47N
YA484N
YA4864N

Installation Tooling

AWG
1000 kcmil
1250 kcmil
1500 kcmil
1750 kcmil
2000 kcmil
2500 kcmil

***
MM2
500

Stud Hole
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

Stud Hole
Spacing
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75

Tongue
Width
3
3
3
3.10
3.06
3.46

Tongue
Angle
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight
Straight

B
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.44
3.44
4.69

T
.23
.30
.34
.39
.46
.52

L
7.14
7.44
7.55
7.89
7.98
9.38

500 kcmil
750 kcmil

1/2
1/2

1.75
1.75

3.00
3.00

Straight
Straight

2.25
2.88

.25
.25

6.33
7.15

Available undrilled. Add suffix U to catalog number


(example YA444NU).
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P dies for use with Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
adapter not required.

Hydraulic
(Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*)
*
Color Die
**
Code Index
P44RT
White
27
P45RT Yellow
29
P46RT Green
31

L47RT
Gray
33

L48RT Brown
34

L486RT

U36RT
U39RT

Green
Black

22
24

Wire
Strip
Length
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/4
2-1/2
2-15/16

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are for Class 2 conductor.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts, consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Requires Y60BHU HYPRESS
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Inspection Window

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPES YA-L, YA-L-FX, YAV,


YAV-L-FX

CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B

C-44

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

90
T

T
45

Fig. 1

45

90

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8CL-BOX
YA8C-L1-BOX

Fig #
1
1

YA8C-L2-BOX

YA8C-L3-BOX
YA8C-L4-BOX
YAV6CL-TC10-FX
YAV6CL-TC12-FX
YAV6CL-TC14-FX
YAV6CL-TC38-FX
YAV6CL-TC516-FX

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YAV6CL-TC34-FX

YAV4CL-TC10-FX
YAV4CL-TC12-FX
YAV4CL-TC14-FX
YAV4CL-TC38-FX
YAV4CL-TC516-FX
YAV2CL-TC10-FX
YAV2CL-TC12-FX
YAV2CL-TC14-FX
YAV2CL-TC38-FX
YAV2CL-TC516-FX

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG
37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG

61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG

61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG
91/24
105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG
125/24
150/24
#2 Weld
#2 AWG

***
MM2

Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
8-10 .41
1/4 .44

**
5/16
10
3/8
1/2
8-10
1/2
** 1/4
16 3/8
5/16

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
.44 .08 1.16
.44 .08 1.26

.52

.44

.08

.58
.71
.48
.75
.48
.60
.60

.44
.44
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50

.08
.08
.08
.12
.08
.06
0.07

3/4

1.05

.50

.13

10-8
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
# 10
1/2
35 1/4
3/8
5/16

.55
.71
.55
.58
.55
.68
.77
.68
.68
.68

.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63

.09
.07
.09
.08
.09
.10
0.09
.10
.10
.10

**
16

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size listed is for both Class 2 and
Class 5 conductors.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Y1MRTC (1)
Y8MRB-(1)
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
1.38
W8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
X8CRT (1)
1.51 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.76 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.30
Y1MRTC (1)
1.86
W5CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
1.43
W5CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.61
X5CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.49
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
2.30 Y81KFT (1) W5CVT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.32
1.92
W4CVT (1)
1.44
W4CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
1.67
X4CRT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
1.51
Y81KFT (1)
1.50
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.12
W2CVT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.62
W2CRT (1)
1.81
X2CRT (1)
1.69

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

7/16

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)

Blue

1/2

X5CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)

Blue

1/2

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

Gray

1/2

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown 10

11/16

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

90
T

T
45

Fig. 1

(Continued)

45

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAV1CL-TC10-FX
YAV1CL-TC12-FX
YAV1CL-TC14-FX
YAV1CL-TC38-FX
YAV1CL-TC516-FX
YAV25L-TC12-FX
YAV25L-TC14-FX
YAV25L-TC38-FX
YAV25L-TC516-FX
YAV26L-TC10-FX
YAV26L-TC12-FX
YAV26L-TC14-FX
YAV26L-TC34-FX
YAV26L-TC38-FX
YAV26L-TC516-FX
YAV26L-TC58-FX
YAV27L-TC10-FX
YAV27L-TC12-FX
YAV27L-TC14-FX
YAV27L-TC38-FX
YAV27L-TC516-FX
YAV28L-TC12-FX
YAV28L-TC14-FX
YAV28L-TC34-FX
YAV28L-TC38-FX
YAV28L-TC516-FX
YAV28L-TC58-FX
YAV29L-TC12-FX
YAV29L-TC14-FX
YAV29L-TC34-FX
YAV29L-TC38-FX
YAV29L-TC516-FX
YAV29L-TC58-FX
YA30L-TC516-FX
YA30L-TC38-FX
YA30L-TC12-FX
YA30L-TC58-FX
YA30L-TC34-FX

Fig #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG

***
MM2

175/24
225/24
#1 Weld
#1 AWG

275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG

50

325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG

70

450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG

95

550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG

550/24
4/0 Weld

250 Flex
CLASS G
259 Str.
CLASS H
427 Str.

**
120

Stud
Hole
Size
# 10
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
# 10
1/2
1/4
3/4
3/8
5/16
5/8
# 10
1/2
1/4
3/8
5/16
1/2
1/4
3/4
3/8
5/16
5/8
1/2
1/4
3/4
3/8
5/16
5/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


** The 16 MM2 is for both Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

Tongue
Width
.75
.75
75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
1.10
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .11
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16

Dieless
(L)
1.59
2.15
1.71
1.90
1.78
2.19
1.75
1.94
1.77
1.80
2.36
1.92
2.89
2.11
1.98
2.61
2.03
2.59
2.15
2.34
2.21
2.67
2.23
3.11
2.42
2.29
2.92
2.67
2.23
3.11
2.42
2.29
2.92
2.31
2.44
2.69
2.94
3.12

(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1) W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)

U1CRT (1)

Green

11

11/16

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

13/16

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange 14

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple 15 1-1/16

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow 16 1-1/16

MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
W28VT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W28RT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X28RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-45

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Inspection Window

C-46

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

90
T

T
45

Fig. 1

(Continued)

45

90

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA31L-TC14-FX
YA31L-TC516-FX
YA31L-TC38-FX
YA31L-NT12-FX
YA31L-TC12-FX
YA31L-TC58-FX
YA31L-TC34-FX
YA32L-TC38-FX
YA32L-TC12-FX
YA32L-TC58-FX
YA34L-TC516-FX
YA34L-TC38-FX
YA34L-TC12-FX
YA34L-TC58-FX
YA36L-TC12-FX
YA36L-TC58-FX
YA38L-TC12-FX
YA38L-TC58-FX
YA38L-TC516-FX
YA38L-TC38-FX
YA40L-TC516-FX
YA40L-TC38-FX
YA40L-TC12-FX
YA40L-TC58-FX
YA44L-TC12-FX
YA44L-TC58-FX

Fig #
AWG
1
1
1
250 Flex
1
637/24
1
CLASS I, K, M
1
1
1
313.1 kcmil
1
775/24
1
300 Flex
1
373.7 kcmil
1
925/24
1
350 Flex
1
444.4 kcmil
1
450 Flex
1
1100/24
1
535.3 kcmil
1
1325/24
1
500 Flex
1
1
1
646 kcmil
1
1600/24
1
1
777.7 kcmil
1
1925/24

Stud
*** Hole
MM2 Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
150 1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/8
185 1/2
5/8
5/16
3/8
240
1/2
5/8

Tongue
Width
1.29
1.29
1.29
.96
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.55
1.55
1.55
1.55

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.19 .19
1.19 .19
1.19 .19
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23

(L)
(# of crimps)
2.31
2.37
2.50
2.75
W30VT (2)
2.75
3.00
3.19
2.68
2.93
W31VT (2)
Y644HS (1)
3.18
Y81KFT (1)
2.74
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.87
PAT81KFT-18V (1) W32VT (2)
3.12
3.37

1/2

1.74

1.38

.27

3.29

5/8
1/2
5/8
300
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
400
1/2
5/8
1/2
500
5/8

1.74
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.98
1.98
1.98
1.98
2.19
2.19

1.38
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.65
1.65

.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.30
.33
.33

3.54
3.41
3.66
3.03
3.34
3.05
3.38 Y644HS (1)
3.43 Y81KFT (2)
3.68 Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.79 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4.04

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


** The 16 MM2 is for both Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

Dieless

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)

White

17

1-1/8

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)

Red

18

1-1/4

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)

Blue

19 1-5/16

U34RT (2)

U38XRT (2)

Pink

L99 1-7/16

U39RT (2)

Black

24 1-5/16

U44XRT (2)

Yellow L115 1-5/8

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

Brown 20

1-3/8

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

C-47

TYPE YAV-L-NTFX

COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE
TERMINAL

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

90
T

T
45

Fig. 1

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

45

90

Conductor
Catalog Number

Fig #

YAV4CLNT10FX

YAV2CLNT14FX

YAV2CLNT516FX

YAV25LNT14FX
YAV25LNT516FX

1
1

YAV25LNT38FX

YAV26LNT516FX

YAV26LNT38FX

YAV26LNT12FX

YAV28LNT516FX

YAV28LNT38FX

YAV28LNT12FX

YA31LNT12FX

AWG

***
MM2

#4 AWG
#4 Weld
91/24
105/24

#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24

50

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

35

1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld
275/24

Stud
Hole
Size

2/0 AWG
2/0 Weld
325/24

#10

.41

.50

.09

1.32

1/4

.46

.63

.10

1.71

5/16

.67
.67

.69
.69

.12
.12

1.75
1.81

.76

.69

.13

1.94

.90

.81

.13

1.98

3/8

.90

.81

.13

2.11

.94

1.03

.15

2.29

3/8

.94

1.03

.15

2.42

1/2

150

1/4
5/16

5/16

250 Flex
637/24
Class
I,K,M

1.78

1/2

.10

5/16

4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24

.63

3/8

70

.44

.76

1.03

.15

2.67

1/2

.96

1.06

.18

2.75

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)

W4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

13/16

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple 15 1-1/16

W30VT (2)

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)

White

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.

Gray

Brown 10

17

1/2

11/16

1-1/8

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue

C-48

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

90
T

T
45

Fig. 1

45

90

(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YA32LNT516FX

Fig #
1

YA32LNT38FX

YA38LNT12FX

YA38LNTM20FX

YA44LNT38FX

YA44LNT12FX

AWG
313.1
kcmil
775/24
300 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
777.7
kcmil
1925/24
750 Flex

***
MM2

Stud
Hole
Size

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

5/16

.96

1.19

.19

2.65

3/8

.96

1.19

.19

2.68

1/2

1.63

1.45

.27

3.41

M20

1.63

1.45

.27

3.84

3/8

1.50

1.65

.33

3.79

1/2

1.62

1.65

.33

3.98

185

300

500

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)

Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)

Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)

Red

18

U38XRT (2)

Pink

L99 1-7/16

U44XRT (2)

1-1/4

Yellow L115 1-5/8

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel No Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED ENTRY

C-49

NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

CRIMPS

TYPE YAG-L-TC

FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
B

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

T
L

Fig. 1

AWG
37/24 #8
Weld 8
AWG
61/24 #6
Weld #6
AWG
91/24
105/24
#4 AWG
#4 Weld
#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
#1 AWG
#1 Weld
175/24
225/24

***
MM2
10

16

35

1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld
275/24

50

2/0 AWG
2/0 Weld
325/24

70

3/0 AWG
3/0 Weld
450/24

95

4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24

Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
1/4
.44
5/16 .52
1/2
.72
1/4
.48
5/16 .52
3/8
.58
1/2
.75
1/4
.55
5/16 .55
3/8
.58
1/2
.71
1/4
.68
5/16 .68
3/8
.68
1/2
.77
1/4
.75
5/16 .75
3/8
.75
1/2
.75
1/4
.83
5/16 .83
3/8
.83
1/2
.83
1/4
.93
5/16 .93
3/8
.93
1/2
.93
1/4 1.03
5/16 1.03
3/8 1.03
1/2 1.03
1/4 1.14
5/16 1.14
3/8 1.14
1/2 1.14

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for Class 5
conductor.

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.44
.08
.44
.06
.44
.05
.50
.05
.50
.07
.50
.06
.50
.12
.50
.09
.50
.08
.50
.08
.50
.07
.63
.10
.63
.10
.63
.10
.63
.10
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.69
.12
.81
.13
.81
.13
.81
.13
.81
.13
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15

(L)
1.32
1.38
1.76
1.43
1.49
1.61
1.86
1.48
1.55
1.67
1.92
1.52
1.64
1.70
1.83
1.73
1.80
1.92
2..17
1.77
1.84
1.96
2.21
1.95
2.01
2.13
2.38
2.18
2.21
2.37
2.62
2.26
2.32
2.45
2.70

90

45

Conductor
Fig #
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

90

T
45

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service
to order: 1-800-346-4175

Catalog Number
YAG8CLTC14FX
YAG8CLTC516FX
YAG8CLTC12FX
YAG6CLTC14FX
YAG6CLT516FX
YAG6CLTC38FX
YAG6CLTC12FX
YAG4CLTC14FX
YAG4CLTC516FX
YAG4CLTC38FX
YAG4CLTC12FX
YAG2CLTC14FX
YAG2CLTC516FX
YAG2CLTC38FX
YAG2CLTC12FX
YAG1CLTC14FX
YAG1CLTC516FX
YAG1CLTC38FX
YAG1CLTC12FX
YAG25LTC14FX
YAG25LTC516FX
YAG25LTC38FX
YAG25LTC12FX
YAG26LTC14FX
YAG26LTC516FX
YAG26LTC38FX
YAG26LTC12FX
YAG27LTC14FX
YAG27LTC516FX
YAG27LTC38FX
YAG27LTC12FX
YAG28LTC14FX
YAG28LTC516FX
YAG28LTC38FX
YAG28LTC12FX

B
T

Mechanical
Dieless
MD6, OUR840,
(# of crimps)
MD7-34R
W8CRT (1)
MY29-11 (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
W8CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W5CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X5CRT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W5CVT (1)

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)
U8CRT (1)
W8CVT (1)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
Red

49

7/16

U5CRT (1)

Blue

1/2

W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)

W4CRT (1)
W4CVT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

Gray

1/2

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

W1CVT (1)
W1CRT (1)
X1CRT (1)

MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W5CRT (1)
W5CVT (1)
X5CRT (1)

W1CVT (1)
W1CRT (1)
X1CRT (1)

MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
W25VT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
W27VT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W27RT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1) X27RT (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
W28VT (2
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

Brown 10

11/16

U1CRT-1 (1)

Green

11

11/16

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

13/16

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange 14

W28VT (2
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple

15

1-1/16

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel No Inspection Window

C-50

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

B
T

90

T
45
L

45

Fig. 1

90

(Continued)
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAG29LTC38FX
YAG29LTC12FX
YAG29LTC58FX
YAG30LTC38FX
YAG30LTC12FX
YAG30LTC58FX
YAG31LTC14FX
YAG31LTC516FX
YAG31LTC38FX
YAG31LTC12FX
YAG31LTC58FX
YAG32LTC12FX
YAG32LTC58FX
YAG34LTC516FX
YAG34LTC38FX
YAG34LTC12FX
YAG34LTC58FX
YAG36LTC38FX
YAG38LTC38FX
YAG38LTC516FX
YAG38LTC38FX
YAG38LTC12FX
YAG40LTC14FX
YAG40LTC516FX
YAG40LTC38FX
YAG40LTC12FX
YAG44LTC516FX
YAG44LTC38FX
YAG44LTC12FX

Stud
*** Hole Tongue
2
Fig #
AWG
MM Size Width
1
4/0 AWG
3/8 1.14
1
4/0 Weld
1/2 1.14
1
550/24
5/8 1.14
1
250 Flex
3/8 1.20
1 Class G 259 Str. 1/2 1.20
1 Class H 427 Str.
5/8 1.20
1
1/4 1.29
1
250 Flex
5/16 1.29
1
637/24
150 3/8 1.29
1 Class I,K,M
1/2 1.29
1
5/8 1.29
313.1 kcmil
1
1/2
1.40
775/24
185
1
300 Flex
5/8
1.40
1
5/16 1.55
373.7 kcmil
1
3/8
1.55
925/24
240
1
1/2
1.55
350 Flex
1
5/8
1.55
444.4 kcmil
1
1100/24
3/8
1.73
450 Flex
1
1/4
1.84
535.3 kcmil
1
5/16 1.84
1325/24
300
1
3/8
1.84
500 Flex
1
1/2
1.84
1
1/4
1.96
1
646 kcmil
5/16 1.96
1
1600/24
400 3/8
1.96
1
650 Flex
1/2
1.96
1
777.7 kcmil
5/16 2.18
1
1925/24
500 3/8
2.18
1
750 Flex
1/2
2.18

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for Class 5
conductor.

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18
1.06 .18

(L)
(# of crimps)
2.45
2.70
Y644HS (1)
3.14
Y81KFT (1)
W29VT (2)
2.47 Y81KFTMBH (1) X29RT (4)
2.72 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.97
2.35
2.41
2.53
W30VT (2)
2.78
3.06

1.19

.19

2.97

1.19
1.27
1.27
1.27
1.27

.19
.23
.23
.23
.23

3.22
2.78
2.91
3.16
3.41

1.38

.27

3.27

1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.65
1.65
1.65

.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.30
.33
.33
.33

3.02
3.08
3.39
3.46
3.04
3.11
3.42
3.48
3.50
3.81
3.85

Dieless

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

U29RT (1)

Yellow

16

1-1/16

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)

White

17

1-1/8

W31VT (2)

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)

Red

18

1-1/4

W32VT (2)

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)

Blue

19

1-5/16

U34RT (2)

Brown

20

1-7/16

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U38XRT (2)

Pink

L99

1-7/16

U39RT (2)

Black

24

1-5/16

U44XRT (2)

Yellow L115

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

1-5/8

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Belled End Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
BELLED END

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BELLED END
ASSISTS FLEXIBLE
WIRE INSERTION

C-51

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPE YA-LB

CRIMPS

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog
Number
YA8C-LB
YA5C-LB
YA4C-LB
YA3C-LB
YA2C-LB
YA1C-LB
YA25-LB
YA26-LB
YA27-LB
YA28-LB
YA29-LB
YA30-LB
YA31-LB
YA32-LB
YA34-LB
YA36-LB
YA38-LB
YA39-LB
YA40-LB
YA44-LB

Flexible
Conductor
Size
AWG/kcmil
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
4/0
250
250
262.2
300
313.1
350
373.7
400
444.4
450
500
535.3
550
600

650
750
777.7

49

133

259

259

259

427

427

427

Stranding Class (Size of Strand)


Battery
Welding
I
Cable K
Cable M
H (#24 Str.) (#30 Str.)
(#34 Str.) Locomotive
Number of Strands
Cable
41
168
420
37/24
63
266
665
61/24
84
336
836
91/24
133
105
420
1064
105/24
133
532
1323
125/24
161
665
1666
150/24
210
836
2107
225/24
266
1064
2646
275/24
259
342
1323
3325
325/24
418
1666
4256
450/24

532
2107
5320
550/24
427

637
2499
6384
650/24
427
735
2989
7851

775/24

3458
8806

925/24
427
980

1100/24

1127
4522
11396

12691

1325/24
703
1372
5054

13664

703
1470

14945
1600/24

5985

1596

703

1925/24

Installation
Tooling
Dieless
(# of crimps)

Die
Index
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023

Dimensions
B
L
.41
1.12
.44
1.73
.50
1.92
.55
1.94
.61
1.97
.68
2.02
.75
2.26
.83
2.61
.91
2.67
1.02
2.77
1.11
2.82

1024

1.20

2.93

1-3/16

1025

1.29

3.31

1-1/4

1026

1.40

3.56

1-7/16

1027

1.52

3.83

1-3/4

1028

1.69

4.31

1029

1.81

4.27

1030

1.89

4.27

1031

1.95

4.27

1032

2.17

4.5

Bolt
Size
10

Wire
Strip
Length
7/16

1/4

7/8

5/16

5/16

3/8

1
1-1/16

1/2

1-1/8

Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18 (1)

5/8

1-15/16

Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18 (2)

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Inspection Window

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

INSPECTION
WINDOW

CRIMP
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

TYPES YAZ, YAZV

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

C-52

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Fig #

YAZ8CTC10

YAZ8CTC14

AWG

***
MM2

Stud
Hole
Size

Fig. 1

45

90

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

# 10
37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG

**
10

.41

.75

.08

1.58

1/4

.44

.75

.08

1.58

YAZ8CTC38

3/8

.58

.75

.06

1.89

YAZV6CTC14FX

1/4

.48

.75

.08

2.03

YAZV6CTC38FX

YAZV4CTC14FX

YAZV4CTC38FX

YAZV2CTC14FX

61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG

**
16

91/24
105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG

YAZV2CTC38FX

125/24
150/24
#2 Weld

YAZV2CTC12FX

3/8

.75

.06

1.77

.55

1.25

.09

.58

1.25

.08

1/4

.68

1.38

.10

3/8

.68

1.38

.10

1/2

.83

1.38

.09

1.38

.12

.
YAZV1CTC14FX

175/24

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y1MRTC (2)
Y8MRB-1 (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

2.21

3/8

#2 AWG

.58

1/4

35

1/4

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

45

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

U8CRT (2)

Red

49

7/16

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

1-3/16

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)

Gray

1-5/16

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown 10 1-7/16

Conductor
Catalog Number

B
90

75

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-3 (2)
2.39 MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.39 Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
2.57 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.01
MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MRC840 (2)
2.42 Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)


W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

U1CRT-1 (2)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Green

11

11/16

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

T
L

Fig. 1

45

Conductor

YAZV1CTC516FX

YAZV1CTC38FX

YAZV25TC14FX
YAZV25TC38FX
YAZV25TC12FX
YAZV26TC14FX
YAZV26TC38FX
YAZV26TC12FX

1
1
1
1
1
1

YAZV27TC38FX

YAZV28NT38FX
YAZV28TC38FX
YAZV28TC12FX

1
1
1

YAZV29NT516FX

YAZ30TC38FX

YAZ31TC38FX

YAZ32TC38FX

YAZ34NT38FX
YAZ34TC38FX
YAZ34TC12FX

1
1
1

YAZ36TC38FX

YAZ38NT38FX
YAZ38TC38FX
YAZ38NT12FX
YAZ38TC12FX

1
1
1
1

T
L

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Fig #

45

(Continued)

Catalog Number

B
90

AWG
225/24
#1 Weld
#1 AWG
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG
325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG
450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG
550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG
550/24
4/0 Weld

***
MM2

Stud
Hole
Size

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

5/16

.75

1.38

.12

3/8

.75

1.38

.12

1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2

.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93

1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50

.12
.12
.12
.13
.13
.13

3/8

1.03

1.50

.14

3/8
**
3/8
120
1/2

.94
1.14
1.14

1.62
1.62
1.62

.14
.14
.14

5/16

.96

2.00

.16

3/8

1.20

2.00

.16

50

70

95

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Y644HS (1)
2.47
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.60
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.58
W25VT (4) W25VT (4)
2.76
W25RT (4) W25RT (4)
3.20
X25RT (4) X25RT (4)
2.58
W26VT (4) W26VT (4)
2.76
W26RT (4) W26RT (4)
3.20 MY29-11 (2) X26RT (4) X26RT (4)
Y644HS (1) W27RT (4) W27RT (4)
2.80 Y81KFT (2) W27VT (4) W27VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2) X27RT (4) X27RT (4)
2.96 PAT81KFT-18V (2) W28VT (4) W28VT (4)
2.96
W28RT (4) W28RT (4)
3.18
X28RT (6) X28RT (6)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
2.87
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
X29RT (8)
W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
3.42
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)
X29RT (8)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

U1CRT-1 (2)

Green

11 1-7/16

U25RT (2)

Pink

12 1-9/16

U26RT (2)

Black

13 1-9/16

U27RT (2)

Orange 14 1-9/16

U28RT (2)

Purple 15 1-11/16

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16 2-1/16

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16 2-1/16

W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)

U30RT (4)

White

17 2-1/16

W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)

U31RT (4)

Blue

19 2-3/16

W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)

U32RT (4)

Blue

19 2-5/16

250 Flex
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str
262.2 Flex
637/24
CLASS I, K, M
775/24
313.1 kcmil
300 Flex
925/24
373.3 kcmil
350 Flex
1100/24
444.4 kcmil
450 Flex

150 3/8

1.28

2.00

.18

3.45

185 3/8

1.55

2.12

.19

3.62

3/8
240 3/8
1/2

.96
1.52
1.52

2.25
2.25
2.25

.23
.23
.23

W31VT (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
3.85
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.85
W32VT (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4.29

3/8

1.72

2.69

.26

4.55

U34RT (4)

Brown 20

1325/24
535.3 kcmil
500 Flex

3/8
3/8
300
1/2
1/2

1.63
1.81
1.63
1.81

2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81

.27
.27
.27
.27

4.72
4.72
4.97
4.97

U38XRT (4)

Pink

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


** The 120 MM2 referenced here is for both Class 2 and
Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

W30VT (4)

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact
factory.

2-3/4

L99 2-7/8

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-53

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Belled End No Inspection Window

BELLED END
ASSISTS FLEXIBLE
WIRE INSERTION

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

NO INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMPS
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

TYPES YA-TC-FXB,
YAV-TC-FXB
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION

C-54

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END

90
T

T
L

Fig. 1

Fig #

YA8C-TC14-FXB

YAV6C-TC10-FXB

YAV6C-TC14-FXB

YAV5C-TC14-FXB

YAV4C-TC10-FXB

AWG

***
MM2

37/24 #8 Weld
8 AWG

**
10

61/24 #6 Weld
#6 AWG
91/24 #5 Str.

**
16

YAV4C-TC516-FXB

#5 AWG

1.22

.08

1.90
.

2.11

.44

1.22

.07

2.11

.55

1.22

.09

2.03

1/4

.55

1.22

.09

2.16

.63

1.22

.09

2.22

.67

1.35

.10

8-10

1
1

48

1.76

5/16

YAV1C-TC516-FXB

.08

8-10
91/24 105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG

125/24 150/24
#2 Weld #2 AWG

YAV1C-TC10-FXB

.90

1/4

YAV2C-TC516-FXB

.41

1/4

YAV2C-TC10-FXB

1/4

Tongue
Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)

8-10

YAV4C-TC14-FXB

Stud
Hole
Size

35

2.23

5/16

2.42

8-10
175/24 225/24
#1 Weld #1AWG

2.40
.69

5/16

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


** The MM2 conductor sizes referenced here are for both
Class 2 and Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

1.50

90

45

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W8CVT (2)

W8CVT (2)

U8CRT (2)

Red

49

W5CVT (2)

W5CVT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

1-5/16

W5CVT (2)

W5CVT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

1-5/16

W4CVT (2)

W4CVT (2)

U4CRT (2)

Gray

1-5/16

W2CVT (2)

W2CVT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown 10 1-7/16

W1CVT (2)

W1CVT (2)

U1CRT-1 (2)

Conductor
Catalog Number

45

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact
Customer Service
to order:
1-800-346-4175

.12
2.59

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MRC840 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only.


PUADP-1 adapter not required.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations

Green

11 1-9/16

for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact


factory.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Belled End No Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END

C-55

90
T

45
L

Fig. 1

45

90

(Continued)
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W25VT (4)

W25VT (4)

U25RT (2)

Pink

12 1-9/16

W26VT (4)

W26VT (4)

U26RT (2)

Black

13 1-13/16

W27VT (4)

W27VT (4)

U27RT (2)

Orange

14 1-13/16

W28VT (4)

W28VT (4)

U28RT (2)

Purple

15

1-7/8

W29VT (4)

W29VT (4)

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16

2-1/4

W30VT (4)

W30VT (4)

U30RT (4)

White 17

2-1/4

W31VT (4)

W31VT (4)

U31RT (4)

Red

18

W32VT (4)

U32RT (4)

Blue

19 2-9/16

U34RT (4)

Brown 20 3-1/16

Conductor
Catalog Number
YAV25-TC10-FXB
YAV25-TC516-FXB
YAV25-TC38-FXB

Fig #
1
1
1

YAV25-TC12-FXB

YAV26-TC38-FXB

AWG

Stud
*** Hole Tongue
2
MM Size Width
8-10
5/16
50 3/8 .83

275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
(L)
2.44
2.63
1.50 .12 2.75

1/2
3/8

352/24 2/0 Weld


2/0 AWG

95

2.94

70

3/0 AWG
450/24 3/0 Weld

3.19

.93

1.63

.13

YAV26-TC12-FXB

YAV27-TC12-FXB

YAV28-TC38-FXB

YAV28-TC12-FXB

YA30-TC12-FXB

Class G 259 str.


Class H 427 str.
250 Flex

1/2

1.20

2.16

.16

4.02

YA31-TC12-FXB

637/24
Class I,K,M

150 1/2

1.28

2.18

.18

4.08

YA32-TC12-FXB

313.1 kcmil

185 1/2

1.38

2.32

.19

YA34-TC12-FXB

240 1/2

1.50

2.48

.23

YA36-TC12-FXB
YA36-TC58-FXB

1
1

1/2
5/8

1.69

2.95

.26

YA38-TC58-FXB

300 5/8

1.81

3.08

.27

YA40-TC58-FXB

646 kcmil - 1600/24

400 5/8

1.95

3.24

.30

YA44-TC58-FXB

777.7 kcmil - 1925/24 500 5/8

2.17

3.33

.33

YA46-TC58-FXB

1111 kcmil

2.69

3.58

.39

373.7 kcmil
925/24
444.4 kcmil
1100/24
535.3 kcmil
1325/24

**
120

1/2

3.37

(# of crimps)

MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

4.28

550/24 4/0 Weld


4/0 AWG
250 Flex

1/2

Dieless

1.10

1.64

.14

3/8

3.17
1.12

1.77

.14

1/2

5/8

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


** The 16 MM2 and 120 MM2 referenced here are for both
Class 2 and Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

3.43

3.61

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Y644HS (1)
W32VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
5.09 Y81KFTMBH (2)
5.15 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
4.54

5.32
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
5.71
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)
6.19
5.53

2-1/4

U38XRT (4)

Pink

L99 3-3/16

U39RT (4)

Black

24 3-5/16

U44XRT (4)

Yellow L115 3-7/16

**P45RT (4)

Yellow 29 3-11/16

P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only.


PUADP-1 adapter not required.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations

for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact


factory.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.

US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Inspection Window

COLOR CODE AND


DIE INFORMATION

BEVELED
ENTRY

INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPES YA-L-2TC, YA-L-2TC-FX,


YAV-L-2TC-FX
COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

CRIMP

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

C-56

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL

Fig. 1

Catalog Number
YA8C-L2TC10

YA8C-L2TC14

YA8C-L2TC14E1
YA8C-L2TC14E2
YA8C-L2TC38

1
1
1

YAV6C-L2TC10-FX

AWG

***
MM2

YAV6C-L2TC10E2-FX

YAV6C-L2TC10E4-FX
YAV6C-L2TC10E9-FX
YAV6C-L2TC14-FX
YAV6C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV6C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV6C-L2TC516-FX
YAV6C-L2TC38-FX
YAV6C-L2NTC-FX
YAV4C-L2NT10-FX
YAV4C-L2NT10E1-FX
YAV4C-L2TC14-FX
YAV4C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV4C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV4C-L2TC516-FX
YAV4C-L2TC38-FX
YAV4C-L2NTC-FX

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

# 10

61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG

**
16

61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG

**
16

91/24
105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG

.44 .08 1.84

1/4

5/8

.44

.44 .08 1.95

1/4
1/4
3/8

**
10

.41

1
3/4
1

.44
.44
.58

.44 .08 2.33


.44 .08 2.08
.44 .06 2.52

# 10

37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG

5/8

5/8

.44

.50 .07 1.94

# 10

3/4

.48

.50 .08 2.06

.44
.48
.48
.48
.48
.52
.58
.83
.41
.41
.55
.55
.55
.55
.58
.83

.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50

# 10 11/16
# 10 1/2
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
1/4
1
5/16
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
# 10 5/8
# 10
1
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
1/4
1
5/16
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

.07
.08
.08
.08
.08
.07
.06
.12
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.08
.12

90

45

Conductor
Fig
#

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MRC840 (1)
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MRC840 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

2.00
1.81
2.06
MY29-11 (1)
2.19
Y1MRTC (1)
2.44
Y81KFT (1)
2.50
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.62
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.81
1.95
2.33
MY29-11 (1)
2.08
Y1MRTC (2)
2.20
Y81KFT (1)
2.45
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.52
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.68
3.87

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

7/16

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)

Blue

1/2

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)

Blue

7/16

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

Gray

1/2

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
(Continued)

Catalog Number
YAV2C-L2TC14-FX
YAV2C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV2C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV2C-L2TC516-FX
YAV2C-L2TC38-FX
YAV2C-L2NTC-FX
YAV1C-L2TC14-FX
YAV1C-L2TC14E1-FX
YAV1C-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV1C-L2TC516-FX
YAV1C-L2TC38-FX
YAV1C-L2NTC-FX
YAV25-L2TC14-FX
YAV25-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV25-L2TC516E2-FX
YAV25-L2TC516-FX
YAV25-L2TC38-FX
YAV25-L2TC12E1-FX
YAV25-L2NTC-FX

YAV26-L2TC14-FX
YAV26-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV26-L2TC516-FX
YAV26-L2TC38-FX
YAV26-L2TC12E1-FX
YAV26-L2NTC-FX
YAV27-L2TC14-FX
YAV27-L2TC38-FX
YAV27-L2TC-FX
YAV28-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV28-L2TC14-FX
YAV28-L2TC516-FX
YAV28-L2TC38-FX
YAV28-L2NTC-FX
YAV28-L2TC14E2
YAV28-L2NT38-FX
YAV28-LTC12E1-FX
YAV28-L2TC12-FX
YAV28-L2NTC-FX

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

C-57

45

Fig. 1

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

B
T

AWG
125/24
150/24
#2 Weld
#2 AWG

175/24
225/24
#1 Weld
#1 AWG

***
MM2

35

275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG

50

275/24
1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld

50

325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG

70

450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG

95

550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG

**
120

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
1/4 5/8
.68
1/4 3/4
.68
1/4
1
.68
5/16
1
.68
3/8
1
.68
1/2 1-3/4 .83
1/4 5/8
.75
1/4
1
.75
1/4 3/4
.75
5/16
1
.75
3/8
1
.75
1/2 1-3/4 .83
1/4 5/8
.83
1/4 3/4
.83
5/16 3/4
.83
5/16
1
.83
3/8
1
.83
1/2
1
.83

Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
.63 .10 2.26
MY29-11 (1)
.63 .10 2.38
Y1MRTC (2)
.63 .10 2.63
Y81KFT (1)
.63 .10 2.71
Y81KFTMBH (1)
.63 .10 2.82
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.63 .08 4.07
.69 .12 2.35
.69 .12 2.71
.69 .12 2.47
.69 .12 2.79
.69 .12 2.91
MY29-11 (1)
.69 .11 4.10
Y81KFT (1)
.69 .12 2.39 Y81KFTMBH (1)
.69 .12 2.51 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.69 .12 2.57
.69 .12 2.82
.69 .12 2.95
.69 .12 3.20

1/2

1-3/4

.83

.69 .12 4.14

1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
1
1-3/4
3/4
5/8
1
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-3/4

.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.20
1.14
.94
1.14
1.14
1.14

.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The 16 MM2 referenced here is for both Class 2 and
Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.14
.14
.14
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15
.15

2.56
2.68
2.99
3.12
3.37
4.31
MY29-11 (1)
2.83
Y644HS (1)
3.35
Y81KFT (1)
4.54
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.91
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.86
3.30
3.43
4.18
2.99
3.44
3.68
3.93
4.62

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown

10

11/16

W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)

W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)

U1CRT-1 (1)

Green

11

11/16

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

W25VT (2)

W25VT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

13/16

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange

14

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple

15

1-1/16

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Inspection Window

C-58

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
(Continued)

45

Fig. 1

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog Number
YAV29-L2TC14E2-FX
YAV29-L2TC14-FX
YAV29-L2TC516-FX
YAV29-L2TC38-FX
YAV29-L2NTC-FX
YAV29-L2NT38-FX
YAV29-LTC12E1-FX
YAV29-L2TC12-FX
YA30-L2TC38-FX
YA30-L2TC12-FX
YA30-L2NTC-FX
YA31-L2TC38-FX
YA31-L2TC12-FX
YA31-L2NTC-FX
YA31-L2NTC38-FX
YA32-L2TC38-FX
YA32-L2NTC-FX
YA34-L2TC38-FX
YA34-L2TC12-FX
YA34-L2NTC-FX
YA34-L2TC516-FX
YA34-L2NT38-FX
YA34-L2NTC38-FX
YA36-L2TC38-FX
YA36-L2NTC-FX
YA38-L2TC38-FX

YA38-L2TC12-FX
YA38-L2NTC-FX
YA38-L2TC516-FX
YA38-L2NT38-FX
YA38-L2NNT-FX
YA39-L2NTC-FX
YA40-L2NTC-FX
YA40-L2TC38-FX
YA40-L2NNT-FX
YA44-L2TC38-FX
YA44-L2NTC-FX
YA44-L2TC58-FX
YA44-L2TC12-FX
YA44-L2TC12E3-FX
YA44-L2NT38-FX
YA44-L2NNT-FX

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Conductor
Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

B
T

AWG

550/24
4/0 Weld

250 Flex
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str.

***
MM2

250 Flex
637/24 150
CLASS I, K, M
775/24
185
313.1 kcmil
373.7 kcmil
925/24 240
(350 kcmil Nom.)
1100/24

444.4 kcmil
535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
(500 kcmil nom.)
535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
(500 kcmil nom.)
600 kcmil

646 kcmil
400
1600/24

777.7 kcmil
1925/24 500
(750 kcmil nom.)

Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2

Stud
Hole
Spacing
3/4
5/8
1
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4

3/8

1/2
1/2
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2

1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-1/2
1-1/4
1-1/2
1
1-3/4

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

Tongue
Width
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.20
.94
1.14
1.14
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.38
1.38
1.52
1.52
1.52
1.55
.96
1.55
1.72
1.72

Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.03 .16 2.91
1.03 .16 2.86
1.03 .16 3.30
1.03 .16 3.43
1.03 .16 4.18
1.03 .16 3.44
1.03 .16 3.68
1.03 .16 3.93
1.03 .16 3.45
1.03 .16 3.95
1.03 .16 4.63
1.06 .18 3.51
1.06 .18 4.01
1.06 .18 4.70
1.06 .18 4.26 Y644HS (1)
1.19 .19 3.69
Y81KFT (1)
1.19 .19 4.88 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.27 .23 3.88 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.27 .23 4.38
1.27 .23 5.06
1.27 .23 3.75
1.27 .23 3.88
1.27 .23 4.63
1.38 .27 4.24
1.38 .27 5.24

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow

16

1-1/16

W30VT (2)

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)

White 17

1-1/8

W31VT (2)

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)

Red

18

W32VT (2)

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)

Blue

19 1-5/16

U34RT (2)

U38XRT (2)

U38RT (2)

Purple 23

U39RT (2)

Black

U44XRT (2)

Yellow L115 1-5/8

1-1/4

Brown 20 1-7/16

1.81 1.45 .27 4.35


1.81
1.81
1.84
1.63
1.63
1.91
1.95
1.98
1.63
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
2.19
1.63
1.63

1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.65

.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.33
.33
.33
.33
.33
.33
.33

4.67
5.35
4.04
4.35
5.35
5.36
5.38
4.28
5.38
Y644HS (1)
4.74
Y81KFT (2)
5.74
Y81KFTMBH (2)
5.55
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
5.05
5.30
4.74
5.74

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

Pink

L99 1-7/16

1-3/8

24 1-5/16

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

C-59

TYPE YAV-L-NTFX

COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C
600 Volts to 35 kV
45 and 90 angles are available.
Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Fig. 1

Catalog Number
YAV4CL2NT10E1FX

YAV4CL2NT10FX

YAV4CL2NT14FX

YAV2CL2NT10FX

YAV2CL2NT14E1FX

YAV2CL2NT14FX

YAV1CL2NT14FX

YAV1CL2NT516FX

YAV25L2NT14E1FX

YAV25L2NT14FX
YAV25L2NT516FX

1
1

YAV26L2NT14FX

YAV26L2NT516FX

YAV26L2NT38FX

YAV28L2ENT14FX

YAV28L2NT38FX

AWG
#4 AWG
#4 Weld
91/24
105/24

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
#10

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

1.00 0.41 0.50 0.09 2.33


0.63 0.41 0.50 0.09 1.95

1/4
#10

#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24

1/0 AWG
1/0 Weld
275/24

50

0.63 0.48 0.63 0.10 2.14

35

#1 AWG
#1 Weld
175/24
225/24

0.63 0.45 0.50 0.09 2.08

2/0 AWG
2/0 Weld
325/24

4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24

1.00 0.48 0.63 0.10 2.63


1/4
1/4

0.63 0.48 0.63 0.10 2.26


0.63 0.50 0.62 0.12 2.28

5/16 1.00 0.58 0.63 0.12 2.72


1/4

1/4 0.63 0.64 0.69 0.12 2.39


5/16 1.00 0.58 0.69 0.12 2.82
1/4

70

1.00 0.64 0.69 0.12 2.76

0.63 0.76 0.81 0.13 2.56

5/16 1.00 0.58 0.81 0.13 2.99


3/8

1.00 0.63 0.81 0.13 3.23

1/4

0.63 0.76 1.03 0.15 2.86

3/8

1.00 0.94 1.03 0.15 3.43

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

90

45

Conductor
Fig
#

B
T

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

W1CVT (1) W1CVT (1)


W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Gray

9/16

Brown 10

11/16

U1CRT-1 (1)

Green

11

11/16

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

13/16

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple 15 1-1/16

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Standard Barrel Narrow Tongue

C-60

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

45

Conductor

YAV29L2NT38FX

YA31L2NT38FX

YA32L2NT38FX

YA34L2NT38FX

YA36L2NT38FX

YA38L2ENT38FX

YA38L2NT38FX
YA38L2NNTFX

1
1

YA40L2NNTFX

YA44L2NNTFX

YA44L2NT38FX

YA45L2NT38FX

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog Number

Fig. 1

(Continued)

Fig
#

B
T

AWG
4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24
250 Flex
637/24
Class
I,K,M
313.1
kcmil
775/24
300 Flex
373.7
kcmil
925/24
350 Flex
444.4
kcmil
1100/24
450 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
646
kcmil
1600/24
650 Flex
777.7
kcmil
1925/24
750 Flex
929 kcmil
2300/24

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

3/8

1.00 0.94 1.03 0.16 3.43

150

3/8

1.00 0.96 1.06 0.18 3.51

185

3/8

1.00 0.96 1.19 0.20 3.69

240

3/8

1.00 0.96 1.27 0.23 3.88

3/8

1.00 1.63 1.38 0.27 4.24

3/8

1.00 1.50 1.45 0.27 4.35

3/8
1/2

1.00 1.63 1.45 0.27 4.35


1.75 1.63 1.45 0.27 5.35

1/2

1.75 1.63 1.42 0.30 5.38

1/2

1.75 1.63 1.65 0.33 5.74

3/8

1.00 1.63 1.65 0.33 4.74

3/8

1.00 1.70 2.00 0.38 5.18

300

400

500

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow 16 1-1/16

W30VT (2)

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)

White

17

1-1/8

W31VT (2)

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)

Red

18

1-1/4

W32VT (2)

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)

Blue

19 1-5/16

U34RT (2)

Brown 20 1-7/16

U38XRT (2)

Pink

L99 1-7/16

U39RT (2)

Black

24 1-5/16

U44XRT (2)

Yellow L115 1-5/8

P44RT(2)

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.

White

27 2-1/16

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

BEVELED
ENTRY

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

C-61

INSPECTION
WINDOW
CRIMPS

TYPE YAZ-FX
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
T

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

90
T

T
45
L

Fig. 1

45

90

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

U8CRT (2)

Red

49

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

1-3/16

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)

Gray

1-5/16

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown 10

1-7/16

Green

1-7/16

Conductor
Catalog Number
YAZ8C2TC10FX
YAZ8C2TC10E2FX
YAZ8C2TC14E1FX
YAZ8C2TC14FX
YAZ8C2TC14E2FX
YAZ8C2TC38FX
YAZV6C2TC10E2FX
YAZV6C2TC14FX
YAZV6C2TC14E2FX
YAZV6C2TC14E1FX
YAZV6C2TC38FX
YAZV6C2TC38E2FX
YAZV6C2TC38E6FX
YAZV4C2TC38E2-FX

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YAZV4C2TC38FX

YAZV4C2TC14FX

YAZV4C2TC14E2FX

AWG

***
MM2

37/24
#8 Weld
#3 AWG

**
10

61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG

**
16

91/24-105/24
#4 Weld
#4 AWG

3/8

YAZV2C2TC38FX
YAZV2C2NTCFX
YAZV1C2TC14FX
YAZV1C2TC14E1FX
YAZV1C2TC14E2FX
YAZV1C2TC38FX
YAZV1C2TC516E6FX
YAZV1C2TC516FX

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

175/24-225/24
#1 Weld

#1 AWG

.58

1/4

5/8

.55

3/4

.55

1/4
125/24-150/24
#2 Weld
35
#2 AWG

1/4

YAZV2C2TC14E2FX

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width
# 10 5/8 .41
# 10 3/4 .41
1/4
1
.44
1/4 5/8 .44
1/4 3/4 .44
3/8
1
.58
# 10 3/4 .48
1/4 5/8 .48
1/4 3/4 .48
1/4
1
.48
3/8
1
.58
3/8 3/4 .58
3/8 7/8 .58
3/8 3/4 .58

YAZV2C2TC14FX

5/8

.68

1/4

3/4

.68

3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
3/8
1
5/16 7/8
5/16 1

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor size listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

.68
.83
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.75

Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
.75 .08 2.20 Y8MRB-1 (1)
.75 .08 2.33 MY29-11 (2)
.75 .08 2.70 Y1MRTC (2)
.75 .08 2.32
Y81KFT (1)
.75 .08 2.45 Y81KFTMBH (1)
.75 .06 2.89 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.75 .08 2.64
MY29-11 (2)
.75 .08 2.65
Y644HS (1)
.75 .08 2.78
Y1MRTC (2)
.75 .08 3.03
Y81KFT (1)
.75 .06 3.22
Y81KFTMBH (1)
.75 .06 2.97
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
.75 .06 3.09
1.25 08 3.14
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (2)
1.25 .08 3.39
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.25 .09 2.83
Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.25 .09 2.95 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
1.38 .10 3.01
MY29-11 (4)
Y644HS (1)
1.38 .10 3.13
Y81KFT (1)
1.38 .10 3.57 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.38 .10 4.76 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.38 .12 3.04
MY29-11 (2)
1.38 .12 3.41
Y644HS (1)
1.38 .12 3.16
Y81KFT (2)
1.38 .12 3.60
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.38 .12 3.35
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.38 .12 3.47

W1CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connecotrs. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

U1CRT-1 (2)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

11

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Inspection Window

C-62

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL WITH
INSPECTION WINDOW

90

T
45
L

Fig. 1

45

Conductor

YAZV272TC38FX

YAZV282TC14E2FX
YAZV282NT38FX
YAZV282TC38FX
YAZV282NTCFX

1
1
1
1

YAZV292NT516FX

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog Number
YAZV252TC14FX
YAZV252TC14E2FX
YAZV252TC38FX
YAZV252NTCFX
YAZV262TC14FX
YAZV262TC14E2FX
YAZV262TC38FX
YAZV262NTCFX
YAZV272TC14E2FX

(Continued)

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Figure
Hole Hole Tongue
Dimensions
Size Spacing Width (B) (T)
(L)
1/4 5/8 .83 1.50 .12 3.20
1/4 3/4 .83 1.50 .12 3.32
3/8
1
.83 1.50 .12 3.76
1/2 1-3/4 .83 1.50 .12 4.95
1/4 5/8 .93 1.50 .13 3.20
1/4 3/4 .93 1.50 .13 3.32
3/8
1
.93 1.50 .13 3.76
1/2 1-3/4 .93 1.50 .13 4.95
1/4 3/4 1.03 1.50 .14 3.36

275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG

50

325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG

70

450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG

95

550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG

**
120

1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

5/16 1-3/4 1.20 2.00 .16 4.62

550/24
4/0 Weld
250 Flex
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str.
250 Flex
637/24
CLASS I, K, M
775/24
313.1 kcmil

YAZ302TC38FX

YAZ312TC38FX

YAZ312TC14E2FX

YAZ322TC38FX

YAZ342TC14E2FX
YAZ342NT38FX
YAZ342TC38FX
YAZ342NTCFX

1
1
1
1

373.3 kcmil
925/24 240
(350 kcmil nom.)

YAZ362TC38FX

YAZ382NT38FX
YAZ382TC38FX
YAZ382NNTFX
YAZ382NTCFX

1
1
1
1

YAZ402NTCFX

YAZ442NT38FX

3/8

1.03 1.50 .14 3.80


1.14
.94
1.14
1.14

1.62
1.62
1.62
1.62

.15
.15
.15
.15

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

Pink

12 1-9/16

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

U26RT (2)

Black

13 1-9/16

W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (4)

W27VT (4)
W27RT (4)
X27RT (4)

U27RT (2)

Orange 14 1-9/16

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

U28RT (2)

Purple 15 1-11/16

W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)

W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16 2-1/16

W30VT (4)

3.52
3.96
3.96
4.93

U25RT (2)

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

W25VT (4)
W25RT (4)
X25RT (4)

W30VT (4)
W30RT (4)

U30RT (4)

White

17 2-1/16

3/8

1.20 2.00 .16 4.42

3/8

1.28 2.00 .18 4.45

1/4

3/4

1.29 2.00 .18 4.02

3/8

1.55 2.12 .19 4.62

W31VT (4)
W31RT (4)

U31RT (4)

Red

18 2-3/16

1/4 3/4
3/8
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4

1.55
.96
1.55
1.55

W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)

U32RT (4)

Blue

19 2-5/16

1100/24

444.4 kcmil

3/8

1.72 2.69 .27 5.55

U34RT (4)

Brown 20

535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
(500 kcmil nom.)

3/8
1 1.63
3/8
1 1.81
1/2 1-3/4 1.63
1/2 1-3/4 1.84

U38XRT (4)

Pink

L99 2-7/8

U39RT (4)

Black

24

U44XRT (4)

Yellow L115 3-1/16

150
185

646 kcmil
1600/24
650 kcmil Flex
750 Flex
1925/24 Str.
777.7 kcmil

2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25

2.81
2.81
2.81
2.81

Y644HS (1)
W31VT (4)
Y81KFT (2)
.23 4.42 Y81KFTMBH (2)
.23 4.85 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W32VT (4)
.23 4.85
.23 6.04

.27
.27
.27
.27

5.72
5.72
6.72
6.72

1/2 1-3/4 1.93 2.94 .30 6.89

3/8

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

Y644HS (1)
U39RT (4)
Y644MBH (1)

1.63 3.00 .33 6.08


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connecotrs. For nest/indentor system contact factory.

2-3/4

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Belled End No Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BELLED END
ASSISTS
FLEXIBLE WIRE
INSERTION

NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

C-63

CRIMPS
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

TYPES YA-2TC-FXB,
YAV-2TC-FXB

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

90

T
45

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

45

90

Fig. 1

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W8CRT (2)
W8CVT (2)
X8CRT (2)

W8CVT (2)
W8CRT (2)
X8CRT (2)

U8CRT (2)

Red

49

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

W5CVT (2)
W5CRT (2)
X5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

1-5/16

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)

Gray

1-5/16

W3CRT (2)

W3CRT (2)

U3CRT (2)

White

1-9/16

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown 10 1-7/16

Conductor
Catalog Number
YA8C2TC14E2-FXB

Fig
#
1

YA8C2TC38-FXB

YAV6C2TC14E2-FXB

YAV6C2TC38-FXB

YAV6C2N-FXB

YAV4C2TC14E2-FXB

1/4

YAV1C2TC38-FXB
YAV1C2N-FXB

.41

.90 .08 2.54

3/8

YAV4C2TC14-FXB
YAV4C2TC516-FXB
YAV4C2TC38-FXB
YAV4C2N-FXB
YA3C2TC516-FXB
YA3C2TC38-FXB
YA3C2N-FXB
YAV2C2TC14-FXB
YAV2C2TC14E2-FXB
YAV2C2TC14E1-FXB
YAV2C2TC516-FXB
YAV2C2TC38-FXB
YAV2C2N-FXB

61/24
#6 Weld
#6 AWG

3/4

.57

.90 .06 2.98

3/4

.48 1.22 08 2.88

1/4

5/8

.48 1.22 .08 2.76

3/8

.60 1.22 .06 3.32

**
10

YAV5C2TC14-FXB

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

1/4

37/24
#8 Weld
#8 AWG

YAV6C2TC14-FXB

AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

**
16

1/2 1-3/4 .77 1.22 .04 4.51


#5 AWG

35

1/4

5/8

.44 1.22 .07 2.76

1/4

91/24 - 105/24
1
#4 Weld
1
#4 AWG
1
1
1 105/24 - 125/24
1
#3 Weld
1
#3 AWG
1
1
125/24 - 150/24
1
#2 Weld
1
#2 AWG
1
1
175/24 - 225/24
1
#1 Weld
1
#1 AWG

3/4

.55 1.22 .09 2.93

1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2

5/8
1
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1-3/4

3/8

.55
.55
.63
.77
.55
.58
.77
.67
.67
.67
.67
.67
.77

1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.48
1.48
1.48
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35
1.35

.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.09

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y8MRB-1 (2)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

2.81
3.24
3.37
4.56
3.51
3.64
4.83
3.00
MY29-11 (2)
3.13
Y644HS (1)
3.38
Y81KFT (1)
3.44
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.57
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
4.76

.75 1.50 .12 3.74

1/2 1-3/4 .77 1.50 .12 4.92

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** The MM2 conductor sizes referenced here are for both
Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.

W1CVT (2) W1CVT (2)


W1CRT-1 (2) W1CRT-1 (2)
X1CRT-1 (2) X1CRT-1 (2)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 5 conductor.
P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

U1CRT-1 (2)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Green

11 1-9/16

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.
Consult shielded cable manufacturers for stress relief
instructions.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.

US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Belled End No Inspection Window

C-64

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END

90

T
45
L

(Continued)

45

Fig. 1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Conductor
Catalog Number
YAV252TC14-FXB
YAV252TC14E2-FXB
YAV252TC38-FXB
YAV252N-FXB
YAV262TC14-FXB
YAV262TC14E2-FXB
YAV262TC38-FXB
YAV262NTC38-FXB
YAV262N-FXB
YAV272TC14E2-FXB
YAV272TC38-FXB
YAV272N-FXB
YAV282TC14E2-FXB
YAV282NT38-FXB
YAV282TC38-FXB
YAV282NTC38-FXB
YAV282N-FXB
YAV292TC14E2-FXB
YAV292NT38-FXB
YAV292TC38-FXB
YAV292NTC38-FXB
YAV292N-FXB

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

YA302N-FXB

YA312TC38-FXB
YA312N-FXB
YA322TC38-FXB
YA322N-FXB

1
1
1
1

YA342TC38-FXB

YA342N-FXB

YA362MFXB

YA382TC38-FXB
YA382N-FXB
YA382-FXBG2
YA382-FXBG3

1
1325/24
1
535.3 kcmil 300
1
(500 kcmil nom.)
1

AWG

***
MM2

275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG

50

325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG

70

450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG

95

550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG

**
120

550/24
4/0 Weld

250 Flex - CLASS G 259 Str.


CLASS H 427 Str.
250 Flex
637/24 CLASS I, K, M
775/24
313.1 kcmil
925/24
373.7 kcmil
(350 kcmil nom.)
1100/24
444.4 kcmil
(450 nom.)

150
185
240

Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2

Stud
Hole
Spacing
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
3/4
1
1-3/4
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-3/4

Tongue
Width
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.02
1.02
1.02
1.14
.75
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
.75
1.14
1.14
1.14

Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.50 .12 3.21
1.50 .12 3.34
1.50 .12 3.78
1.50 .12 4.96
1.63 .13 3.40
1.63 .13 3.52
1.63` .13 3.96 MY29-11 (2)
1.63 .13 4.71 Y644HS (1)
1.63 .13 5.15
Y81KFT (2)
1.64 .14 3.58 Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.64 .14 4.01 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.64 .14 5.20
1.77 .14 3.76
1.77 .14 4.20
1.77 .14 4.20
1.77 .14 4.20
1.77 .14 5.39
2.00 .15 3.76
2.00 .15 4.20
2.00 .15 4.20
2.00 .15 4.20
2.00 .15 5.39

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W25RT (4)
W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)

W25RT (4)
W25VT (4)
X25RT (4)

U25RT (2)

Pink

12 1-9/16

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

W26VT (4)
W26RT (4)
X26RT (4)

U26RT (2)

Black

13 1-13/16

W27RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)

W27RT (4)
W27VT (4)
X27RT (4)

U27RT (2)

Orange

14 1-13/16

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

U28RT (2)

Purple

15

1-7/8

W29VT (4)
X29RT (6)

W29VT (4)
W29RT (4)
X29RT (6)

U29RT (2)

Yellow

16

1-7/8

U30RT (4)

White

17

2-1/4

U31RT (4)

Red

18

2-1/4

U32RT (4)

Blue

19 2-9/16

1/2 1-3/4 1.20 2.12 .16 5.80


3/8
1 1.29 2.18
1/2 1-3/4 1.29 2.18
3/8
1 1.40 2.32
1/2 1-3/4 1.40 2.32

.18
.18
.19
.19

4.66
5.85
4.85
6.04

W30VT (4)

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
W31VT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3/8
1 1.55 2.48 .23 5.10 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
W32VT (4)
1/2 1-3/4 1.55 2.48 .23 6.29

W30RT (4)
W30VT (4)
W31RT (4)
W31VT (4)
W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)

1/2 1-3/4 1.73 2.95 .26 6.84


3/8
1 1.84 3.08
1/2 1-3/4 1.84 3.08
3/8
2 1.84 3.08
1/2 1-3/16 1.84 3.08

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** The MM2 conductor sizes referenced here are for both
Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.

.26
.26
.27
.27

6.01
7.01
6.82
6.26

U34RT (4)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 5 conductor.
P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

U38XRT (4)

Brown 20 3-1/16

Pink

L99 3-3/16

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Belled End No Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
BELLED END

B
45
L

Conductor

YA402N-FXB

YA442TC38-FXB

YA442N-FXB

YA462N-FXB

45

Fig. 1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog Number

(Continued)

Fig
#

90

***
MM2

AWG
1600/24
400
646 kcmil
1925/24
777.7 kcmil 500
(750 kcmil nom.)
2750/24
1111 kcmil

(1000 kcmil nom.)

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

Dieless
(# of crimps)

1/2 1-3/4 1.98 3.24 .30 7.22


3/8

2.19 3.33 .33 6.44

1/2 1-3/4 2.19 3.33 .33 7.44

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

1/2 1-3/4 2.69 3.58 .39 7.91

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** The MM2 conductor sizes referenced here are for both
Class 2 and Class 5 conductors.

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

U39RT (4)

Black

U44XRT (4)

Yellow L115 3-7/16

P45RT (4)**

Yellow

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 5 conductor.
P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only, PUADP-1
adapter not required.

24 3-5/16

29 3-11/16

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-65

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Narrow Tongue

TYPES YAZ-2-NTFX,
YAZV-2NTFX
COPPER COMPRESSION
NARROW TONGUE TERMINAL

C-66

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

UL Listed 90 C
600 Volts to 35 kV

90

T
45
L

Fig. 1

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

45

90

Conductor
Catalog Number

Fig
#

AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

#4 AWG
#4 Weld
91/24
105/24

1/4

0.75 0.44 1.25 0.09 2.95

YAZV2C2NT14E2FX

#2 AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24

35

1/4

0.75 0.50 1.38 0.10 3.14

YAZV282NT38FX

4/0 AWG
4/0 Weld
550/24

3/8

1.00 0.94 1.62 0.17 3.96

YAZV292NT516FX

4/0 Flex
Class
I,K,M

5/16 1.00 0.96 2.00 0.16 4.28

240

3/8

1.00 0.96 2.25 0.23 4.85

300

3/8

1.00 1.46 2.81 0.27 5.72

YAZV4C2NT14E2FX

YAZ342NT38FX

YAZ382ENT38FX

373.7
kcmil
925/24
350 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (4)
MY29-11 (4)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
MY29-11 (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

W4CVT (2)
W4CRT (2)
X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

W2CVT (2)
W2CRT (2)
X2CRT (2)

U2CRT (2)

Brown 10 1-7/16

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

W28VT (4)
W28RT (4)
X28RT (6)

U28RT (2)

Purple 15 1-11/16

W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)

W29RT (4)
W29VT (4)
X29RT (8)

U29RT (2)

Yellow 16

W32VT (4)

W32VT (4)
W32RT (4)

U32RT (4)

Blue

19 2-5/16

U38XRT (4)

Pink

L99 2-7/8

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.

Gray

1-5/16

2-1/16

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Long Barrel Narrow Tongue

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
LONG BARREL
NARROW TONGUE

90

45

45

Fig. 1

Conductor

YAZ382NNTFX

YAZ382NT38FX

YAZ442NT38FX

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog Number

T
L

(Continued)

Fig
#

AWG
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
535.3
kcmil
1325/24
500 Flex
777.7
kcmil
1925/24
750 Flex

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

300

1/2

300

3/8

500

3/8

Consult cable manufacturers for stress relief instructions.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.75 1.62 2.81 0.27 6.72
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
1.00 1.62 2.81 0.27 5.72
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.00 1.62 3.00 0.33 6.09

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

U38XRT (4)

Pink

L99 2-7/8

U38XRT (4)

Pink

L99 2-7/8

U44XRT (4)

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U -dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings. Use ONLY color-coded die recommendations
for -FX connectors.

Yellow L115 3-1/16

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-67

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Lead Plated No Inspection Window

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BEVELED ENTRY

NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

TYPE YAG-L-TC-LD

CRIMPS

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

LEAD PLATED

FLEXIBLE CONDUCTOR
ACCOMMODATION

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175
B

C-68

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED

B
T

90

T
45
L

Fig. 1

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

7/16

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)

Blue

1/2

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1) W4CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1) W4CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1) X4CRT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

Gray

1/2

Y1MRTC (2)
MY29-11 (1) W2CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1) W2CVT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1) X2CRT (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W2CRT (1)
W2CVT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown 10

11/16

Green

11/16

Conductor
Catalog Number
YAG18TC516LD
YAG8CLTC10LD
YAG8CLTC14LD
YAG8CLTC516LD
YAG8CLTC38LD
YAG8CLTC12LD
YAG6CLTC10LD
YAG6CLTC14LD
YAG6CLTC516LD
YAG6CLTC38LD
YAG6CLTC12LD
YAG4CLTC10LD
YAG4CLNT10LD
YAG4CLTC14LD
YAG4CLTC516LD
YAG4CLTC38LD
YAG4CLTC12LD
YAG2CLTC10LD
YAG2CLTC14LD
YAG2CLTC516LD
YAG2CLTC38LD
YAG2CLTC12LD
YAG1CLTC10LD
YAG1CLTC14LD
YAG1CLTC516LD
YAG1CLTC38LD
YAG1CLTC12LD

Fig #
AWG
1 22-18 AWG
1
1
37/24
1
#8 Weld
1
8 AWG
1
1
1
61/24
1
#6 Weld
1
#6 AWG
1
1
1
91/24 - 105/24
1
#4 Weld
1
4 AWG
1
1
1
1
125/24
1
#2 Weld
1
2 AWG
1
1
1
225/24
1 175/24 - #1 Weld
1
1 AWG
1

***
MM2

**
10

**
16

35

Stud
Hole Tongue
Size Width
5/16 .52
#10
.41
1/4 .44
5/16 .52
3/8 .58
1/2 .71
#10
.41
1/4 .48
5/16 .52
3/8 .58
1/2 .75
#10
.55
#10
.41
1/4 .55
5/16 .55
3/8 .58
1/2 .71
#10
.68
1/4 .68
5/16 .68
3/8 .68
1/2 .73
#10
.75
1/4 .75
5/16 .75
3/8 .75
1/2 .75

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5 conductor.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

(B)
.25
.44
.44
.44
.44
.44
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.63
.63
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69

Figure
Dimensions
(T)
.06
.08
.08
.06
.06
.05
.08
.08
.07
.06
.12
.09
.09
.09
.08
.08
.07
.10
.10
.10
.10
.10
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12

Dieless
(L)
1.42
1.19
1.32
1.38
1.51
1.76
1.30
1.43
1.49
1.61
1.86
1.36
1.36
1.48
1.55
1.67
1.92
1.52
1.64
1.70
1.83
2.12
1.61
1.73
1.80
1.92
2.17

90

45

(# of crimps)

MR20 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

MY29-11 (1)
W1CVT (1)
W1CVT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1) W1CRT-1 (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X1CRT-1 (1) X1CRT-1 (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
Alternate Tooling includes Y8MRB-1, MY29-11

U1CRT-1 (1)

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length
1/4

11

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Lead Plated No Inspection Window

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED

T
L

45

Fig. 1

Conductor

YAG30LTC34LD
YAG31LTC14LD
YAG31LTC516LD
YAG31LTC38LD
YAG31LTC12LD
YAG31LNT12LD
YAG31LTC58LD
YAG31LTC34LD
YAG32LTC38LD
YAG32LTC12LD
YAG32LTC58LD

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

YAG30LTC58LD

90

T
45

(Continued)

Catalog Number
Fig #
YAG25LTC14LD
1
YAG25LTC516LD
1
YAG25LTC38LD
1
YAG25LTC12LD
1
YAG26LTC10LD
1
YAG26LTC14LD
1
YAG26LTC516LD
1
YAG26LTC38LD
1
YAG26LTC12LD
1
YAG26LTC58LD
1
YAG26LTC34LD
1
YAG27LTC10LD
1
YAG27LTC14LD
1
YAG27LTC516LD
1
YAG27LTC38LD
1
YAG27LTC12LD
1
YAG28LTC14LD
1
YAG28LTC516LD
1
YAG28LTC516N66LD 1
YAG28LTC38LD
1
YAG28LTC12LD
1
YAG28LTC58LD
1
YAG29LTC516LD
1
YAG29LTC38LD
1
YAG29LTC12LD
1
YAG29LTC34LD
1

B
T

AWG
275/24
1/0 Weld
1/0 AWG

325/24
2/0 Weld
2/0 AWG

Tongue
Width
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.69 .12
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .13
.81 .11
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.00 .14
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .15
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16
1.03 .16

(L)
1.77
1.84
1.96
2.21
1.82
1.95
2.01
2.13
2.38
2.63
2.89
2.05
2.18
2.24
2.37
2.62
2.26
2.32
2.64
2.45
2.70
2.95
2.32
2.45
2.70
3.14

5/8

1.20

1.03

.16

2.97

3/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
150 1/2
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/8
185 1/2
5/8

1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
.96
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40
1.40

1.03
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.19
1.19
1.19

.16
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.18
.19
.19
.19

3.16
Y644HS (1)
2.35
Y81KFT (1)
2.41
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.53
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.78
W30VT (2)
2.78
3.03
3.22
2.72
2.97
W31VT (2)
3.22

***
MM2
50

70

450/24
3/0 Weld
3/0 AWG

95

550/24
4/0 Weld
4/0 AWG

**
120

550/24
4/0 Weld

250 Flex
CLASS G - 259 Str.
CLASS H - 427 Str.

637/259
250 Flex
CLASS I, K, M

775/24-300
Flex
313.1 kcmil

Stud
Hole
Size
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
#10
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
#10
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
3/4

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

MY29-11 (1)
W25RT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
W25VT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
X25RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W25RT (2)
W25VT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1) W26VT (2)
Y81KFT (1) W26RT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (1) X26RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W26VT (2)
W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

13/16

MY29-11 (1)
W27VT (2)
Y81KFT (1)
X27RT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
W27RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W27VT (2)
X27RT (3)
W27RT (2)

U27RT (1)

Orange 14

MY29-11 (1)
Y644HS (1) W28VT (2)
Y81KFT (1) X28RT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (1) W28RT (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W28VT (2)
X28RT (3)
W28RT (2)

U28RT (1)

Purple 15 1-1/16

W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)

W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)
W29RT (2)

U29RT (1)

Yellow 16 1-1/16

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)

White

17

1-1/8

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)

Red

18

1-1/4

Alternate Tooling includes Y8MRB-1, MY29-11


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-69

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Lead Plated No Inspection Window

C-70

ONE HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED

T
45
L

45

Fig. 1

Conductor

YAG36LTC12LD

Stud
*** Hole
MM2 Size
5/16
5/16
3/8
240
3/8
1/2
5/8

Tongue
Width
1.55
1.55
.96
1.55
1.55
1.55

Figure
Dimensions
(B)
(T)
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23
1.27 .23

1.73

1.38

.27

1.73
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.84
1.96
1.96
1.96
1.96

1.38
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.42

.27
.27
.27
.27
.27
.30
.30
.30
.30

1/2

2.18

1.65

.33

5/8

2.18

1.65

.33

Fig #
AWG
1
1
925/24-350
1
Flex
1
373.7 kcmil
1
1
1100/24-450
1
1/2
Flex
1 444.4 kcmil
5/8
1
5/16
1325/24
1
3/8
500 Flex
300
1
1/2
535.3 kcmil
1
5/8
1
5/16
1600/24-646
1
3/8
kcmil
400
1
1/2
650 Flex
1
5/8

YAG44LTC12LD

YAG44LTC58LD

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

YAG36LTC58LD
YAG38LTC516LD
YAG38LTC38LD
YAG38LTC12LD
YAG38LTC58LD
YAG40LTC516LD
YAG40LTC38LD
YAG40LTC12LD
YAG40LTC58LD

90

(Continued)

Catalog Number
YAG34LTC516LD
YAG34LTC516N66LD
YAG34LNT516N66LD
YAG34LTC38LD
YAG34LTC12LD
YAG34LTC58LD

B
T

1925/24
750 Flex
500
777.7 kcmil

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Dieless
(L)
2.78
3.09
3.09
2.91
3.16
3.41

(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W32VT (2)

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)

U34RT (2)

U38XRT (2)

Pink

L99 1-7/16

U39RT (2)

Black

24 1-5/16

U44XRT (2)

Yellow L115 1-5/8

Y644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
3.34 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.59
3.08
3.39
3.46
3.71
3.11
3.42
3.48
Y644HS (1)
3.73
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.85
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Blue

19 1-5/16

Brown 20

1-3/8

4.10

Alternate Tooling includes Y8MRB-1, MY29-11


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Lead Plated No Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED

BEVELED
ENTRY

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

C-71

NO INSPECTION
WINDOW

CRIMPS

TYPE YAG-L-2TC-LD
LEAD
PLATED

COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL

CABLE
ACCOMMODATION

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
B

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

Fig. 1

Catalog Number
YAG8CL-2TC14-LD

YAG8CL-2TC38-LD

YAG8CL-2TC10-LD

YAG8CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG8CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10E2-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10E4-LD
YAG6CL-2TC10E-LD
YAG6CL-2TC14-LD
YAG6CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG6CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG6CL-2TC516-LD
YAG6CL-2TC38-LD
YAG6CL-2NTC-LD
YAG4CL-2NT10-LD
YAG4CL-2NT10E1-LD
YAG4CL-2TC14-LD
YAG4CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG4CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG4CL-2TC38-LD
YAG4CL-2TC516-LD
YAG4CL-2NTC-LD
YAG2CL-2TC14-LD
YAG2CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG2CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG2CL-2TC38-LD

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AWG

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

1/4
#8 Weld
37/24
#8 AWG

**
10

#6 Weld
61/24
#6 AWG

**
16

#4 Weld
91/24
105/24
#4 AWG

#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
#2 AWG

35

5/8

.41

.44 .08 1.95

3/8

.57

.44 .06 2.52

#10

5/8

.41

.44 .08 1.84

.44
.44
.44
.48
.44
.48
.48
.48
.48
.52
.58
.83
.41
.41
.55
.55
.55
.58
.55
.83
.68
.68
.68
.68

.44
.44
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.63
.63
.63
.63

1/4
1
1/4 3/4
#10 5/8
#10 3/4
#10 11/16
#10 1/2
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
5/16
1
3/8
1
1/2 1-3/4
#10
5/8
#10
1
1/4 5/8
1/4 3/4
1/4
1
3/8
1
5/16
1
1/2 1-3/4
1/4 5/8
1/4
1
1/4 3/4
3/8
1

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 Hypress.


** The MM2 conductor size referenced here is for both Class
2 and Class 5 conductor.

.08
.08
.07
.08
.07
.08
.08
.08
.08
.07
.06
.12
.09
.09
.09
.09
.09
.08
.09
.12
.10
.10
.10
.10

90

45

Conductor
***
MM2

90

45
L

Fig
#

B
T

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

MRC840 (1)
W8CVT
MY29-3 (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1)
W8CVT (1)
Y1MRTC (1)
W8CRT (1)
Y81KFT (1)
X8CRT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

2.33
2.08
1.94
2.06
2.00
MY29-11 (1)
1.81
Y1MRTC (1)
W5CVT (1)
2.06
Y81KFT (1)
W5CRT (1)
2.44
Y81KFTMBH (1) X5CRT (1)
2.18
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.50
2.62
3.81
1.99
2.37
2.11
W4CVT (1)
2.24
MY29-11 (1)
W4CRT (1)
2.49
Y1MRTC (2)
X4CRT (1)
2.68
Y81KFT (1)
2.56
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.87
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.28
W2CVT (1)
2.63
W2CRT (1)
2.40
X2CRT (1)
2.84

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 5 conductor.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W8CVT

U8CRT

Red

49

1/2

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

U8CRT (1)

Red

49

7/16

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)

Blue

1/2

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

Gray

1/2

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown

10

11/16

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Lead Plated No Inspection Window

C-72

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED

T
45
L

Conductor

YAG2CL-2TC516-LD

YAG2CL-2NTC-LD

YAG1CL-2TC14-LD
YAG1CL-2TC14E2-LD
YAG1CL-2TC14E1-LD
YAG1CL-2TC516-LD
YAG1CL-2TC38-LD
YAG1CL-2NTC-LD
YAG25L-2TC14-LD
YAG25L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG25L-2TC516E2-LD
YAG25L-2TC516-LD
YAG25L-2TC38-LD
YAG25L-2NTC-LD
YAG25L-2TC12E1-LD
YAG26L-2TC14-LD
YAG26L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG26L-2TC516-LD
YAG26L-2TC38-LD
YAG26L-2NTC-LD
YAG27L-2TC14-LD
YAG27L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG27L-2TC516-LD
YAG27L-2TC38-LD
YAG27L-2NTC-LD
YAG28L-2TC14-LD
YAG28L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG28L-2TC516-LD
YAG28L-2TC38-LD
YAG28L-2NT38-LD
YAG28L-2TC12E1-LD
YAG28L-2TC12-LD
YAG28L-2NTC-LD
YAG29L-2TC14-LD
YAG29L-2TC14E2-LD
YAG29L-2TC516-LD
YAG29L-2TC38-LD
YAG29L-2NT38-LD

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

45

Fig. 1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog Number

90

(Continued)

Fig
#

B
T

AWG
#2 Weld
125/24
150/24
#2 AWG

***
MM2

Stud Stud
Hole Hole Tongue
Size Spacing Width

Figure
Dimensions
(B) (T)
(L)

Dieless
(# of crimps)

MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2)
Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

5/16

.68

.63

.10

2.71

1/2

1-3/4

.83

.63

.08

4.03

1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
3/8

5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1
5/8
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
5/8
3/4
1
1
1

.75
.75
.75
.75
.75
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.83
.93
.93
.93
.93
.93
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
.94
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.14
.94

.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.69
.81
.81
.81
.81
.81
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03

.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.11
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.12
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.14
.14
.14
.14
.14
.15
.15
.15
.15
.17
.17
.17
.15
.16
.16
.16
.16
.16

2.37
2.49
W1CVT (1)
2.73
W1CRT-1 (1)
2.81
X1CRT-1 (1)
2.93
MY29-11 (1)
4.12
Y81KFT (1)
2.41
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.53
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.60
W25VT (2)
2.85
W25RT (2)
2.97
X25RT (2)
4.16
3.22
2.58
2.71
W26RT (2)
3.02
W26VT (2)
3.14
X26RT (2)
4.33
2.81
2.94
W27VT (2)
MY29-11 (1)
3.25
W27RT (2)
Y644HS (1)
3.38
X27RT (3)
Y81KFT (1)
4.56
Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.90
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.02
3.33
W28VT (2)
3.46
W28RT (2)
3.48
X28RT (3)
3.71
3.96
4.65
2.90
Y644HS (1)
3.02
Y81KFT (1)
W29VT (2)
3.33
Y81KFTMBH (1) X29RT (4)
3.46
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.48

35

#1 Weld
175/24
225/24
#1 AWG

1/0 Weld
275/24
1/0 AWG

50

2/0 Weld
325/24
2/0 AWG

70

3/0 Weld
450/24
3/0 AWG

95

4/0 Weld
550/24
4/0 AWG

**
120

4/0 Weld
550/24

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 Hypress.


** The 16 MM2 referenced here is for both Class 2 and
Class 5 conductor.

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 5 conductor.

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W2CVT (1)
W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown

10

11/16

W1CVT (1)
W1CRT-1 (1)
X1CRT-1 (1)

U1CRT-1 (1)

Green

11

11/16

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)

U25RT (1)

Pink

12

11/16

W26RT (2)
W26VT (2)
X26RT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

13/16

W27VT (2)
W27RT (2)
X27RT (3)

U27RT (1)

Orange 14

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

U28RT (1)

Purple

15

1-1/16

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow

16

1-1/16

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Lead Plated No Inspection Window

TWO HOLE HYLUG


FLEX CONDUCTOR
STANDARD BARREL
LEAD PLATED

T
45
L

45

Fig. 1

90

45 and 90 angles are available.


Please contact Customer Service to order:
1-800-346-4175

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Conductor
Catalog Number
YAG29L-2TC12E1-LD
YAG29L-2TC12-LD
YAG29L-2NTC-LD
YAG30L-2TC38-LD
YAG30L-2TC12-LD
YAG30L-2NTC-LD
YAG31L-2TC38-LD
YAG31L-2NTC38-LD
YAG31L-2TC12-LD
YAG31L-2NTC-LD
YAG32L-2TC38-LD
YAG32L-2NTC-LD
YAG34L-2TC516-LD
YAG34L-2TC38-LD
YAG34L-2NT38-LD
YAG34L-2TC12-LD
YAG34L-2NTC-LD
YAG36L-2TC38-LD
YAG36L-2NTC-LD
YAG38L-2TC516-LD
YAG38L-2NT38-LD
YAG38L-2TC38-LD
YAG38L-2TC12-LD
YAG38L-2NTC-LD
YAG39L-2NTC-LD
YAG40L-2TC38-LD
YAG40L-2NNT-LD
YAG40L-2NTC-LD
YAG44L-2TC38-LD
YAG44L-2TC12-LD
YAG44L-2TC12E3-LD
YAG44L-2NTC-LD
YAG44L-2TC58-LD

90

(Continued)

Fig
#
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

B
T

AWG

***
MM2

4/0 Weld
550/24

250 kcmil
CLASS G 259 Str.
CLASS H 427 Str.

250 Weld
637/24
CLASS I,K,M

150

775/24
185
313.1 kcmil
373.7 kcmil
925/24
240
350 kcmil CLASS I
1100/24
444.4 kcmil

535.3 kcmil
1325/24 300
500 kcmil CLASS I
600 kcmil
646 kcmil
1600/24

400

777.7 kcmil
1925/24 500
750 kcmil CLASS I

Stud
Hole
Size
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

Stud
Hole
Spacing
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1
1-3/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1
1
1
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-3/4
1-3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-1/2

Tongue
Width
1.14
1.14
1.14
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.29
1.40
1.40
1.55
1.55
.96
1.55
1.55
1.73
1.73
1.82
1.63
1.82
1.82
1.82
1.90
1.98
1.63
1.98
2.18
2.18
2.18
2.18
2.18

Figure
Dimensions
Dieless
(B) (T)
(L)
(# of crimps)
1.03 .16 3.71
1.03 .16 3.96
1.03 .16 4.65
1.03 .16 3.48
1.03 .16 3.98
1.03 .16 4.67
1.06 .18 3.54
1.06 .18 4.30
1.06 .18 4.04
1.06 .18 4.73
1.19 .19 3.73
Y644HS (1)
1.19 .19 4.91
Y81KFT (1)
1.27 .23 3.79 Y81KFTMBH (1)
1.27 .23 3.92 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
1.27 .23 4.67
1.27 .23 4.42
1.27 .23 5.11
1.38 .27 4.28
1.38 .27 5.28
1.45 .27 4.09
1.45 .27 4.40
1.45 .27 4.28
1.45 .27 4.72
1.45 .27 5.28
1.19 .27 5.29
1.42 .30 4.33
1.42 .30 5.43
Y644HS (1)
1.42 .30 5.43
Y81KFT (2)
1.65 .33 4.80
Y81KFTMBH (2)
1.65 .33 5.11
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
1.65 .33 5.36
1.65 .33 5.80
1.65 .33 5.61

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840,
MD7-34R

Installation Tooling
Hydraulic
BCT500HS,
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y500CTHS
Y46*, PAT750

Wire
Color Die Strip
Code Index Length

W29VT (2)
X29RT (4)

W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U29RT (1)

Yellow

16

1-1/16

W30VT (2)

W30VT (2)
W30RT (2)

U30RT (2)

White

17

1-1/8

W31VT (2)

W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)

U31RT (2)

Red

18

1-1/4

W32VT (2)

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

U32RT (2)

Blue

19

1-5/16

U34RT (2)

Brown

20

1-3/8

U38XRT (2)

Pink

20

1-3/8

U38RT (2)

Purple 400

1-3/8

U39RT (2)

Black

U44XRT (2)

Yellow L115 1-5/8

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

24 1-5/16

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-73

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex

TYPE YAS-L-2TC-FX,60
C-74

TWO HOLE HYLUG DOUBLE BARREL


COPPER COMPRESSION
TERMINAL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Fig. 1
Conductor

Catalog Number

Flex

AWG

YASG6CL-2TC14E2-FX

#6
Weld
61/24

#6
AWG

#6
Weld
61/24

#6
AWG

YASV6CL-2TC14E2-FX**
YASV6CL-2TC14E2-FX-60**

Fig. 2

Dimensions
***
MM2
16

Bolt Fig.
Size No.
1/4

1
1

16

1/4
2

T
Y
Die
Ref. Min. Index

Installation Tooling
Mechanical
Hydraulic
MD7-34 Y1MRTC
Wire
Color
MD6
Y2MR Y750, Y35, Strip
Code OUR840 Y8MRB-1 Y39, Y46* Length

.50
(13)

.48
(12)

.75
(19)

3.0
(78)

.08
(2)

1.14
(29)

7 or
374

Blue

W5CVT (1) Y2MR (1)


W5CRT (1) Y1MRTC (1)

U5CRT (1)

9/16

.50
(13)

.48
(12)

.75
(19)

3.0
(78)
2.9
(75)

.08
(2)

1.14
(29)

7 or
374

Blue

W5CVT (1) Y2MR (1)


W5CRT (1) Y1MRTC (1)

U5CRT (1)

9/16

.68
(17)

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** Type YASV series have inspection hole.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 and Class 5 conductor.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Metric Inspection Window

TYPE YAV
C-75

HYLUG
NON-INSULATED COPPER
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
Made from electrolytic copper tube, electro
tinned. Range of copper tube formed terminals taking wires from 0.3 - 1000 mm2. Heat
resistant up to +125 C.

7.2

9.9
12.0

14.0

15.0

100

Y10R4BY

100

Y10R4BY

50

Y10R4BY

50

Y10R4BY

50

Y10R4BY
MY2913GE2

50

MY2913GE2

50

MY2913GE2

Y644M

Dieless

9.5

Y10R4BY

Y35P1 + Y29PQS (Y29PQ10B1 UK)

5.7

6.9

100

Y29BH
Y29NC

MRD29

U10C

25

4.6

6.9

Tooling
Number

U16C

16

3.8

6.9

3.1
3.7
4.3
5.1
6.4
8.4
6.4
3.7
4.3
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
6.4
6.4
8.4
10.5
12.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2

Pack
Qty.

U25C

10

3.3

4.8
6.1
8.0
8.0
10.4
11.1
9.1
7.0
8.0
10.0
11.0
13.0
14.2
11.0
11.1
14.3
14.3
18.5
12.7
15.0
15.0
18.5
13.9
15.9
15.9
18.5

Y29PL

Flex 6

2.6

13.7
15.5
15.5
15.5
16.7
17.9
16.7
17.9
19.4
19.9
20.9
23.4
22.5
20.1
21.4
23.4
25.4
28.4
23.9
25.9
27.9
30.9
25.7
27.7
29.7
32.7

DV8L

4-6

2.3

DV6L

2.5 - 4

1.4

Hydraulic Tools
Y35BH, Y35,
Y750, Y46*,
PAT750

DV4L

1.5 - 2.5

3.0
3.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0

50PIO-25C

0.3 - 1.2

Stud
Size

50NC1

YAV18T4
YAV18T5
YAV18T1
YAV18
YAV025M6
YAV14T3
YAV04M6
YAV06M35
YAV06M4
YAV06M5
YAV06M6
YAV06M8
YAV10T38
YAV06FM6
YAV10M6
YAV10M8
YAV10M10
YAV10M12
YAV16M6
YAV16M8
YAV16M10
YAV16M12
YAV25M6
YAV25M8
YAV25M10
YAV25M12

mm2

50NC1

Catalog
Number

50NC2

Mechanical Tools

N = Nest die, I = Indentor


Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Metric Inspection Window

TYPE YAV
C-76

HYLUG
NON-INSULATED COPPER
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)

YAV70M5
YAV70M6
YAV70M8
YAV70M10
YAV70M12
YAV70M14
YAV70M16

5
6
8
10
12
14
16

11.3

32.4
33.4
35.4
37.4
40.4
40.4
43.4

21.4
21.4
21.4
21.4
22.4
22.4
22.4

21.0

5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0

10

12.8

42.4
23.8

25.0

70

YAV70FM10
Flex 70
YAV70FM12

12
10

YAV95M10

45.4
43.4

95
YAV95M12

MY2913GE2

13.2
10.5
25

12

13.4

46.4

25.0
13.2

U35C

MY2913GE2

10.5

U50C

MY2913GE2

15.0

Dieless

21.8

Y35P1 + Y29PQ6S (Y29PQ12B1 UK)

38.9

U70C

25

25

14

UV26D

MY2913GE2

25

YAV50FM14

U95C

50

13.2
20.0

Y29PL

MY2913GE2

Y29PR

50

DV2L

MY2913GE2

DV1L

50

MRD29
N
I

DV25L

Tooling
Number

DV26L

20.0

Pack
Qty.

Hydraulic Tools
Y35BH, Y35, Y750,
Y46*, PAT750
I
N
I
Y644M

DV27L*

21.8

10.0

17.0

k
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
5.3
6.4
8.4
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0

50P35-70C

12
Flex 50

50NC2

38.9

9.5

b
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
19.8
18.2
18.2
18.2
18.2
19.8
21.5
22.4

50P95-120C

YAV50FM12

8.5

y
27.4
28.4
30.4
32.4
35.4
30.9
31.9
33.9
35.9
38.9
38.9
41.9

50NC2

50

50NC12

35

Stud
Size
5
6
8
10
12
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

50NC1 -2X

mm2

50NC2 - 2X 50NC1 - 2X

Catalog
Number
YAV35M5
YAV35M6
YAV35M8
YAV35M10
YAV35M12
YAV50M5
YAV50M6
YAV50M8
YAV50M10
YAV50M12
YAV50M14
YAV50M16

Y29BH
Y29NC

Y35P1 + Y29PQS (Y29PQ11B1 UK)

Mechanical Tools

N = Nest die, I = Indentor


*DV27L - DV28L only for Y29BH
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.
* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Metric Inspection Window

TYPE YAV
C-77

HYLUG
NON-INSULATED COPPER
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)

Tooling
Number

Flex 95

12

14.2

46.4

25.0

25.0

13.2

25

MY2913GE2

120

8
10
12
14
16
20

15.0

44.4
46.4
49.4
49.4
52.4
58.4

29.0

27.0

8.4
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0

25

MY2913GE2

29.0

27.0

25

MY2913GE2

YAV120FM10
YAV120FM12
YAV120FM16

10
Flex 120

12
16

46.4
15.9

49.4
52.4

10.5
13.2
17.0

MRD29
N
I

DV27L*

Y644M

Dieless

Pack
Qty.

Y35P1 + Y29PQ6S (Y29PQ12B1 UK)

U95C

U120C

Hydraulic Tools
Y35BH, Y35, Y750
Y46*, PAT750
I
N
I

Y29PR

Y29BH
Y29NC

DV28L*

50P95-120C

YAV120M8
YAV120M10
YAV120M12
YAV120M14
YAV120M16
YAV120M20

Stud
Size

50NC2 -2X

YAV95FM12

mm2

50NC1 - 2X

Catalog
Number

50NC1 - 2X

Mechanical Tools

N = Nest die, I = Indentor


*DV27L - DV28L only for Y29BH.
Y260DBHM takes U-Dies with adaptor 26UADP.
* Y46 takes U-Dies with adaptor PUADP-1.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Metric Inspection Window

TYPE YAV
C-78

HYLUG
NON-INSULATED COPPER
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)
Hydraulic Tools

34.9

10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0

YAV240FM10

10

73.4

10.5
10
13.2

YAV300M12
YAV300M14
YAV300M16
YAV300M20

12
14
16
20

23.4

77.3
78.3
80.3
86.3

43.0

43.0

13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0

10

14

24.2

82.4

45.0

43.0

15.0

10

YAV300FM14

300

Flex 300 UK

U150C
26P36C

76.4

26M36D

36.0

12

26M37BD

41.0

YAV240FM12

U300C

22.0

10

U37BD

Flex 240 UK

39.6

EDBP1 + Y20PQ8

21.2

68.2
71.2
71.2
74.2
80.2

EDBP1 + Y20PQ10

240

10
12
14
16
20

ED31BD

10.5

ED32BD

30.2

ED35BD

35.7

ED37BD

61.8

PUADP + Y35P3 + Y34PR

19.4

U185C

10

U32D

Flex 185 UK

U240C

30.2

U35BD

35.7

10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0

UK
Y22BH
N
I

U300C

18.4

61.8
64.8
64.8
67.8
73.8

26P30-34C

185

10
12
14
16
20

U37BD

10

Y46*

10

26M30D

13.2

26M31D

28.6

58.9

26M32D

32.8

17.8

10

26M34D

27.0

Y260DBHM
N
I

26M35BD

YAV240M10
YAV240M12
YAV240M14
YAV240M16
YAV240M20

30.4

Y644M

DIeless

YAV185FM10

k
10.5
13.2
15.0
17.0
21.0

Y35P1 + Y29PQ7S (Y29PQ12B1 UK)

YAV185M10
YAV185M12
YAV185M14
YAV185M16
YAV185M20

U185C

12

U32D

Flex 150 UK

16.5

y
52.3
55.3
55.3
58.3
64.3

U150C

150

Pack
Qty.

U240C

YAV150FM12

mm2

Stud
Size
10
12
14
16
20

U35BD

Catalog
Number
YAV150M10
YAV150M12
YAV150M14
YAV150M16
YAV150M20

Y35BH, Y35,
Y750, PAT750
N
I

N = Nest die, I = Indentor


Y260DBHM takes U-Dies with adaptor 26UADP.
* Y46 takes U-Dies with adaptor PUADP-1.
Y22BH takes U-Dies with adaptor 22UADP.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Metric Inspection Window

TYPE YAV
C-79

HYLUG
NON-INSULATED COPPER
TUBULAR TERMINALS
0.3 - 1000 mm2
(Continued)

Hydraulic Tools

81.3
26.2

84.3

Pack
Qty.

Y644M

Y260DBHM
N
I

Y46*
N

UK-Y22BH
N
I

Y530DBHM
N
I

13.2
48.0

43.0

17.0

20

90.3

21.0

YAV500M12

12

87.8

13.2
10

53.0

21.0

10

YAV800M20*

800
(1500 kcmil)

20

38.0

113.6

67.5

52.0

21.0

10

YA48L

1000
(2000 kcmil)

20

42.2

127.2

77.7

55.0

21.0

10

53P46-48C

63.0

53M45D

104.6

53M46D

34.4

53M48D

20

ED466BD

Flex 630 UK

ED488D

YAV630FM20

EDPB2 +
Y22PQ12

21.0

EDPB2 +
Y48PQ2

96.8

15.0

53M44D

47.7

EDPB1 +
Y20PQ11

55.1

P45D

20

88.8

ED44BD

29.8

HEAD

YAV500M20

14

ED453BD

500

P44PR

YAV500M14

P44D

Dieless

53P40-45C

YAV375M20

10

53M39D

16

EDPB1 +
Y20PQ10

375
(750 kcmil)

P39D

12

26P-36C

YAV375M16

26P40-45C

YAV375M12

Stud
Size

26M39D

mm2

26M44D

Catalog
Number

N = Nest die, I = Indentor


Y260DBHM takes U-Dies with adaptor 26UADP
* Y46 takes U-Dies with adaptor PUADP-1
Y22BH takes U-Dies with adaptor 22UADP
Y530DBHM takes U-Dies with adaptor 53UADP.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper and Aluminum Compression Narrow Tongue One and Two Hole

C-80

E-LINE HYLUG
EQUIPMENT LINE
TYPE YA-E
COPPER AND ALUMINUM
COMPRESSION TERMINAL

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
YA-E Equipment terminals are designed to
provide replacements for original equipment
mechanical or other compression terminals.
These narrow tongue terminals are specially
designed to fit in tight areas. Whether youre

upgrading or replacing, YA-E connectors will


provide for any of your cable termination
needs. When installed with our dieless tool,
these terminals can accommodate a range of
conductor sizes.

COPPER E-LINE HYLUG COMPRESSION TERMINALS

Catalog
Number

Conductor Accommodations
Copper Only
Fig Conventional Expanded Wire Range
No. Wire Size
using Y644M

Bolt Tongue
Bolt
Hole Width
Size Spacing (max)

Dimensions
T
L

YA25LN50T14E
YA25LN64T516E

1
1

1/0 AWG

#6 - 1/0 AWG

1/4
5/16

0.50
0.64

0.88
0.88

0.12
0.12

YA26LN50T14E

2/0 AWG

#4 - 2/0 AWG

1/4

0.50

0.94

0.12

YA30L24N100T38E

300 kcmil

2/0 AWG - 300 kcmil

3/8

1.00

1.03

YA342LNN119T12E
YA342LNN131T12E
YA34L6N131T12E
YA39L6N131T12E
YA392LNN131T12E

2
2
1
1
2

1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2

1.75
1.75

1.745

1.19
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31

1.27
1.27
1.27
1.42
1.42

500 kcmil

4/0 AWG - 500 kcmil

750 kcmil

500 - 750 kcmil

Installation Tooling
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Y35, Y750, Y46*,
Dieless
MD6, MD7
PAT750
(number of crimps) (number of crimps) (number of crimps)

1.84
1.96

Color
Code

Die
Index

Wire
Strip
Length

Y644HS (1)
PAT644HS (1)
Y81KFT (1)
1.94 Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

W25RT (2)
W25VT (2)

U25RT (1)
U2CABT (1)

Pink

12
348

15/16

W26RT (2)
W26VT (2)

U26RT (1)

Black

13

0.16

2.44

W30RT (2)

White

17
298

1-1/16

0.23
0.23
0.23
0.27
0.27

5.06
5.06
3.31
3.61
5.37

Brown

20
299

1-5/16

Black

24

1-1/2

Color
Code

Die
Index

Wire
Strip
Length

Y644HS (1)
PAT644HS (1)
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

U30RT (2)
U28ART (2)
U34RT (2)
U31ART (2)
P34RT (2)
U39RT (2)

ALUMINUM E-LINE HYLUG COMPRESSION TERMINALS

Catalog
Number
YA8CA3S56T14E
YA2CA5S53T14E
YA2CA1S91T516E
YA25A1S60T516E
YA25A3N69T38E
YA26A13N100T516E
YA26A6N100T38E
YA27A10S76T516E
YA28A14N100T516E
YA28A1N100T38E
YA30A9N100T516E
YA30A6N100T38E
YA30A1N131T12E
YA31A11N100T516E
YA31A9N100T38E
YA32A8N106T516E

Conductor Accommodations
Aluminum
Copper or Aluminum
Fig Conventional Expanded Wire Range
No. Wire Size
using Y644M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

#8 AWG

#8 AWG

#2 AWG

#6 - #2 AWG

1/0 AWG

#1 - 1/0 AWG

2/0 AWG

#1 - 2/0 AWG

3/0 AWG

#1 - 3/0 AWG

4/0 AWG

1/0 - 4/0 AWG

300 kcmil

2/0 AWG - 300 kcmil

350 kcmil

3/0 AWG - 350 kcmil

400 kcmil

4/0 AWG - 400 kcmil

A variety of BURNDY installation tools are available and


not all tools are listed. If you require additional tooling
information, please feel free to call our customer service
department for other recommendations.

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

Bolt Tongue
Bolt Hole Width
Size Spacing (max)
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
5/16
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/16
3/8
5/16

0.56
0.53
0.91
0.63
0.69
1.00
1.00
0.76
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.31
1.00
1.00
1.06

Dimensions
B
T
L
0.62
1.00
1.12
1.00
1.05
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.39
1.39
1.53
1.53
1.53
1.85
1.85
2.26

0.09
0.22
0.16
0.21
0.21
0.24
0.24
0.26
0.30
0.30
0.36
0.36
0.35
0.39
0.39
0.43

Installation Tooling
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Y35, Y750, Y46*,
Dieless
MD6, MD7, Y500CT
PAT750
(number of crimps) (number of crimps) (number of crimps)

1.65
Y644HS (1)
PAT644HS (1)
2.25
2.50
Y81KFT (1)
2.29 Y81KFTMBH (1)
2.38 PAT81KFT-18V (1)
2.45
2.53
2.58
2.85
Y644HS (1)
2.94
PAT644HS (1)
3.12
Y81KFT (2)
3.20 Y81KFTMBH (2)
3.57 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
3.51
3.59
3.92

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS,


P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
adapter not required.

www.burndy.com

U8CABT (1)

Blue

374

11/16

U2CABT (1)

Pink

348

1-3/16

U25ART (1)

Tan

296

1-1/8

U26ART (2)

Olive

297

1-3/16

U27ART (2)

Ruby

467

1-3/16

U28ART (2)

White

298

1-7/16

U30ART (2)

Blue

470

1-5/8

U31ART (2)

Brown

299

1-7/8

U32ART (4)

Green

472

2-5/16

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


** 900 Compact Aluminum Cable not UL Listed. Tested with
Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only.

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper and Aluminum Compression Narrow Tongue One and Two Hole

E-LINE HYLUG
EQUIPMENT LINE

C-81

TYPE YA-E
COPPER AND ALUMINUM
COMPRESSION TERMINAL
(Continued)

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

ALUMINUM E-LINE HYLUG COMPRESSION TERMINALS

Catalog
Number
YA34A8N131T38E
YA34A3N131T12E
YA34A7N131T12E
YA36A9N131TD12E
YA36A3N131TD38E
YA36A3N131TD12E
YA39A5N131TD12E
YA39A1N131TD12E

Conductor Accommodations
Aluminum
Copper or Aluminum
Fig Conventional Expanded Wire Range
No. Wire Size
using Y644M
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1

500 kcmil

4/0 AWG - 500 kcmil

600 kcmil

250 - 600 kcmil

750 kcmil

500 - 900** kcmil Aluminum


500 kcmil Copper Only

A variety of BURNDY installation tools are available and


not all tools are listed. If you require additional tooling
information, please feel free to call our customer service
department for other recommendations.

Bolt Tongue
Bolt Hole Width
Size Spacing (max)
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

1.75

1.75
1.75

1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31

Dimensions
B
T
L
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.64
1.86
1.86

0.35
0.35
0.35
0.39
0.39
0.39
0.31
0.31

Installation Tooling
Mechanical
Hydraulic
Y35, Y750, Y46*,
Dieless
MD6, MD7, Y500CT
PAT750
(number of crimps) (number of crimps) (number of crimps)

3.88
5.71
Y644HS (2)
3.88
PAT644HS (2)
3.98
Y81KFT (2)
5.32
Y81KFTMBH (2)
5.71
PAT81KFT-18V (2)
6.09
4.28

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS,


P-RT die sets for use in Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
adapter not required.

Color
Code

Die
Index

Pink

Wire
Strip
Length

300

1-11/16

U34ART (4)

1-15/16
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.
** 900 Compact Aluminum Cable not UL Listed. Tested with
Y644HS and PAT644 dieless tools only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Splice

TYPE YS-L
C-82

HYLINK SPLICE
STANDARD BARREL
COPPER COMPRESSION
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Features and Benefits


Standard barrel length.
Ideal for limited space applications
while providing ample barrel length for
proper crimp.
Four (4) center conductor stops.
Provides a center wire stop for proper
conductor insertion.

Conductor

Installation Tooling

Dimensions

MD7-34R
W8CVT (1)

MD6
OUR840
X8CRT (1)

Die Number
(# crimps)
U8CRT (1)

Color
Code
Red

Die Index
& Embossment
49

Wire
Strip
Length
1/2

W5CVT (1)

X5CRT (1)

U5CRT (1)

Blue

7 or 374

7/8

Y1MRTC (2)

W4CVT (1)

X4CRT (1)

U4CRT (1)

Gray

8 or 346

7/8

Y1MRTC (2)

U3CRT (1)

White

15/16

Y1MRTC (2)

W2CVT (1)

X2CRT (1)

U2CRT (1)

Brown

10

15/16

Y1MRTC (2)

W1CVT (1)
W25VT (2)
W26VT (2)
W27VT (2)
W28VT (2)
W29VT (2)
W30VT (2)
W31VT (2)
W32VT (2)
W34VT (2)

X1CRT (1)
X25RT (2)
X26RT (2)
X27RT (2)
X28RT (2)

U1CRT-1 (1)
U25RT (1)
U26RT (1)
U27RT (1)
U28RT (1)
U29RT (1)
U30RT (2)
U31RT (2)
U32RT (2)
U34RT (2)
U36RT (2)
U38RT (2)
U39RT (2)
P44RT** (2)

Green
Pink
Black
Orange
Purple
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Pink
Black
White

11 or 375
12 or 348
13
14
15
16
17 or 298
18 or 324
19 or 470
20 or 299
22 or 472
400
24
27

15/16
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/4
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-11/16
1-15/16

Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*

Mechanical
Catalog
Number
YS8C-L-BOX
YS6C-L BOX
YS5C-L BOX

AWG
8 str.
6 str.
5 str.

***
MM2
10

16

L
1.00
1.75
1.90

B
.41
.81
.81

YS4C-L BOX

4 str.

1.75

.81

YS3C-L

3 str.

25

2.05

.88

YS2C-L BOX

2 str.

2.00

.88

YS1C-L BOX
YS25-L BOX
YS26-L BOX
YS27-L BOX
YS28-L BOX
YS29-L BOX
YS30-L
YS31-L
YS32-L
YS34-L
YS36-L
YS38-L
YS39-L
YS44-L

1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
700 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil

50

70
95

120
150
185

240
300

500

2.06
2.08
2.17
2.30
2.32
2.46
2.47
2.60
2.74
3.15
3.22
3.22
3.72
4.28

.88
.88
.94
1.00
1.00
1.06
1.06
1.12
1.19
1.38
1.38
1.38
1.62
1.88

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y1MRTC
Y2MR
Y1MRTC (1)

Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.

** P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1


adaptor not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 2 conductor.

The maximum size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil insulated


code cable.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instuctions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Long Barrel Splice

TYPE YS

BEVELED
ENTRY

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

HYLINK SPLICE LONG BARREL

C-83

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

COPPER COMPRESSION
SPLICE

CRIMP
CRIMP

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

CRIMP
CRIMP

(4) CENTER
WIRE STOPS

Features and Benefits


Long barrel length.
Ideal for 600 volt heavy duty applications. Also may be used at higher
voltages up to 35KV.
Four (4) center conductor stops.
Provides a center wire stop for proper
conductor insertion.
High pull out force.
Provides added security for much
greater mechanical and electrical properties.
Conductor

Installation Tooling

Dimensions

MD7-34R
W8CVT (2)

MD6
OUR840
X8CRT (2)

Die Number
(# crimps)
U8CRT (2)

Color
Code
Red

Die Index
& Embossment
49

Wire
Strip
Length
7/8

W5CVT (2)

X5CRT (2)

U5CRT (2)

Blue

7 or 374

1-3/16

W4CVT (2)

X4CRT (2)

U4CRT (2)

Gray

8 or 346

1-3/16

U2CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U1CRT-1 (2)
U25RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U27RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U30RT (4)
U31RT (4)
U32RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U36RT (4)
U39RT (4)
P44RT** (2)
P46RT** (6)
L48RT (4)

White
Brown
Brown
Green
Pink
Black
Orange
Purple
Yellow
White
Red
Blue
Brown
Green
Black
White
Green
Brown

9
10
10
11 or 375
12 or 348
13
14
15
16
17 or 298
18 or 324
19 or 470
20 or 299
22 or 472
24
27
31
34

1-5/16
1-5/8
1-5/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-9/16
1-9/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
2-1/16
2-1/16
2-3/16
2-5/16
2-3/4
2-15/16
3-1/16
3-1/4
3-3/8

Y35 , Y39, Y750, Y46*

Mechanical
Catalog
Number
YS8C
YS6C
YS5C
YS4C
YS3C
YR2C2WT
YS2C
YS1C
YS25
YS26
YS27
YS28
YS29
YS30
YS31
YS32
YS34
YS36
YS39
YS44
YS46
YS48

AWG
8 str.
6 str.
5 str.

***
MM2
10

16

L
1.75
2.38
2.55

B
.78
1.09
1.09

4 str.

2.55

1.09

3 str./2 sol.
2 str. - 2 sol.
2 str.
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil
1500 kcmil
2000 kcmil

25
25
35
50

70

120
150
185

240
300

500

2.80
2.90
2.82
3.07
3.06
3.30
3.30
3.57
3.58
4.34
4.35
4.62
4.91
5.85
6.38
6.95
7.01
7.57

1.22
1.44
1.22
1.34
1.34
1.45
1.45
1.58
1.58
1.95
1.95
2.08
2.20
2.63
2.81
2.94
3.13
3.27

Dieless
(# of crimps)

Y1MRTC
Y2MR

Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Y1MRTC (2)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y1MRTC (4)
Y1MRTC (4)

Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

Y1MRTC (4)

Y81KFT (4)
Y81KFTMBH (4)
PAT81KFT-18V (4)

Not color coded.


* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.
** P44RT for use with Y46 HYPRESS only. PUADP-1
adapter not required.

U3CRT (2)

W2CVT/W2CRT

W2CVT/W2CRT

W2CVT (2)
W1CVT (2)
W25VT (4)
W26VT (4)
W27VT (4)
W28VT (4)
W29VT (4)
W30VT (4)
W31VT (4)
W32VT (4)
W34VT (4)

X2CRT (2)
X1CRT (2)
X25RT (4)
X26RT (4)
X27RT (4)
X28RT (4)

*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations


for Class 2 conductor.
The maximum size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instuctions.
Requires Y60BHU HYPRESS with L48RT die set.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Reducing Adapter

TYPES Y-R

INTERNALLY
BEVELED ENDS

C-84

REDUCING ADAPTER
FOR COPPER
600 Volts to 35 kV
The Y-R reducing adapter has been designed
to allow large size, long barrel, copper long
barrel HYDENT, HYSPLICE and
HYTEE terminals, splices, and T taps to be
used on smaller conductor sizes. To use,
simply insert the reducer into the barrel,
insert the wire into the reducer adapter and
crimp the outer barrel using its recommended tooling.

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

WIRE RANGE

Features and Benefits


Wide range of conductors are
accommodated.
Lowers inventory requirements and
affords maximum versatility.
Same die set for all legs of the connection.
Permits the same tool and die
combination normally used on
the compression barrel.
Length fits the long barrel connector
design (YS, YA).
Can be used on all long barrel
connectors. Field cut to fit shorter
length compression barrels (YS-L, YA-L).
Manufactured from high conductivity
electrolytic copper and electro-tin plated.
Provides maximum conductivity low
resistance and ductility for an excellent
combination of electrical and crimp
forming properties, and provides
long lasting corrosion resistance.

Insert reducing adapter into splice connection as shown.


Y3428R
APPLICATION EXAMPLE

YS34
Crimp with U34RT, 4 crimps each side (a total of 8 crimps).

Catalog
Number
Y286CR
Y284WR
Y284CR
Y282CR
Y281CR
Y2825R
Y2826R
Y2827R
Y2928R
Y302CR
Y304CR
Y3025R
Y3026R
Y3027R
Y3028R
Y3126R
Y3128R
Y3129R
Y342CR
Y3425R
Y3426R
Y3427R
Y3428R
Y3429R
Y3430R
Y3431R
Y3432R
Y3934R
Y3936R
Y4439R

From

Wire Range
To

4/0 str.

250 kcmil

300 kcmil

350 kcmil

500 kcmil

750 kcmil
1000 kcmil

6, 8 str. 6 sol.
4 sol.
4 str.
2 str.
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0
2
4
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
2/0
4/0
250
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
3/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
600 kcmil
750 kcmil

Dimensions
Max O.D. L

.534

1.75

.582

1.62

.637

2.00

.687

2.00

.821

2.50

1.017

2.25

1.296

3.19

Contact Technical Support for other sizes not listed.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instuctions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Splice Belled Ends

TYPE YS-LB

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

HYLINK

CRIMP

STANDARD LENGTH
BELLED BARREL

BELLED
END

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

YS4C-LB
YS3C-LB
YS2C-LB
YS1C-LB
YS25-LB
YS26-LB
YS27-LB
YS28-LB
YS29-LB
YS30-LB

CRIMP

(4) CENTER
WIRE STOP

Features and Benefits

HYLINK type YS-LB splices are designed


for flexible and extra flexible copper conductors used in mining machines, locomotives,
welding cables and other flexible cable applications. The seamless, high conductivity
copper, electro-tin plated belled barrel
provides for easy insertion of flexible stranded conductors and the nest indentor die
system provides an excellent electrical and
mechanical connection.

YS5C-LB

C-85

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

UNINSULATED
BELLED COPPER
COMPRESSION SPLICE

Catalog
Number

BELLED
END

Code
Cable
Flex
Cable

Navy
Cable

6 Flex

5 Flex

4 Flex

3 Flex

2 Flex

1 Flex

1/0 Flex

2/0 Flex

3/0 Flex

4/0 Flex

4/0 - 250 Flex

Belled barrel ends.


Provides easy cable insertion into the
splice barrel and smooth cable strain
relief during cable flexing and
movement.
Standard length barrel.
Permits easy passage around pulleys
yet is long enough for easy crimping.

Class G

Class H

#6 (49 str)

#5 (49 str)

#4 (49 str)

#3 (49 str)

#2 (49 str)

#1 (133 str)

1/0 (133 str)

2/0 (133 str)

3/0 (133 str)

4/0 (133 str)

250 kcmil
(259 str)

#6 (133 str)

#5 (133 str)

#4 (133 str)

#3 (133 str)

#2 (133 str)

#1 (259 str)

1/0 (259 str)

2/0 (259 str)

3/0 (259 str)

4/0 (259 str)

250 kcmil
(427 str)

Copper Cables *
Flexible and Extra Flexible Cables
Battery
Welding
Cable
Cable
Locomotive
Class I
Class K
Class M
Cable

Metric
Cable

#6 (63/24)

#5 (84/24)

#4 (105/24)

#3 (133/24)

#2 (161/24)

#1 (210/24)

1/0 (266/24)

2/0 (342/24)

3/0 (418/24)

#6 (266/30)

#5 (336/30)

#4 (420/30)

#3 (532/30)

#2 (665/30)

#1 (836/30)

1/0 (1064/30)

2/0 (1323/30)

3/0 (1666/30)

#6 (665/34)

#5 (836/34)

#4 (1064/34)

#3 (1323/24)

#2 (1666/34)

#1 (2107/34)

1/0 (2646/34)

2/0 (3325/34)

#6 (61/24)

#5 (91/24)

#4 (105/24)

#3 (125/24)

#2 (150/24)

#1 (225/24)

1/0 (275/24)

2/0 (325/24)

3/0 (450/24)

4/0 (532/24)

4/0 (2107/30)

4/0 (5320/34)

4/0 (550/24)

Dimensions
B
L
.81

1.75

.81

1.75

.81

1.88

.81

1.88

.81

1.88

.81

1.88

.94

2.00

1.00

2.13

1.00

2.13

1.06

2.25

1.06

2.25

Contact BURNDY for conductors not shown.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Splice Belled Ends

TYPE YS-LB

DIE AND COLOR


CODE INFORMATION

BELLED
END

C-86
ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

HYLINK
UNINSULATED BELLED
COPPER COMPRESSION
SPLICE

CRIMP

BELLED
END

STANDARD LENGTH
BELLED BARREL

(4) CENTER
WIRE STOP

CRIMP

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
(INSTALLATION TOOLING)

Catalog
Number

Code
Cable
Flex
Cable

Installation Tooling
Dieless
Dieless HYTOOL Die
Color
Hydraulic Tooling, Die Sets, (# of crimps)
(# of crimps)
(# of crimps)
Index Code Die Type
Y35
Y39, Y750
Y46*

YS5C-LB

6 Flex

1014

YS4C-LB

5 Flex

1015

YS3C-LB

4 Flex

1016

YS2C-LB

3 Flex

YS1C-LB

2 Flex

YS25-LB

1 Flex

YS26-LB

1/0 Flex

1020

YS27-LB

2/0 Flex

1021

YS28-LB

3/0 Flex

YS29-LB

4/0 Flex

YS30-LB

Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

1017
MY29-11 (1)
(1 Crimp/end)

1018
1019

Nest
Indentor

U6CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U4CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U3CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U2CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U1CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U25D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U26D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U27D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)

1022
Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

4/0-250 Flex

1023

1024

U6CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U4CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U3CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U2CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U1CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U25D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U26D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U27D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U28D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U29D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U30D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)

U6CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U4CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U3CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U2CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U1CD-1 (1)
Y34PR (1)
U25D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U26D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U27D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U28D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U29D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)
U30D-1 (1)
Y34PR-2 (1)

Wire
Strip
Length
7/8
7/8
15/16
15/16
15/16
15/16
1
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/8

Use Y35P3 adaptor with Y34PR indentor.


* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U-DIES in Y46 HYPRESS.
See Tooling section in this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
Not color coded.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code Splice Tapered Ends

TYPES YS-T
AND YSP-T

CRIMPING
INFORMATION

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

C-87

HIGH-VOLTAGE HYLINKS
UNINSULATED HIGH
VOLTAGE COPPER
COMPRESSION SPLICE

CRIMP
TAPERED
END
CRIMP

STANDARD BARREL TAPERED ENDS

Seamless types YS-T and YSP-T high conductivity copper electro-tin plated compression HYLINK high-voltage splices with
standard barrel and tapered ends are ideally
suited for higher voltage applications from
5KV through 35 KV.
Type YS-T splice connector has four center
wire stops for proper conductor insertion.
Type YSP-T splice connector has a brazed in
place center plug to prevent the passage of
oil between two oil filled conductors or
between conductors without oil and conductors with oil and acts as a center wire stop for
proper conductor insertion.

YS6C-T
YS4C-T
YS2C-T
YS1C-T
YS25-T
YS26-T
YS28-T
YS29-T
YS30-T
YS31-T
YS34-T
YS39-T

YSP4C-T
YSP2C-T
YSP1C-T
YSP25-T
YSP26-T
YSP28-T
YSP29-T
YSP30-T
YSP31-T
YSP34-T
YSP39-T

Code
Conductors
6 str.
4 str.
2 str.
1 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil

CENTER OIL STOP

YS-T

YSP-T

Features and Benefits

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog Number
YS-T
YSP-T

BRAZED CENTER
OIL STOP PLUG
(TYPE YSP-T)

(4) CENTER
WIRE STOPS
(TYPE YS-T)

Tapered connector ends per


EEI standard TD160.
Suitable for use on voltages 5KV
through 35KV to aid in preventing
corona emission and simplify taping
thus lowering installed cost.
Type YS-T four center wire stops.
Provides a center wire stop for proper
conductor insertion.
Type YSP-T has a center plug permanently brazed in place.
Prevents oil within oil-filled conductors
from passing through the splice
connector and provides a center
strip for proper conductor insertion.

Dimensions
B
L
.90
.90
.98
.97
.98
1.04
1.13
1.21
1.22
1.32
1.68
2.00

2.16
2.16
2.34
2.31
2.35
2.47
2.67
2.85
2.87
3.09
3.86
4.60

Y34B
Y34PR
Indentor
Nest Die
B6CD
B4CD
B2CD
B1CD
B25D
B26D
B28D
B29D
B30D
B31D
No Die Needed

Installation Tooling - Nest/Indentor


Y35, Y39, Y750
Y35, Y39, Y750
Y34PR Indentor
Y46*, PAT750
Y35P3 Adaptor
Die Number (# of
Nest Die
crimps per end)
U6CD-1
U4CD-1
U2D-1
U1D-1
U25D-1
U26D-1
U28D-1
U29D-1
U30D-1
U31D-1
U34D-1

U5CRT (2)
U4CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U1CRT-1 (2)
U25RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U30RT (4)
U31RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U39RT (4)

Die
Index

No. of
Indent

Wire
Strip
Length

7
8
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
20
24

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2

15/16
15/16
1
1
1-3/32
1-3/32
1-3/16
1-3/32
1-5/16
1-3/5
1-3/4
2-1/8

* Use adapter PUADP-1 with U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


Y46 HYPRESS uses the same nest indentor and
adaptor as the Y35, Y39 and Y750, but with the PUADP-1
adaptors.
The maximum size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex Splice Long Barrel Belled Ends

TYPE YS-FXB

Features and Benefits

C-88

HYLINK - SPLICE - BELLED


LONG BARREL
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

Catalog
Number
YS8C-FXB
YSV6C-FXB
YSV4C-FXB
YSV2C-FXB
YSV1C-FXB
YSV25-FXB
YSV26-FXB
YSV27-FXB
YSV28-FXB
YS30-FXB
YS31-FXB
YS32-FXB
YS34-FXB
YS36-FXB
YS38-FXB
YS40-FXB
YS44-FXB

Conductor
Flexible Cable
Code AWG
#8 Str. (37/24)
#8 AWG
#6 Str. (61/24)
#6 AWG
#4 Str. (91/24-105/24)
#4 AWG
#2 Str. (125/24-150/24)
#2 AWG
#1 Str. (175/24-225/24)
#1 AWG
1/0 Str. (275/24)
1/0 AWG
2/0 Str. (325/24)
2/0 AWG
3/0 Str. (450/24)
3/0 AWG
4/0 Str. (550/24)
4/0 AWG
250 kcmil Flex
Class G 259 Str.
Class H 427 Str.
263 kcmil (650/24)
250 Flex Class I, K, M
313.1 kcmil (775/24)
300 kcmil Nom.
373 kcmil (925/24)
350 kcmil Nom.
444.4 kcmil (1100/24)
450 kcmil Nom.
535.3 kcmil (1325/24)
500 kcmil Nom.
646 kcmil (1600/24)
600 kcmil Nom.
777.7 kcmil (1925/24)
750 kcmil Nom.

***
MM2
10

16

35

50
70
95

120

150
185
240
300

400
500

Long barrel length.


High voltage terminations.
Four (4) center conductor stops.
Provides a center wire stop for proper
conductor insertion.
High pull out force.
Provides added security for greater
mechanical and electrical properties.
Belled cable entry.
A funnel type entry provide easy insertion of extra flexable cables plus offers
mechanical strain relief for individual
strands.

Dimensions
L
B
[mm]
[mm]
1.99
.90
[51]
[23]
2.62
1.22
[67]
[31]
2.62
1.22
[67]
[31]
2.89
1.35
[73]
[34]
3.18
1.50
[81]
[38]
3.18
1.50
[81]
[38]
3.44
1.63
[87]
[41]
3.46
1.64
[88]
[42]
3.72
1.77
[94]
[45]
4.51
[115]

2.16
[55]

4.54
[115]
4.82
[122]
5.14
[131]
6.09
[155]
6.34
[161]
6.66
[1.69]
6.84
[174]

2.18
[55]
2.32
[59]
2.48
[63]
2.95
[75]
3.08
[78]
3.24
[82]
3.33
[85]

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


** P44RT and P46RT dies sets are for use with Y46
HYPRESS only. PUADP-1 adapter not required.
*** The MM2 conductor sizes listed are the recommendations
for Class 5 conductor.

Dieless
(# of crimps/end)

Installation Tooling
Y35 , Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical
Y1MRTC
Embossed
Color
Die Number (# of
Y2MR
Die Index
Code
crimps/end)

Gray

U4CRT (2)

10

Brown

U2CRT (2)

Green

U1CRT-1 (4)

12

Pink

U25RT (4)

Black

U26RT (4)

Orange

U27RT (4)

Purple

U28RT (4)

Yellow

U29RT (4)

17

White

U30RT (4)

Red

U31RT (4)

Blue

U32RT (4)

20

Brown

U34RT (4)

L99

Pink

U38XRT (4)

24

Black

U39RT (4)

L115

16 mm2 and 120 mm2 referenced are for both Class 2


and Class 5
The maximum size for the Y35 is 373.7 kcmil.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

19

U5CRT (2)

18

Y81KFT (3)
Y81KFTMBH (3)
PAT81KFT-18V (3)

Blue

16

15

Y81KFT (2)
Y81KFTMBH (2)
PAT81KFT-18V (2)

U8CRT (2)

14

Red

13

Y81KFT (1)
Y81KFTMBH (1)
PAT81KFT-18V (1)

Y2MR (4)
Y1MR (4)

49

11

Y2MR (2)
Y1MR (2)

Yellow

U44XRT (4)

Cable
Strip
Length
1
[25]
1-5/16
[33]
1-5/16
[33]
1-7/16
[37]
1-9/16
[40]
1-9/16
[40]
1-11/16
[43]
1-11/16
[43]
1-7/8
[48]
2-1/4
[57]
2-1/4
[57]
2-7/16
[62]
2-9/16
[65]
3-1/16
[79]
3-3/16
[81]
3-5/16
[84]
3-7/16
[87]

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.
Measurements in brackets [ ] are in metric dimensions.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression In Line Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YS-TC
C-89

HYSPLICE
In-line Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications
YS-TC kits are for splicing cables and covering the connection with clear heat shrink.
Splices are constructed from seamless, high
conductivity electrolytic copper tubing for
maximum conductivity and tin-plated to
resist corrosion. Each YS-TC splice is provided with inspection holes and cable stops.
The YS-TC family also features the
BURNDY color code system.

* Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YS44FXLTCKITC
YS39LTCKITC
YS38FXLTCKITC
YS34LTCKITC
YS34FXLTCKITC
YS31LTCKITC
YS29FXLTCKITC
YS28LTCKITC
YS26LTCKITC
YS26FXLTCKITC
YS25LTCKITC
YS25FXLTCKITC
YS2CLTCKITC
YS2CFXLTCKITC
YS4CFXLTCKITC

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Wire Size

Barrel
Type

Connector
Dimensions
Barrel Length
B
L
Color Code

Die Index

Wire Strip
Length

Yellow

L115

1.96

3.68

Black

23

1.67

1.71

3.87

Pink

L99

1.77

Standard

1.56

3.51

Brown

20

1.60

Standard

1.56

3.51

Blue

19 or L80

1.60

Standard

1.39

3.10

Red

17

1.42

Standard

1.36

2.98

Yellow

16

1.38

AWG

mm2

750 kcmil
Flex
750 kcmil
Code
500 kcmil
Flex
500 kcmil
Code
350 kcmil
Flex
350 kcmil
Code
4/0 AWG
Flex
4/0 AWG
Code
2/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG
Flex or Code
1/0 AWG Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or Code
#2 AWG
Code
#2 AWG
Flex or Code
#4 AWG
Flex or Code

500 mm2
Class 5

Standard

1.90

4.30

Standard

1.62

Standard

300 mm2
Class 5
240 mm2
Class 2
240 mm2
Class 5
185 mm2
Class 2

Standard

1.23

2.69

Purple

15

1.24

70 mm2
70 mm2
Class 5

50 mm2
Class 5
35 mm2
Class 5
35 mm2
Class 5

Standard

1.16

2.62

Black

13

1.10

Standard

1.09

2.41

Black

13

1.10

Standard

1.04

2.37

Pink

12

1.00

Standard

1.04

2.18

Pink

12

1.00

Standard

0.82

1.88

Brown

10

0.78

Standard

0.82

1.73

Brown

10

0.78

Standard

0.74

1.69

Grey

0.71

Standard

0.73

1.60

Blue

7 or
24

0.70

Standard

0.65

1.48

Red

49

0.62

YS6CFXLTCKITC

#6 AWG
Flex or Code

16 mm2
Class 5 or
Class 2

YS8CFXLTCKITC

#8 AWG
Flex or Code

* Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-90

HYREDUCER
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications
YSR-TC reducing splice kits provide for
splicing two different cable sizes with inspection holes. The larger conductor is inserted
first and butts against the center of the connector where the smaller barrel begins.
Constructed from seamless, high conductivity electrolytic copper tubing for maximum
conductivity, and tin plated to resist corrosion. The YSR-TC family also features the
BURNDY color code system.

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR44FX39LTCKITC
YSR44FX38FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX34LTCKITC
YSR44FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX31LTCKITC
YSR44FX30LTCKITC
YSR44FX29FXLTCKITC

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

750 kcmil
Flex

500 mm2
Class 5

YSR44FX28FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX28LTCKITC
YSR3939LTCKITC
YSR3938FXLTCKITC
YSR3934LTCKITC
YSR3934FXLTCKITC
YSR3931LTCKITC
YSR3930LTCKITC
YSR3929FXLTCKITC

750 kcmil
Code

YSR3928FXLTCKITC
YSR3928LTCKITC
YSR38FX34LTCKITC
YSR38FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR38FX31LTCKITC
YSR38FX30LTCKITC
YSR38FX29FXLTCKITC
YSR38FX28FXLTCKITC

500 kcmil
Flex

300 mm2

YSR38FX28LTCKITC
YSR38FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR3434FXLTCKITC
YSR3431LTCKITC
YSR3429FXLTCKITC
YSR3428FXLTCKITC

500 kcmil
Code

240 mm2

YSR3428LTCKITC
YSR3425FXLTCKITC
Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the
other. Install the smaller first and larger second.

Dimensions
Barrel B

AWG
750 kcmil Code
500 kcmil Flex
500 kcmil Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
300 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
750 kcmil Code
500 kcmil Flex
500 kcmil Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
300 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
500 kcmil Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
300 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
350 kcmil Flex
350 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code

Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
Yellow
Black
L115
24
1.96
1.67
Yellow
Pink
L115
L99
1.96
1.77
Yellow Brown
L115
20
1.96
1.60
Yellow
Blue
L115 19 or L80 1.96
1.60
Yellow
Red
L115
18
1.96
1.41
Yellow
White
L115 17 or 298 1.96
1.24
Yellow Yellow
L115
16
1.96
1.24

mm2

300 mm2
240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2
120 mm2

Barrel
Type Barrel A Barrel B
Standard 2.09
1.78
Standard 2.09
1.60
Standard 2.09
1.69
Standard 2.09
1.69
Standard 2.09
1.49
Standard 2.09
1.30
Standard 2.09
1.44

L
4.38
4.61
4.91
4.91
5.18
5.01
5.46

120 mm2

Standard

2.09

1.43

5.21

Yellow

Purple

L115

15

1.96

1.38

300 mm2
240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2
120 mm2

Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard

2.09
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78
1.78

1.30
1.78
1.88
1.69
1.69
1.49
1.30
1.44

5.27
4.13
3.79
4.09
4.09
4.36
4.23
4.71

Yellow
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black

Purple
Black
Pink
Brown
Blue
Red
White
Yellow

L115
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

15
24
L99
20
19 or L80
18
17 or 298
16

1.96
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67
1.67

1.36
1.67
1.77
1.60
1.60
1.41
1.24
1.38

120 mm2

Standard

1.78

1.43

4.43

Black

Purple

24

15

1.67

1.36

240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2
120 mm2

Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard

1.78
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88
1.88

1.30
1.69
1.69
1.49
1.30
1.44

4.65
4.06
4.06
4.33
4.20
4.67

Black
Pink
Pink
Pink
Pink
Pink

Purple
Brown
Blue
Red
White
Yellow

24
L99
L99
L99
L99
L99

15
20
19 or L80
18
17 or 298
16

1.67
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77

1.24
1.60
1.60
1.41
1.24
1.38

120 mm2

Standard

1.88

1.43

4.60

Pink

Purple

L99

15

1.77

1.36

70 mm2
Class 5
240 mm2
185 mm2
120 mm2

Standard

1.88

1.30

4.62

Pink

Purple

L99

15

1.77

1.24

Standard

1.88

1.13

4.62

Pink

Black

L99

13

1.77

1.19

Standard
Standard
Standard

1.69
1.69
1.69

1.69
1.49
1.44

3.51
3.66
3.81

Brown
Brown
Brown

Blue
Red
Yellow

20
20
20

19 or L80
18
16

1.60
1.60
1.60

1.60
1.41
1.38

120 mm2

Standard

1.69

1.43

3.78

Brown

Purple

20

15

1.60

1.36

Standard

1.69

1.30

3.93

Brown

Purple

20

15

1.60

1.24

50 mm2

Standard

1.69

1.04

4.01

Brown

Pink

20

12

1.60

1.00

** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.
Note 3: Installation Tooling Charts on pages C-94 - C-99.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-91

HYREDUCER
(Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR34FX31LTCKITC
YSR34FX29FXLTCKITC

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

YSR34FX28FXLTCKITC
YSR34FX28LTCKITC
YSR34FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR34FX25FXLTCKITC

350 kcmil
Flex

240 mm2

YSR34FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR34FX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR34FX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR32FX29FXLTCKITC
YSR32FX28FXLTCKITC

300 kcmil
Flex

185 mm2
Class 2

YSR3129FXLTCKITC
YSR3128FXLTCKITC
YSR3128LTCKITC
YSR3126FXLTCKITC
YSR3125FXLTCKITC

350 kcmil
Code

185 mm2
Class 2

YSR312CFXLTCKITC
YSR314CFXLTCKITC
YSR316CFXLTCKITC
YSR29FX28LTCKITC
YSR29FX25FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex

120 mm2

YSR29FX2CFXLTCKITC
Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the
other. Install the smaller first and larger second.

Dimensions
Barrel B

AWG
350 kcmil Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
4/0 AWG Flex
or Telco Flex
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
4/0 AWG Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code

mm2
185 mm2
120 mm2

Barrel
Type Barrel A Barrel B
Standard 1.69
1.49
Standard 1.69
1.44

L
3.63
3.81

120 mm2

Standard

3.86

70 mm2
Class 5

1.69

1.43

Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
Blue
Red 19 or L80 18
1.60
1.41
Blue
Yellow 19 or L80 16
1.60
1.38
Blue

Purple

19 or L80

15

1.60

1.36

Standard

1.69

1.30

3.95

Blue

Purple

19 or L80

15

1.60

1.24

Standard

1.69

1.13

3.94

Blue

Black

19 or L80

13

1.60

1.09

50 mm2

Standard

1.69

1.04

4.01

Blue

Pink

19 or L80

12

1.60

1.00

35 mm2

Standard

1.69

0.82

4.02

Blue

Brown 19 or L80

10

1.60

0.78

Standard

1.69

0.74

4.11

Blue

Gray

19 or L80

1.60

0.71

16 mm2

Standard

1.69

0.73

4.26

Blue

Blue

19 or L80

1.60

0.70

120 mm2

Standard

1.57

1.44

3.50

Red

Yellow

19 or L80

16

1.48

1.38

120 mm2

Standard

1.57

1.43

3.46

Red

Purple

19 or L80

15

1.48

1.36

120 mm2

Standard

1.49

1.44

3.13

Red

Yellow

18

16

1.41

1.38

120 mm2

Standard

1.49

1.43

3.25

Red

Purple

19 or L80

15

1.41

1.36

70 mm2
Class 5

Standard

1.49

1.30

3.27

Red

Purple

18

15

1.41

1.24

Standard

1.49

1.16

3.24

Red

Black

18

13

1.41

1.10

50 mm2

Standard

1.49

1.04

3.33

Red

Pink

18

12

1.41

1.00

35 mm2

Standard

1.49

0.82

3.37

Red

Brown

18

10

1.41

0.78

Standard

1.49

0.74

3.43

Red

Gray

18

1.41

0.71

16 mm2

Standard

1.49

0.73

3.58

Red

Blue

18

1.41

0.70

Standard

1.44

1.30

3.00

Yellow

Purple

16

15

1.38

1.24

50 mm2

Standard

1.44

1.04

3.07

Yellow

Pink

16

12

1.38

1.00

35 mm2

Standard

1.44

0.82

3.11

Yellow

Brown

16

10

1.38

0.78

** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.
Note 3: Installation Tooling Charts on pages C-94 - C-99.

(Table continued on next 2 pages)

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-92

HYREDUCER
(Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR28FX28LTCKITC

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

YSR28FX26FXLTCKITC
YSR28FX25FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG Flex


120 mm2
or Telco Flex

YSR28FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR28FX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR2825FXLTCKITC
YSR282CFXLTCKITC
YSR284CFXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Code

YSR286CFXLTCKITC
YSR26FX25FXLTCKITC
YSR26FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR26FX4CFXLTCKITC

2/0 AWG Flex


or Code

70 mm2

YSR26FX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR25FX2CFXLTCKITC
YSR25FX4CFXLTCKITC

1/0 AWG Flex


or Code

50 mm2

YSR25FX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR2CFX4CFXLTCKITC
YSR2CFX6CFXLTCKITC

#2 AWG Flex
or Code

35 mm2

YSR2CFX8CFXLTCKITC
YSR4CFX6CFXLTCKITC
YSR4CFX8CFXLTCKITC

#4 AWG Flex
or Code

YSR4CFX10CLTCKITC
Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the
other. Install the smaller first and larger second.

Dimensions
Barrel B

AWG
4/0 AWG Code
2/0 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
1/0 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#2 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#4 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#8 AWG Flex
or Code
#6 AWG Flex
or Code
#8 AWG Flex
or Code
#10 AWG Flex
or Code

Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
Purple Purple
15
15
1.36
1.36

Barrel
Type Barrel A Barrel B
Standard 1.43
1.43

L
3.00

Standard

1.43

1.13

2.94

Purple

Black

15

13

1.36

1.19

50 mm2

Standard

1.43

1.04

2.94

Purple

Pink

15

12

1.36

1.00

35 mm2

Standard

1.43

0.82

2.92

Purple

Brown

15

10

1.36

0.78

Standard

1.43

0.74

3.19

Purple

Gray

15

1.36

0.71

50 mm2

Standard

1.30

1.04

2.66

Purple

Pink

15

12

1.24

1.00

35 mm2

Standard

1.30

0.82

2.70

Purple

Brown

15

10

1.24

0.78

Standard

1.30

0.74

2.69

Purple

Gray

15

1.24

0.71

16 mm2

Standard

1.30

0.73

2.99

Purple

Blue

15

1.24

0.70

50 mm2

Standard

1.16

1.04

2.36

Black

Pink

13

12

1.10

1.00

35 mm2

Standard

1.16

0.82

2.41

Black

Brown

13

10

1.10

0.78

Standard

1.16

0.74

2.47

Black

Gray

13

1.10

0.71

16 mm2

Standard

1.16

0.73

2.71

Black

Blue

13

1.10

0.70

35 mm2

Standard

1.04

0.82

2.12

Pink

Brown

12

10

1.00

0.78

Standard

1.04

0.74

2.18

Pink

Gray

12

1.00

0.71

16 mm2

Standard

1.04

0.73

2.42

Pink

Blue

12

1.00

0.70

Standard

0.82

0.74

1.79

Brown

Gray

10

0.78

0.71

16 mm2

Standard

0.82

0.73

1.93

Brown

Blue

10

0.78

0.70

10 mm2

Standard

0.82

0.60

1.79

Brown

Red

10

49

0.78

0.57

16 mm2

Standard

0.74

0.73

1.67

Gray

Blue

0.71

0.70

10 mm2

Standard

0.74

0.60

1.50

Gray

Red

49

0.71

0.57

Standard

0.74

0.66

1.66

Gray

0.71

0.63

mm2

70 mm2
Class 5

6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex

** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.
Note 3: Installation Tooling Charts on pages C-94 - C-99.

(Table continued on next page)

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-93

HYREDUCER
(Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Connector
** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number
YSR6CFX8CFXLTCKITC
YSR6CFX10CLTCKITC
YSR8CFX10CLTCKITC
YSR8CFX14CLTCKITC
YSR10CFX12CLTCKITC
YSR10CFX14CLTCKITC

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2
#6 AWG Flex
or Code

16 mm2

#8 AWG Flex
or Code

10 mm2

6 mm2 Str.
#10 AWG Flex
or
or Code
2.5 mm2
Flex

Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the


other. Install the smaller first and larger second.

Dimensions
Barrel B

AWG
#8 AWG Flex
or Code
#10 AWG Flex
or Code
#10 AWG Flex
or Code
#14 AWG Flex
or Code
#12 AWG Flex
or Code
#14 AWG Flex
or Code

Wire Strip
Color Code
Die Index
Length
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B

mm2

Barrel
Type

10 mm2

Standard

0.73

0.60

1.37

Blue

Red

49

0.70

0.57

Standard

0.73

0.66

1.53

Blue

0.70

0.63

Standard

0.60

0.66

1.41

Red

49

0.57

0.63

Standard

0.60

0.66

1.41

Red

49

0.57

0.06

Standard

0.66

0.66

1.45

0.63

0.63

Standard

0.66

0.66

1.45

0.63

0.63

6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex
6 mm2 Str. or
2.5 mm2 Flex

Barrel A Barrel B

** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.
Note 3: Installation Tooling Charts on pages C-94 - C-99.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-94

INSTALLATION TOOLING
CHART
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Installation Tooling

** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

YSR44FX39LTCKITC
YSR44FX38FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX34LTCKITC
YSR44FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR44FX31LTCKITC
YSR44FX30LTCKITC

750 kcmil
Flex

500 mm2
Class 5

Barrel B
AWG
mm2
750 kcmil

Code
500 kcmil
300 mm2
Flex
500 kcmil
240 mm2
Code
350 kcmil
240 mm2
Flex
350 kcmil
185 mm2
Code
300 kcmil
150 mm2
Code

YSR44FX29FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex

120 mm2

YSR44FX28FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex

120 mm2

YSR44FX28LTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Code

YSR3939LTCKITC
YSR3938FXLTCKITC
YSR3934LTCKITC
YSR3934FXLTCKITC
YSR3931LTCKITC
YSR3930LTCKITC

750 kcmil
Code

750 kcmil
Code
500 kcmil
Flex
500 kcmil
Code
350 kcmil
Flex
350 kcmil
Code
300 kcmil
Code

300 mm2
240 mm2
240 mm2
185 mm2
150 mm2

YSR3929FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex

120 mm2

YSR3928FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex

120 mm2

YSR3928LTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Code

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Dieless
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Y/PAT644 Series,
Color Code
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1) Y644M (1)
Yellow Black L115
24
U44XRT (2)

P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1) Y644M (1)
Yellow Pink L115
L99 U44XRT (2) U38XRT (2)

PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)


U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Brown L115
20
U44XRT (2)

U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W34RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Blue L115 19 or L80 U44XRT (2) U32RT (2)

W32RT (2)
W32RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Red
L115
18
U44XRT (2) U31RT (2)

W31RT (2)
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow White L115 17 or 298 U44XRT (2) U30RT (2)

W30RT (2)
W30RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Yellow L115
16
U44XRT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)

W29RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Purple L115
15
U44XRT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)

W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Yellow Purple L115
15
U44XRT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)

W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) MRC840 (2)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2) U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Black
24
24

P39RT (2) P39RT (2)


PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Pink
24
L99
U38XRT (2)

P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2) U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Brown 24
20

P39RT (2) U31ART (2)


W34RT (2)
W34RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Blue
24 19 or L80
U32RT (2)

P39RT (2)
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Red
24
18
U31RT (2)

P39RT (2)
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
U39RT (2)
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black White
24 17 or 298
U30RT (2)

P39RT (2)
W30RT (2)
W30RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Yellow
24
16
U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)

W29RT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Purple
24
15
U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)

W28RT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
U39RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Black Purple
24
15
U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)

W28RT (2)
P39RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)

Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the


other. Install the smaller first and larger second.
** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes
TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.

(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for


750 flex cable applications.)

(Installation Tooling Chart


continued on next 5 pages)

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-95

INSTALLATION TOOLING
CHART (Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Installation Tooling

** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

YSR38FX34LTCKITC
YSR38FX34FXLTCKITC
YSR38FX31LTCKITC
YSR38FX30LTCKITC
YSR38FX26FXLTCKITC

500 kcmil
Flex

300 mm2

Barrel B
AWG
mm2
500 kcmil
240 mm2
Code
350 kcmil
240 mm2
Flex
350 kcmil
185 mm2
Code
300 kcmil
150 mm2
Code
2/0 AWG
70 mm2
Flex or
Class 5
Code

Color Code
Barrel A Barrel B
Pink

Brown

Pink

Blue

Pink

Red

Pink

White

Pink

Black

YSR38FX29FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex

120 mm2

Pink

Yellow

YSR38FX28FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex

120 mm2

Pink

Purple

YSR38FX28LTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Code

Pink

Purple

L99

15

U38XRT (2) U28RT (1)

240 mm2

Brown

Blue

20

19 or
L80

185 mm2

Brown

Red

20

18

U34RT (2)
U32RT (2)
U31ART (2)
U34RT (2)
U31RT(2)
U31ART (2)

W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)

4/0 AWG
Flex

120 mm2

Brown Yellow

20

16

U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
U29RT (1)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)

4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex

120 mm2

Brown Purple

20

15

U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
U28RT (1)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)

4/0 AWG
Code

YSR3431LTCKITC
YSR3429FXLTCKITC
500 kcmil
Code

240 mm2

YSR3428LTCKITC

Brown Purple

20

15

W28VT (2)
U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2)
U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W34RT (2)
X28RT (3)

50 mm2

Brown

Pink

20

12

185 mm2

Blue

Red

19 or
L80

18

120 mm2

Blue

Yellow

19 or
L80

16

1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
350 kcmil
Code

YSR3425FXLTCKITC
YSR34FX31LTCKITC
YSR34FX29FXLTCKITC

W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

350 kcmil
Flex
350 kcmil
Code

YSR3434FXLTCKITC

YSR3428FXLTCKITC

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
U34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34VT (2)
L99
20
U38XRT (2)

U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W34RT (2)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
L99
U38XRT (2) U32RT (2)

L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
L99
18
U38XRT (2) U31RT (2)

W31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
17 or
W30VT (2)
W30VT (2)
L99
U38XRT (2) U30RT (2)

298
W30RT (2)
W30RT (2)
W26VT (2)
W26VT (2)
L99
13
U38XRT (2) U26RT (1)
W26RT (2)

W26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
L99
16
U38XRT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)

W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
L99
15
U38XRT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)

W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)

350 kcmil
Flex

240 mm2

4/0 AWG
Flex

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.

W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28RT (2)
X28RT (3)

W25VT (2)
W25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
W31VT (2)
W31RT (2)
W29VT (2)
W32VT (2)
U32RT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)
W32RT (2)
X29RT (4)

U34RT (2)
U25RT (1) W34VT (2)
U31ART (2)
W34RT (2)
W32VT (2)
U32RT (2) U31RT (2)
W32RT (2)

Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the


other. Install the smaller first and larger second.
** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes
TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.

W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)

W34VT (2)
W34RT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)
W32VT (2)
W32RT (2)

Dieless
Y/PAT644 Series,
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1)
Y644M (1),
Y644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)

MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W32VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W32RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W29RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
W25RT (2)
Y644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W31VT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W31RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
W29RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)

(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for


750 flex cable applications.)

(Installation Tooling Chart


continued on next 4 pages)

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-96

INSTALLATION TOOLING
CHART (Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Installation Tooling

** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

YSR34FX28FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Code

YSR34FX28LTCKITC

YSR34FX26FXLTCKITC

YSR34FX25FXLTCKITC

Barrel B
AWG
mm2
4/0 AWG
Flex or
120 mm2
Telco Flex

350 kcmil
Flex

240 mm2

2/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code

70 mm2
Class 5
50 mm2

YSR34FX2CFXLTCKITC

#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

35 mm2

YSR34FX4CFXLTCKITC

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

YSR34FX6CFXLTCKITC

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

16 mm2

YSR32FX29FXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex

120 mm2

4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex

120 mm2

300 kcmil
Flex

185 mm2
Class 2

YSR32FX28FXLTCKITC

YSR3129FXLTCKITC

YSR3128FXLTCKITC

350 kcmil
Code

185 mm2
Class 2

4/0 AWG
Flex
4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex
4/0 AWG
Code

YSR3128LTCKITC

Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the


other. Install the smaller first and larger second.

120 mm2

120 mm2

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Dieless
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Y/PAT644 Series,
Color Code
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
19 or
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Blue Purple
15
U32RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2) W32VT (2) W28RT (2)
L80
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) W32RT (2) X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Blue Purple
15
U32RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W26VT (2)
W26VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1),
Blue Black
13
U32RT (2) U26RT (1)
W26RT (2)
W26RT (2)
Y644M (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W25VT (2)
W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
19 or
U25RT (1) W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1),
Blue
Pink
12
U32RT (2)
W25RT (2)
W25RT (2)
Y644M (1)
L80
U2CABT (1) W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1)
W2CVT (1)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
Blue Brown
10
U32RT (2) U2CRT (1)
W2CRT (1)
W2CRT (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1)
X2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
W4CVT (1)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
Blue
Gray
8
U32RT (2) U4CRT (1)
W4CRT (1)
W4CRT (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1)
X4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W5CVT (1)
W5CVT (1)
19 or
W32VT (2)
W32VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
Blue
Blue
7
U32RT (2) U5CRT (1)
W5CRT (1)
W5CRT (1)
L80
W32RT (2)
W32RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1)
X5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
W29VT (2)
W29VT (2)
19 or
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Yellow
16
U31RT (2) U29RT (1)
W29RT (2)
W29RT (2)
L80
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4)
X29RT (4)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
19 or
W31VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Purple
15
U31RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2)
W28RT (2)
L80
W31RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W29VT (2) W29VT (2)
W29RT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Yellow
18
16
U31RT (2) U29RT (1) W31VT (2)
W31VT (2) W29RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4) X29RT (4)
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Purple 19 or L80 15
U31RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2) W31VT (2) W28RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2)
W28VT (2)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
Red Purple
18
15
U31RT (2) U28RT (1)
W28RT (2) W31VT (2) W28RT (2)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) MRC840 (2)
X28RT (3)
X28RT (3)
PAT644M (1

** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.

(Installation Tooling Chart


continued on next 3 pages)

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-97

INSTALLATION TOOLING
CHART (Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Installation Tooling

** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

YSR3126FXLTCKITC
350 kcmil
Code

185 mm2
Class 2

YSR3125FXLTCKITC

Barrel B
AWG
mm2
2/0 AWG
70 mm2
Flex or
Class 5
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
50 mm2
Code

Color Code
Barrel A Barrel B
Red

Black

Red

Pink

#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

35 mm2

Red

Brown

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

Red

Gray

YSR316CFXLTCKITC

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

16 mm2

Red

Blue

YSR29FX28LTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Code

1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code

50 mm2

Yellow

YSR29FX2CFXLTCKITC

#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

35 mm2

Yellow Brown

YSR28FX28LTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Code

Purple Purple

YSR312CFXLTCKITC

YSR314CFXLTCKITC

YSR29FX25FXLTCKITC

YSR28FX26FXLTCKITC

YSR28FX25FXLTCKITC

350 kcmil
Code

4/0 AWG
Flex

4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex

YSR28FX2CFXLTCKITC

185 mm2
Class 2

120 mm2

120 mm2

2/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code
#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the


other. Install the smaller first and larger second.

Yellow Purple

Pink

70 mm2
Class 5

Purple

Black

50 mm2

Purple

Pink

35 mm2

Purple Brown

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Dieless
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
Y/PAT644 Series,
Die Index
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B
W26VT (2)
W26VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1),
18
13
U31RT (2) U26RT (1)
W26RT (2) W31VT (2) W26RT (2)
Y644M (1),
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X26RT (2)
X26RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W25VT (2)
W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1),
18
12
U31RT (2) U25RT (1)
W25RT (2) W31VT (2) W25RT (2)
Y644M (1),
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
X25RT (2)
X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1)
W2CVT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
18
10
U31RT (2) U2CRT (1)
W2CRT (1) W31VT (2) W2CRT (1)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
W4CVT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
18
8
U31RT (2) U4CRT (1)
W4CRT (1) W31VT (2) W4CRT (1)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1)
W5CVT (1)
W31VT (2)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
18
7
U31RT (2) U5CRT (1)
W5CRT (1) W31VT (2) W5CRT (1)
W31RT (2)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1),
W29VT (2) W28VT (2) W29VT (2) W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
16
15
U29RT (1) U28RT (1) W29RT (2) W28RT (2) W29RT (2) W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1),
X29RT (4) X28RT (3) X29RT (4) X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W29VT (2) W25VT (2) W29VT (2) W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
16
12
U29RT (1) U25RT (1) W29RT (2) W25RT (2) W29RT (2) W25RT (2)
Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1)
X29RT (4) X25RT (2) X29RT (4) X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W29VT (2) W2CVT (1) W29VT (2) W2CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
16
10
U29RT (1) U2CRT (1) W29RT (2) W2CRT (1) W29RT (2) W2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X29RT (4) X2CRT (1) X29RT (4) X2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2) W28VT (2) W28VT (2) W28VT (2)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
15
15
U28RT (1) U28RT (1) W28RT (2) W28RT (2) W28RT (2) W28RT (2)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) X28RT (3) X28RT (3) X28RT (3)
MRC840 (2)
W28VT (2) W26VT (2) W28VT (2) W26VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
15
13
U28RT (1) U26RT (1) W28RT (2) W26RT (2) W28RT (2) W26RT (2)
Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) X26RT (2) X28RT (3) X26RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
W28VT (2) W25VT (2) W28VT (2) W25VT (2)
MY29-11 (1),
Y644M (1),
15
12
U28RT (1) U25RT (1) W28RT (2) W25RT (2) W28RT (2) W25RT (2)
Y644M (1),
PAT644M (1)
X28RT (3) X25RT (2) X28RT (3) X25RT (2)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1),
W28VT (2) W2CVT (1) W28VT (2) W2CVT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
15
10
U28RT (1) U2CRT (10) W28RT (2) W2CRT (1) W28RT (2) W2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1),
X28RT (3) X2CRT (1) X28RT (3) X2CRT (1)
Y1MRTC (2)

** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.

(Installation Tooling Chart


continued on next 2 pages)

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-98

INSTALLATION TOOLING
CHART (Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Installation Tooling

** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

Color Code
Die Index
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

Purple

Gray

15

W28VT (2) W4CVT (1) W28VT (2)


U28RT (1) U4CRT (1) W28RT (2) W4CRT (1) W28RT (2)
X28RT (3) X4CRT (1) X28RT (3)

1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code

50 mm2

Purple

Pink

15

12

W28VT (2) W25VT (2) W28VT (2)


U28RT (1) U25RT (1) W28RT (2) W25RT (2) W28RT (2)
X28RT (3) X25RT (2) X28RT (3)

YSR282CFXLTCKITC

#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

35 mm2

Purple Brown

15

10

W28VT (2) W2CVT (1) W28VT (2)


U28RT (1) U2CRT (1) W28RT (2) W2CRT (1) W28RT (2)
X28RT (3) X2CRT (1) X28RT (3)

YSR284CFXLTCKITC

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

Purple

Gray

15

W28VT (2) W4CVT (1) W28VT (2)


U28RT (1) U4CRT (1) W28RT (2) W4CRT (1) W28RT (2)
X28RT (3) X4CRT (1) X28RT (3)

YSR286CFXLTCKITC

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

16 mm2

Purple

Blue

15

W28VT (2) W5CVT (1) W28VT (2)


U28RT (1) U5CRT (1) W28RT (2) W5CRT (1) W28RT (2)
X28RT (3) X5CRT (1) X28RT (3)

YSR26FX25FXLTCKITC

1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code

50 mm2

Black

Pink

13

12

W26VT (2) W25VT (2) W26VT (2)


U26RT (1) U25RT (1) W26RT (2) W25RT (2) W26RT (2)
X26RT (2) X25RT (2) X26RT (2)

YSR26FX2CFXLTCKITC

#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

35 mm2

Black

Brown

13

10

W26VT (2) W2CVT (1) W26VT (2)


U26RT (1) U2CRT (1) W26RT (2) W2CRT (1) W26RT (2)
X26RT (2) X2CRT (1) X26RT (2)

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

Black

Gray

13

W26VT (2) W4CVT (1) W26VT (2)


U26RT (1) U4CRT (1) W26RT (2) W4CRT (1) W26RT (2)
X26RT (2) X4CRT (1) X26RT (2)

YSR26FX6CFXLTCKITC

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

16 mm2

Black

Blue

13

W26VT (2) W5CVT (1) W26VT (2)


U26RT (1) U5CRT (1) W26RT (2) W5CRT (1) W26RT (2)
X26RT (2) X5CRT (1) X26RT (2)

YSR25FX2CFXLTCKITC

#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

35 mm2

Pink

Brown

12

10

W25VT (2) W2CVT (1) W25VT (2)


U25RT (1) U2CRT (1) W25RT (2) W2CRT (1) W25RT (2)
X25RT (2) X2CRT (1) X25RT (2)

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

Pink

Gray

12

W25VT (2) W4CVT (1) W25VT (2)


U25RT (1) U4CRT (1) W25RT (2) W4CRT (1) W25RT (2)
X25RT (2) X4CRT (1) X25RT (2)

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

16 mm2

Pink

Blue

12

W25VT (2) W5CVT (1) W25VT (2)


U25RT (1) U5CRT (1) W25RT (2) W5CRT (1) W25RT (2)
X25RT (2) X5CRT (1) X25RT (2)

YSR28FX4CFXLTCKITC

4/0 AWG
Flex or
Telco Flex

Barrel B
AWG
mm2

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B

120 mm2

YSR2825FXLTCKITC
4/0 AWG
Code

4/0 AWG
Code

YSR26FX4CFXLTCKITC

YSR25FX4CFXLTCKITC

2/0 AWG
Flex or
Code

1/0 AWG
Flex or
Code

YSR25FX6CFXLTCKITC

70

mm2

50 mm2

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the


other. Install the smaller first and larger second.
** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes
TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.

www.burndy.com

Dieless
Y/PAT644 Series,
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1)
MRC840 (2)
W25VT (2) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W25RT (2) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X25RT (2) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W2CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1)
MRC840 (2) PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
MRC840 (2) PAT644M (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1), Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
MRC840 (2) PAT644M (1)
W25VT (2) MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W25RT (2) Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X25RT (2) PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W2CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
W2CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W2CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X2CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W4CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1) MY29-11 (1),
MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1) Y644M (1),
Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1) PAT644M (1)
PAT644M (1)

(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for


750 flex cable applications.)

Chart continued on next page)

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Reducing Splice Kit Code and Flex Inspection Window

TYPE YSR-TC
C-99

INSTALLATION TOOLING
CHART (Continued)
In-line Reducer Splice Kits for
Telecommunications
Applications

Plastic
Bag/Kit

Installation Tooling

** Clear
Heat Shrink Kit
Catalog Number

Wire Range
Barrel A
AWG
mm2

Barrel B
AWG
mm2

Color Code
Die Index
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B

Hydraulic
Hydraulic
Mechanical
Y750, Y35, Y46,
BCT500HS,
OUR840,
PAT750, BAT750
Y500CTHS
MD7-34
Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B Barrel A Barrel B

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

Brown

Gray

10

W2CVT (1) W4CVT (1) W2CVT (1)


U2CRT (1) U4CRT (1) W2CRT (1) W4CRT (1) W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1) X4CRT (1) X2CRT (1)

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

16 mm2

Brown

Blue

10

W2CVT (1) W5CVT (1) W2CVT (1)


U2CRT (1) U5CRT (1) W2CRT (1) W5CRT (1) W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1) X5CRT (1) X2CRT (1)

YSR2CFX8CFXLTCKITC

#8 AWG
Flex or
Code

10 mm2

Brown

Red

10

49

W2CVT (1) W8CVT (1) W2CVT (1)


U2CRT (1) U8CRT (1) W2CRT (1) W8CRT (1) W2CRT (1)
X2CRT (1) X8CRT (1) X2CRT (1)

YSR4CFX6CFXLTCKITC

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

16 mm2

Gray

Blue

W4CVT (1) W5CVT (1) W4CVT (1)


U4CRT (1) U5CRT (1) W4CRT (1) W5CRT (1) W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1) X5CRT (1) X4CRT (1)

#8 AWG
Flex or
Code

10 mm2

Gray

Red

49

W4CVT (1) W8CVT (1) W4CVT (1)


U4CRT (1) U8CRT (1) W4CRT (1) W8CRT (1) W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1) X8CRT (1) X4CRT (1)

YSR4CFX10CLTCKITC

#10 AWG
Flex or
Code

6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex

Gray

U4CRT (1)

YSR6CFX8CFXLTCKITC

#8 AWG
Flex or
Code

10 mm2

Blue

Red

49

W5CVT (1) W8CVT (1) W5CVT (1)


U5CRT (1) U8CRT (1) W5CRT (1) W8CRT (1) W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1) X8CRT (1) X5CRT (1)

Blue

U5CRT (1)

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

W5CVT (1)
W5CRT (1)
X5CRT (1)

Red

49

U8CRT (1)

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

Red

49

U8CRT (1)

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

W8CVT (1)
W8CRT (1)
X8CRT (1)

YSR2CFX4CFXLTCKITC

YSR2CFX6CFXLTCKITC

YSR4CFX8CFXLTCKITC

#2 AWG
Flex or
Code

#4 AWG
Flex or
Code

#6 AWG
Flex or
Code

35 mm2

16 mm2

YSR6CFX10CLTCKITC

#10 AWG
Flex or
Code

YSR8CFX10CLTCKITC

#10 AWG
Flex or
Code

#8 AWG
Flex or
Code
YSR8CFX14CLTCKITC

YSR10CFX12CLTCKITC

YSR10CFX14CLTCKITC

10 mm2
#14 AWG
Flex or
Code

#12 AWG
6 mm2 Str. Flex or
#10 AWG
or
Code
Flex or
2.5 mm2 #14 AWG
Code
Flex
Flex or
Code

Provided with 2 heat shrink tubings. One will overlap the


other. Install the smaller first and larger second.

US: 1-800-346-4175

6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or
2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or 2.5 mm2
Flex
6 mm2 Str.
or 2.5 mm2
Flex

** Clear Heatshrink UL224 VW1 Listed passes


TELCORDIA GR-347-CORE Abrasion and Cut Test.
(Up to 750 kcmil Class B code cable. Contact factory for
750 flex cable applications.)

www.burndy.com

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

W4CVT (1)
W4CRT (1)
X4CRT (1)

Dieless
Y/PAT644 Series,
MY29-11
Barrel A Barrel B
Y1MRTC (2), Y1MRTC (2),
W4CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W4CRT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X4CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2), Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2), Y8MRB-1 (1),
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W8CRT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-3 (1),
X8CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2), Y1MRTC (1),
W5CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), MY29-11 (1),
W5CRT (1)
Y644M (1), Y644M (1),
X5CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (2), Y8MRB-1 (1),
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W8CRT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-3 (1),
X8CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (2),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
MY29-11 (1),

MR8G98 (2),
Y644M (1),
Y10D (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y1MRTC (1), Y8MRB-1 (1),
W8CVT (1)
MY29-11 (1), Y1MRTC (1),
W8CRT (1)
Y644M (1), MY29-3 (1),
X8CRT (1)
PAT644M (1) MY29-11 (1)
Y1MRTC (1),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
MY29-11 (1),

MR8G98 (2),
Y644M (1),
Y10D (2)
PAT644M (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
Y1MRTC (1),

MR8G98 (2),
MY29-3 (1),
Y10D (2)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (1),
Y8MRB-1 (2),
Y1MRTC (1),

MR8G98 (2),
MY29-3 (1),
Y10D (2)
MY29-11 (1)
Y8MRB-1 (2), Y8MRB-1 (2),

MR8G98 (2), MR8G98 (2),


Y10D (2) Y10D (2)
Y8MRB-1 (2), Y8MRB-1 (2),

MR8G98 (2), MR8G98 (2),


Y10D (2) Y10D (2)

Note 1: All dimensions shown are for reference only.


Note 2: Non-inspection window versions are available.
Please contact customer service.

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression C-Tap Thin Wall

TYPE YC-L

Bare Copper

C-100

THIN-WALL COPPER C-TAP


UL Listed to 600 Volts
Type YC-L is a thin-wall high conductivity
copper connector for making copper tap and
parallel connections from #14 to 3/0 AWG.

Features and Benefits

Manufactured form high conductivity


wrought copper.
Provides low resistance and excellent
electrical conductivity.
Range-taking connector.
Lowers inventory requirements.
Reinforced ribs.
Provides maximum pull-out values.
Compact size.
Easy to tape and insulate connection.
Economical.
Provides low installed cost.

RIBS

Installation Tooling

Catalog
Number
YC10L12
YC8L12
YC6L12
YC4L12
YC3L12
YC2L12

YC1L12

YC25L12

YC26L12

YC27L12

No.
of
Ribs

Accommodates
Run
Tap
14
16-14
12
16-14
10
14
10
10
8
12
8
10-8
6
12-10
6
8-6
5,4
12-8
5,4
6-5
3
12-6
4
4
3
5
2
12-6
3
4-3
2
5-4
1
12-5
2 Str.
2 Str. 2 Sol.
2 Sol.
3 Str. 3 Sol.
1 Str.
4 Str. 4 Sol.
1 Sol.
3 Str. 3 Sol.
1/0 Str. 12 Str. 12 Sol.
1/0 Sol. - 4 Str. 4 Sol.
1
2-1
1/0
3-2
2/0
12-3
1/0
1-1/0
2/0
2-1
3/0
12-2

0
0
0
1
1

Dimensions
C
D

.18
[4.6]

.11
[2.8]

.40
.060
[10.2] [1.65]

.25
[6.4]
.33
[8.4]
.38
[9.7]
.48
[11.4]

.21
[3.8]
.25
[5.1]
.28
[6.1]
.37
[6.4]

.60
[15.2]
.60
[15.2]
1.18
[30.2]
1.18
[30.2]

.072
[1.83]
.072
[1.83]
.072
[1.83]
.081
[2.06]

Color
Code
Red

Y2MR
Red
(1)

Mechanical
MD6, OUR840 &
MD7-34R
Die No.
(# crimps)

Die
Index
Embossment

W8CVT (1)

49

3/8

BCT500,
Y500CT,
BAT500
(# crimps)

Hydraulic
Y35, Y39,
Y750, Y45
Y46*
(# crimps)

Die
Index
Embossment

Wire
Strip
Length

Blue
(1)
Gray
(2)
Brown
(2)

W5CVT (1)

5/8

W4CVT (1)

5/8

W2CVT (2)

10

Green

W1CVT (2)

11

Blue
Gray
Brown

WC4 (1)

UC4 (1)

10M

1-3/16
1-3/16

.50
.36
[12.7] [7.6]

1.18 .081
[30.2] [2.06]

Pink

Pink
(2)

W25VT (2)

12

WC2 (1)

UC2 (1)

12M

1-3/16

.56
.45
[14.2] [8.6]

1.75 .081
[44.4] [2.06]

Black

W26VT (3)

13

WC1 (2)

UC1 (1)

13M

1-13/16

.62
.50
[15.7] [9.6]

1.75 .090
[44.4] [2.29]

Orange

W27VT (3)

14

WC25 (2)

UC25 (1)

14M

1-13/16

.69
.53
1.75 .090
[17.5] [10.7] [44.4] [2.29]

Purple

W28VT (3)

15

.81
.54
1.75 .090
[20.6] [11.9] [44.4] [2.29]

Yellow

W29VT (3)

16

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.

UC26 (1)

1-13/16

1-13/16

* Use PUADP-1 adapter with U dies in Y46 HYPRESS


For Tin plating add TN suffix (example = YC10L12TN)
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression C-Tap

TYPES YC-C
Bare Copper

C-101

COPPER CRIMPIT
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Type YC-C copper CRIMPIT connector is a
range-taking C shape compression connector for making tap or parallel copper
connections from #12 sol. to 4/0 strand
conductor.

YC10C10
YC8C8
YC4C8
YC4C6
YC4C4
YC2C4
YC2C2
YC26C2
YC26C26
YC28C2
YC28C26
YC28C28

Run

Tap

12 Sol. - 10 Str.
8 Sol. - 8 Str.

Copperweld-Copper Conductors

Range-taking connector.
Lowers inventory requirments.
Compact size.
Easy to tape and insulate connection.
Manufactured from high conductivity
wrought copper.
Provides low resistance and excellent
electrical conductivity.
Economical
Provides low installed cost.

Catalog
Number

Features and Benefits

8A 6A 4A 2A -

12 Sol. - 10 Str.
3/8
10 Sol. - 8 Str.
1/2
8 Sol. - 8 Str.
6 Sol. - 4 Str.
6 Sol. - 6 Str.
5/8
4 Sol. - 4 Str.
8 Sol. - 4 Str.
2 Sol. - 2 Str.
3/4
2 Sol. - 2 Str.
8 Sol. - 2 Str.
1/0 Sol. - 2/0 Str.
11/12
1/0 Sol. - 2/0 Str.
6 Sol. - 2 Str.
3/0 Sol. - 4/0 Str. 1/0 Sol. - 2/0 Str. 1-1/16
3/0 Sol. - 4/0 Str.

Not UL Listed.
Number of Crimps.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.
* Use PUADP-1 adapter when using U dies in the Y46
HYPRESS.

Die
Index

Use CRIMPITS accommodating 6 str. Copper


Use CRIMPITS accommodating 4 Str. Copper
Use CRIMPITS accommodating 2 Str. Copper
Use CRIMPITS accommodating 1/0 and 2/0
Copper

Tools, Die Set, Catalog Number,


and (No. of Crimps)
MD6
OUR840 Y35, Y750, Y45, Y46*

238
162 or K

W238 (1)
W162 (2)

W238 (1)
W162 (2)

U-238 (1)
U162** (1)

BG or 5/8

BG (2)
W-BG** (1)

XNBG (2)

U-BG (1)

W-C (2)

U-C (1)

E or O

U-E (3)
U-O (1)

F or D3

U-F (3)
U-D3** (1)

CRIMPIT for 1 Str.


Copper
Run
Tap

1 Str.

1 Str.

6.8 Str., 8 Sol.

1 or 2 Str.

** Multiple crimp die set. Makes more than one crimp per
tool compression. Figure ( ) indicates number of compressions.
For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression C-Tap

TYPE YCHC

Electro Tin
Plated

C-102

C-TAP COPPER CRIMPIT

90 C

Features and Benefits


Wide range of run/tap combinations including Class B code I and locomotive flexible
conductor combinations. All (B/B, B/I, I/I)
combinations are recommended.
Each connector accommodates many
cable combinations, allowing maximum
flexibility for the design and installation
of a system.
Color-coded on the connector that
matches the die.
Provides matched system for fast and
easy installation.

BURNDY
Catalog
Number

Flame Retardant Cover


Clear
Black
Cat. No.
Cat. No.

YCHC44TC44

CCFR-FR

CFR-FR

YCHC39TC39

CCFR-FR

CFR-FR

YCHC39TC31

CCFR-FR

CFR-FR

YCHC39TC2

CCFR-FR

CFR-FR

YCHC34TC34

CCFN-FR

CFN-FR

YCHC34TC29

CCFN-FR

CFN-FR

YCHC34TC2

CCFN-FR

CFN-FR

YCHC29TC29

CCFDXFR

CFD-FR

YCHC29TC2

CCFD-FR

CFD-FR

YCHC2TC2

CCFO-FR

CFO-FR

YCHC8TC8

Tap 1

1000-750
(750-500)
750-500
(550-500)
750-500
(550-500)
750-500
(550-500)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-12
(8-12)

1000-750
(750-500)
750-350
(550-350)
350-2
(250-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-12
(8-12)

Note: To properly use tap 2 and/or tap 3 conductors in YCHC


connector a conductor from the tap 1 cable range must
be included in the tap 1 groove.
To obtain covers made of polyethylene remove suffix-FR
(example: CFO). CFO is not flame retardant.

Tap 2

Die
Index &
Color EmbossY35 Y750 Y46* Code ment
Tooling ( No. of Crimps)

Condutor Sizes Code/(Flex) Cable


Main

Each connector has a recommended


insulating cover available. Flame retardant
type CF-FR covers meet oxygen index
28 and UL94 V-O requirements.
A complete insulated UL Listed installation is provided.
Die index embossed on connector after
completion of crimp.
Permanent inspectability of installed
connector is insure consistently reliable
and dependable connections.

Tap 3

Strip
Length

8-14
(8-14)
8-14
(8-14)

White

1102

3.59 1.73 1.16

1-1/4

P1103 1

Blue

1103

3.12 1.53 1.06

1-1/8

P1103 1

Blue

1103

2.96 1.53 1.31

1-3/8

P1103 1

Blue

1103

2.66 1.53 1.31

1-3/8

U1104 2 P1104 1

Brown

1104

2.97 1.38 1.00

1-1/4

U1104 2 P1104 1

Brown

1104

2.45 1.26 .88

U1104 2 P1104 1

Brown

1104

2.45 1.26 .88

2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-14
(8-14)

P1102 1

8-14
(8-14)

2-6 Str./Sol.
(2-8)
8-14
(8-14)

U997

U997

1 Orange

997

2.12 .98

.94

U251

U251

Red

251

1.78 .97

.81

U-C

U-C

Brown

1.22 .60

.81

Red

240

.53

.56

5/8

U-C

U-240 1 U-240 1 U-240 1

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46.


See tooling section of Master Catalog for complete tool
and die listings.
For applications requiring flame retardant cover, use
either a CCFBG-FR (Clear) or CFBG-FR (Black) cover and
YH2C2C connector by ordering YH8C8CWCC (Clear) or
YH8C8CWC (Black).

.35

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Code H-Tap

TYPE YH

COLOR CODE
DIE AND
CRIMP
INFORMATION

H-TAP COPPER CRIMPIT

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

C-103

Fig. 1
CONDUCTOR
RANGE

Features and Benefits

PATENTED

THIRD HAND

Accommodates a wide range of run/tap


copper cable combinations including both
flexible and code combinations. All (B/B,
B/I, I/B, I/I) combinations acceptable.
Each connector has many copper cable
combination applications allowing maximum flexibility for the design and installation of a system.
Tap grooves function independently of
each other. Use of one tap is required.
Balance may be used or left empty.
Provides maximum design and installation flexibility.
Color code on the connector matches
installation die.
Provides matched system for fast and
easy installation.

Fig. 2

Die index embossed on connector after


completion of crimp.
Permanent inspectability of installed
connectors to insure consistently reliable and dependable connections.
Recommended flame retardant type CFFR insulating covers meet oxygen index
28 and UL94 V-O requirements.
A complete insulated UL Listed installation is provided.
Third Hand constrains conductors while
installer completes crimp. Included with
each connector.
Simplifies installation, reducing
installed cost.

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

Fig. 6

TABLE 1 CODE CONDUCTOR AND METRIC EQUIVALENT


H-Tap
Connector
YH4444

Kit Catalog Number


Flame Retardant Cover
Clear
Black
YH4444WCC
YH4444WC

Fig. #
1

YH4434*

YH4434WCC*

YH4434WC

YH4429

YH4429WCC

YH4429WC

YH3939

YH3939WCC

YH3939WC

YH3931

YH3931WCC

YH3931WC

YH3434

YH3434WCC

YH3434WC

YH3429

YH3429WCC

YH3429WC

YH2929

YH2929WCC

YH2929WC

YH292C

YH292CWCC

YH292CWC

YH298C

YH298CWCC

YH298CWC

YH2C2C

YH2C2CWCC

YH2C2CWC

YH6C6C

YH6C6CWCC

YH6C6CWC

YH8C8C

YH8C8CWCC

YH8C8CWC

Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Conductor Sizes Code/(Flex Cable)


Main
Tap 1
Tap 2
1000-750
(750-500)
(750)

1000-750
(750-500)
(350)

1000-750
(777-500)
750-500
(550-500)
750-350
(550-500)
500-250
(350-4/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
250-2
(4/0-2)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str/Sol
(2-8)
6-10
(6-10)
8-14
(8-14)

250-2
(4/0-2)
750-350
(550-350)
4/0-1/0
(250-1/0)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
250/1/0
(4/0-1/0)
250-2
(4/0-2)
2-6 Str/Sol
(2-8)
8-14
(8-14)
2-6 Str/Sol
(2-8)
6-14
(6-14)
8-14
(8-14)

1-6 Str/Sol
(1-8)

Metric Conductor Sizes (mm2)


Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Tap 2 Tap 3
500-400 500-400

1000-750
(777-500) 500-350

(777-750) (350 FX)

500-400

150-35

300-300

300-185

2-14
(2-14) 300-185

95-70

35-16 35-2.5

240-150

240-120

1-6 Str/Sol
(1-8)

8-14
#8

240-120

120-70

35-16

6-2.5

120-35

120-35

120-35

35-16

6-2.5

8-14
(8-14)
8-14
(8-14)
8-14
(8-14)

120-35

6-2.5

6-2.5

8-14
(8-14)

35-16

35-16

6-2.5

6-2.5

10-6

10-2.5

6-2.5

6-2.5

* Not CSA approved.


Note: All H-Taps ROHS compliant.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Flex H-Tap

TYPE YH

COLOR CODE
DIE AND
CRIMP
INFORMATION

C-104

H-TAP COPPER CRIMPIT


(Continued)

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

CONDUCTOR
RANGE

THIRD HAND

TABLE 2 FLEX AND METRIC CONDUCTOR RANGES


Maximum
Conductor in
Range
Flex
Conductor
(AWG/kcmil)

Catalog
Number
YH4444
YH4434*
YH4429
YH3939

YH3931

YH3434

YH3429

YH2929
YH292C

YH298C

YH2C2C

YH6C6C
YH8C8C

Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap1
Tap 2
Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1
Tap 2
Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap1
Tap 2
Main
Tap1
Tap 2
Main
Tap 1
Tap 2
Tap 3
Main
Tap 1
Main
Tap 1

777
777
777

777
4/0
550
550
550
250
1
2
350
350
350
4/0
1
8
4/0
4/0
4/0
2
8
4/0
8
8
2
2
8
8
6
6
8
8

Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Diameter
mm

Minimum
Conductor in
Range
Flex
Conductor
(AWG/kcmil)

28
28
28

28
15.5
25
25
25
17
9
8
20
20
20
15.5
9
4
15.5
15.5
15.5
8
4
15.5
4
4
8
8
4
4
5
5
4
4

500
500
750
350
500
2
500
350
500
1/0
8
14
4/0
4/0
4/0
1/0
8
14
2
2
2
8
14
2
14
14
8
8
14
14
10
14
14
14

Maximum Metric
Dimensions

mm2
393
393
393

393
107
278
278
278
126
42
33.6
177
177
177
107
42
8
107
107
107
33.6
8
107
8
8
33.6
33.6
8
8
13
13
8
8

Minimum Metric
Dimensions

mm2

Diameter
mm

253
253
380
177
253
33.6
253
177
253
53.5
8
2
107
107
107
53
8
2
33.6
33.6
33.6
8
2
33.6
2
2
8
8
2
2
5
2
2
2

24
24
31
20
24
8
24
20
24
11
4
2
15.5
15.5
15.5
11
4
2
8
8
8
4
2
8
2
2
4
4
2
2
3
2
2
2

* Not CSA approved.


Note: All H-Taps ROHS compliant.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression H-Tap

TYPE YH

COLOR CODE
DIE AND
CRIMP
INFORMATION

H-TAP COPPER CRIMPIT


(Continued)

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

C-105

Fig. 1
CONDUCTOR
RANGE

THIRD HAND

Fig. 2

Fig. 4

Fig. 3

Fig. 5

TABLE 3 INSTALLATION TOOLING + DIMENSIONS


BURNDY
Catalog
Number

Kit Catalog Number


Flame Retardant Cover
Clear
Black

YH4444
YH4434*
YH4429
YH3939
YH3931

YH4444WCC
YH4434WCC*
YH4429WCC
YH3939WCC
YH3931WCC

YH4444WC
YH4434WC
YH4429WC
YH3939WC
YH3931WC

YH3434

YH3434WCC

YH3429

Tooling ( No. of Crimps)


Fig. No.

Y35

Y750

Y46*

Color Die Index &


Code Embossment

P1102

White

1102

3.38

1.70 1.00

5
1
2

K-R
K-R
K-R

3.22
2.97
2.97

1.70 1.00 1-3/8


1.50 1.25 1-3/8
1.50 .95 1-1/16

Brown

1104

2.43

1.15 1.00

1-1/8

YH3429WCC

YH3429WC

Brown

1104

2.23

1.31 1.00

1-1/8

YH2929

YH2929WCC

YH2929WC

U654

Purple

654

1.85

.90

.90

1-1/16

YH292C

YH292CWCC

YH292CWC

U654

PYFR
PYFR
PYFR
P1104
U1104M
P1104
U1104M
U654
P654
U654
P654
U654
P654
U-C
UBGRT
U11T-1

Yellow
Yellow
Yellow

1
2
1
2

1
1
1

YH3434WC

U1104M
U1104
U1104M
U1104

Purple

654

1.52

.90

.90

1-1/16

Purple

654

1.52

.90

.90

1-1/16

1
1
1

Brown
Orange
Green

C
BG
11

1.25
.81
.63

.60
.39
.40

.75
.60
.60

7/8
3/4
3/4

YH298C

YH298CWCC

YH298CWC

U654

YH2C2C
YH6C6C
YH8C8C

YH2C2CWCC
YH6C6CWCC
YH8C8CWCC

YH2C2CWC
YH6C6CWC
YH8C8CWC

4
1
1

U-C
UBGRT
U11T-1

1
1
1

U-C
UBGRT
U11T-1

1
1
1

Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46.


See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Strip
Length
1-1/8

* Not CSA approved.


Note: All H-Taps ROHS compliant.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Flame Retardant H-Tap Covers

TYPE CF-FR
C-106

H-TAP
FLAME RETARDANT COVER
UL Listed to 600 Volts

Features and Benefits


600 VOLT 90 C

Catalog
Number

One-piece design.
No extra parts or hardware required.

Max. Conductor
Accommodated

Matched H Copper CRIMPIT

#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#2 AWG
250 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil

YH8C8C
YH6C6C
YH2C2C
YH292C, YH298C, YH2929
YH3434, YH3429*
YH3939, YH3931, YH4429
YH4434 ,YH4444

CFBG-FR
CFO-FR
CFD-FR
CFN-FR
CFR-FR

* Use CFN-FR for single tap installation; use CFR-FR when


2 or more tap conductors are installed.

CLEAR H-TAP
FLAME RETARDANT COVER
UL Listed to 600 Volts

Features and Benefits


Two-Piece design with Positive Locking
Latch to ensure correct installation,
preventing opening after installation and
eliminating the need for taping.

Catalog
Number

Features and Benefits (continued)


Mounted Magnifying Lens provides
increased visibility of Die Embossment on
installed H-Tap Connectors.
Made of Polished Clear Polycarbonate
material that provides:
High visibility for inspection of installed
connectors.

Max. Conductor
Accommodated

Matched H Copper CRIMPIT

#8 AWG
#6 AWG
#2 AWG
250 kcmil
250 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil
1000 kcmil

YH8C8C
YH6C6C
YH2C2C
YH292C, YH298C
YH2929
YH3434, YH3429*
YH3939, YH3931, YH4429
YH4434, YH4444

CCFBG-FR
CCFO-FR
CCFD-FR
CCFDX-FR
CCFN-FR
CCFR-FR

* Use CCFN-FR for single tap installation; use CCFR-FR


when 2 or more tap conductors are installed.

Max. Connector
Length
.65
.80
.95
1.10
1.30
1.10

Connector
Color Code
Green
Orange
Brown
Purple
Brown
Yellow
Yellow, White

Two-piece design packaged together.


Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

TYPE CCF-FR

600 VOLT 90 C

Features and Benefits (continued)


Slips over connector and latches
securely shut.
Fast, easy, reliable insulation of
H-Tap compression.
Eliminates tapping.
Economical, fast, easy installation.
Flash barriers.
Protects against electrical flashover.
CF-FR flame retardant design.
Self-extinguishing retardant properties.
Minimum 28 oxygen index.
Self-extinguishing retardant properties.
UL 94 V-O rated.
Self-extinguishing retardant properties.

Features and Benefits (continued)


Flame Retardant UL94 V-O Rated
Material self-extinguishing retardant
properties
High Impact design
Built in Channels to accommodate and
hold Cable ties, Hook & Loop ties, or
Waxed Cord, securely in place after
installation.
Patented highly flexible fingers designed
to contour around the conductor.
Internal pockets designed to
accommodate Identification tags
(4 ID tags included).
Molded barriers prevent installed H-Tap
Connectors from Electrical Flashover.
Covers come packaged complete with
(2) Cover Halves, (2) Cable Ties and
(4) Identification Labels.

Max. Connector
Length
.65
.80
.95
.95
1.10
1.30
1.10

Connector
Color Code
Green
Orange
Brown
Purple
Purple
Brown
Yellow
White

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Split H-Tap

TYPES YSH
C-107

H COPPER CRIMPIT
COPPER SPLIT
COMPRESSION WYE TAP
CONNECTOR

TAP 2

TAP 1
TAP 1

TAP 3

Fig. 1

Expanded Tap 1 Components


Expanded Catalog Number

Tap 1 Range

YSH-292C-E
YSH-2925-E

#2
1/0

Features and Benefits


Accommodates a wide range of run/tap
copper cable combinations including both
flexible and code combinations. All (B/B,
B/I, I/B, I/I) combinations acceptable.
Each connector has many copper cable
combination applications allowing
maximum flexibility for the design and
installation of a system.
Tap grooves function independently from
each other. Use of one tap is required.
Balance may be used or left empty.
Provides maximum design and installation flexibility.

Conductor Sizes Code Expanded Tap 1


(Flex Cable)
Catalog
Number

Fig.

YSH2929

YSH3429

YSH3434

YSH3931

YSH3939

Main

Tap 1

250-2
(4/0-2)
500-4/0
(350-4/0)
500-250
(350-4/0)
750-350
(550-500)
750-350
(550-500)

Tap 2

Tap 3

Strip Length 11/2

Color code on the connector matches


installation die.
Provides matched system for fast and
easy installation.
Die index embossed on connector after
completion of crimp.
Permanent inspectability of installed
connectors to ensure consistently reliable and dependable connections.
Insulation is not provided. Insulation can
be obtained from Raychem (800-2729243) type HVSY Splice kits for 15 kV
installations.
A complete IEEE 404 15 kV installation
is provided.

Tooling (Number of Crimps)


Color
Y750

Y46*

Code

250-2
U654
U654 (4)
(4/0-2)
P654
250-1/0 1-6 Str./Sol. 8-14
U1104
U1104 (4)
(4/0-1/0)
(1-8)
(8-14)
P1104
500-4/0
U1104
U1104 (4)
(350-4/0)
P1104
350-1/0 1-6 Str./Sol. 2-14

PYFR
(350-1/0)
(1-8)
(2-14)

750-350
PYFR
(550-350)

* Use PUADP-1 adaptor with U dies in Y46. The Y46 and P


dies result in a smooth crimp surface and is recommended for voltages above 600 V.

Fig. 2

Die
Index
&
Embossment

(4)/(2)

Purple

654

1.85

.90

(4)/(2)

Brown

1104

2.23

1.31

(4)/(2)

Brown

1104

2.43

1.15 3.00

Yellow

K-R

2.97

1.50

Yellow

K-R

2.97

1.50

See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and


die listings.
Number of crimps per connector. U -dies require double
crimps.

Strip
Length
See Application Notes Below

Type YSH heavy duty connectors are


designed for insulated underground wye
splices. The split H copper CRIMPIT connector is longer than our standard H copper
CRIMPIT and is suitable for use on high
voltage (15 kV) power cables with copper
conductors. The connectors can not be used
with oil filled or mass impregnated cables
since no oil stop is provided. The connector
is installed with standard BURNDY
HYPRESS tools and is made of tin-plated
electrolytic copper.

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Conductor ends remain visible


when conductor is split

Main Conductor

Main Conductor

YSH Connector

Tap Conductor

For continuous and/or tap


connections refer to table
for conductor ranges.

Due to thickness of underground wire insulation the minimum


recommended strip length from the connector edge is 1 inch.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression T-Coupler

TYPES YST

ELECTRO-TIN
PLATED

TAP

C-108

UNINSULATED T
COPPER HYTEE COUPLER

CRIMP

UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV

CRIMP
RUN

CRIMP

Type YST copper compression tee is


designed for connecting a run conductor
with a perpendicular tap conductor.
YST connectors are commonly used in junction boxes and manholes to make a radial
tap off a main run. They are needed in many
industrial, utility generation and commercial
applications. The most common cable combinations are listed below. BURNDY Type
Y-R reducers can be used to accommodate
most cable combinations.

Catalog
Number
YST4C4C
YST2C2C
YST2525
YST2626
YST282C
YST2825
YST2828
YST2929
YST3131
YST3428
YST3434
YST3939
*
**

Code
Conductors
Run
Tap
4 str.
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
4/0 str.
4/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
750 kcmil

4 str.
2 str.
1/0 str.
2/0 str.
2 str.
1/0 str.
4/0 str.
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
4/0 str.
500 kcmil
750 kcmil

B
1.44
1.56
1.62
1.69
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
2.31
2.56
2.25
3.46

Dimensions
BB
H
1.38
1.56
1.56
1.67
1.50
1.56
1.75
1.78
2.25
1.75
2.70
3.34

1.72
1.98
1.91
2.18
2.12
2.25
2.44
2.53
3.12
2.81
3.76
4.64

Features and Benefits


Manufactured from seamless high conductivity electrolytic copper tubing with heavy
duty wall thickness.
Provides maximum conductivity, low
resistance and ductility for an excellent
combination of electrical and crimp
forming properties.
Long barrel design on all three (3) legs.
Provides for an additional crimp or
indent with almost twice the pull out
strength properties as a standard length
barrel plus a connection that will operate cooler under heavy loading.

(# of crimps)

3.25
3.56
Y81KFT (1)
3.81
Y81KFTMBH (1)
3.94
PAT81KFT-18V (1)
3.94
4.00
4.19
4.25
5.50
Y81KFT (2)
5.81 Y81KFTMBH (2)
6.19 PAT81KFT-18V (2)
8.12

Use adapter PUADP-1 with U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS.


Use with appropriate W Dies (see page O-29).
The maximum size for the Y35 is 400 kcmil.
Contact factory for conductor combinations not shown.
See tooling section of this catalog for complete tool and
die listings.

Long barrel permits the use of the Y-R


reducers.
Affords total flexibility and versatility for
virtually any conductor combination.
Electro-tin plated.
Provides durable long-lasting corrosion
resistance.
Barrel diameter closely matches commercial (code) cable and Navy cable diameters.
Provides an excellent relationship of the
conductor/ connector combination to
produce a high quality electrical connection with the recommended tooling.

Installation Tooling
Dieless
Run Conductors
Tap Conductors
(# of crimps)
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Y35, Y39, Y750, Y46*
Mechanical Hydraulic Die Number Color
Die
Die Number Color
Die
HYTOOL HYPRESS (# of crimps) Code
Index (# of crimps) Code Index

MY29-3 (2)
MY29-11 (2)
MD6 (4) **
MD7 (4) **
Y644HS (1)

U4CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U24RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U31RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U34RT (4)
U39RT (4)

Gray
Brown
Pink
Black
Purple
Purple
Purple
Yellow
Red
Brown
Brown
Black

8 or 346
10
12 or 348
13
15
15
15
16
18 or 324
20 or 299
20 or 299
24 or 473

U4CRT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U25RT (2)
U26RT (2)
U2CRT (2)
U25RT (2)
U28RT (2)
U29RT (2)
U31RT (4)
U28RT (2)
U34RT (4)
U39RT (4)

Gray
Brown
Pink
Black
Brown
Pink
Purple
Yellow
Red
Purple
Brown
Black

8 or 346
10
12 or 348
13
10
12 or 348
15
16
18 or 324
15
20 or 299
24 or 473

Wire Length
Run
Tap
1-3/16
1-5/16
1-7/16
1-9/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
2
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-15/16

1-3/16
1-5/16
1-7/16
1-9/16
1-5/16
1-3/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
2
1-11/16
2-5/16
2-15/16

For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable


manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Bolted Run/Compression Tee Tap Connectors

T-CONNECTOR
C-109

TYPE NYT
CABLE RUN CABLE TAP
UL Listed 90 C,
600 Volts to 35 kV
Fig. 1

A T connector designed to provide a clamptype element on the run and a permanent


HYPRESS connection on the tap.
Recommended for use on ring buses or for
applications where occasional disconnects
from the run conductor are desired without
disturbing the tap connection. Tin plated.
For proper installation of tap cable, see
table below.

Installation Information
HYPRESS and Indentor Die
Y29B
Y34A
Y34B
Y48B
with
with
with
with
Y29PR Y34PR Y34PR
Y44PR
Nest Die

Conductor Size
Run A
Tap AA

Catalog
Number

Fig.
No.

4/0 Str.

4/0 Str.
1/0 Str.
250 kcmil
2/0 Str.
4/0 Str.
250 kcmil

NYT2828
NYT2925
NYT2929
NYT3426
NYT3428
NYT3429

2
1
2
1
2
2

2
1-3/8
2
1-3/8
2
2

1-5/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-5/8

1-3/8
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8

3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8

4-5/16
4-1/16
4-7/16
4-7/16
4-5/8
4-5/8

D28L
D25L
D29L
D26L
D28L
D29L

A28D
A25D
A29D
A26D
A28D
A29D

500 kcmil

NYT3434

2-1/4

1-5/8

3/8

5-3/8

A34D

250 kcmil

NYT3929

1-5/8

1-7/8

3/8 4-13/16

D29L

A29D

500 kcmil

NYT3934

2-1/4

1-7/8

3/8

5-9/16

A34D

250 kcmil
350 kcmil

NYT4429
NYT4431

2
2

2
2

1-5/8
2

2-1/8
2-1/8

3/8
3/8

5
5-7/16

D29L

A29D
A31D

500 kcmil

NYT4434

2-1/4

2-1/8

3/8

5-3/4

A34D

1000 kcmil

NYT4444

2-11/16

2-5/16

1/2

1500 kcmil

NYT4646

2-11/16 3-3/16

2-3/4

1/2 7-11/16

250 kcmil

500 kcmil

750 kcmil

1000 kcmil

1500 kcmil

* Y48B Hypress with Y48PR indentor.


For applications greater than 2000 Volts consult cable
manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions.

Dimensions in Inches
BB
H
J

Fig. 2

B28D
B25D
B29D
B26D
B28D
B29D
No Nest
Die Req.
B29D
No Nest
Die Req.
B29D
B31D
No Nest
Die Req.

(No. of
Indents)

App.
Ship.
Wt. in
Lbs.

E28D

E29D

E28D
E29D

(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)

2.2
1.5
2.2
1.7
2.5
2.5

E34D

(2)

2.5

E29D

(1)

2.5

E34D

(2)

2.7

E29D
E31D

(1)
(2)

2.5
2.5

E34D

(2)

2.7

(2)

3.2

(2)

8.0

No Nest
Die Req.
C46D*

Note: Circumferential dies may be used. For information


contact BURNDY.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Adaptors

TYPES YE-P, YE-P-FX


C-110

HYPLUG FOR COPPER


CONDUCTOR
Type YE-P copper compression adapters are
designed for reliable termination of copper
conductor when the current capacity of the
conductor is downsized, but larger conductor is utilized. Typical applications are for
voltage drop protection when oversized conductors are used or flex conductor is used.
These adapters facilitate the termination into
existing mechanical set screw connectors for
various stranded copper cables.

600 v, 900C EPDM rubber cover


Note: Cover supplied with the connector

For Aluminum HYPLUG go


to page C-118

90 C

Installation Data

Catalog
Number
YEV4CP20X75FX
YEV2CP26X75FX
YEV1CP29X75FX
YEV25P33X75FX
YEV26P37X75FX
YEV27P41X82FX
YEV28P46X92FX

Accommodates
Pin
Copper Wire Sizes
Size
Dimensions
Code
Equiv- A Dia. B
L
P
OD
Flex Cable
AWG Navy alent [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM]
#4 Str
(91/24-105/24)
#2 Str
(125/24-150/24)
#1 Str
(175/24-225/24)
1/0 Str
(275/24)
2/0 Str
(325/24)
3/0 Str
(450/24)
4/0 Str
(550/24)

.20
[5]
.26
[7]
.29
[8]
.33
[8]
.37
[9]
.41
[10]
.46
[12]

1.37
[35]
1.65
[42]
1.66
[42]
1.80
[46]
1.82
[46]
1.97
[50]
1.99
[51]

2.27
[58]
2.60
[66]
2.63
[67]
2.80
[71]
2.86
[73]
3.11
[77]
3.28
[81]

.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.82
[21]
.92
[23]

.38
[10]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.56
[14]
.63
[16]
.70
[18]
.77
[20]

250
kcmil
262.6
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
450
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil
750
kcmil

.50
[10]
.51
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.67
[17]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]
.87
[22]

2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.29
[84]
3.31
[84]
3.54
[90]

3.75
[95]
3.82
[97]
4.08
[104]
4.36
[111]
5.04
[128]
5.30
[135]
5.51
[140]
5.99
[152]

1.00
[25]
1.02
[26]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.34
[34]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]
1.74
[44]

.81
[21]
.88
[22]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.25
[32]
1.35
[34]
1.50
[38]

250
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
400
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil
750
kcmil

.50
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.63
[16]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]
.87
[22]

1.99
[51]
2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.37
[86]

3.33
[84]
3.85
[98]
3.98
[101]
4.24
[108]
4.60
[117]
5.25
[133]
5.73
[145]

1.00
[25]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.26
[32]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]
1.74
[44]

.75
[19]
.81
[21]
.88
[22]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.30
[33]

#4

40

#4

#2

60

#2

#1

75

#1

1/0

100

1/0

2/0

125

2/0

3/0

150

3/0

4/0

200

4/0

Mech Tools (# of Crimps)


Color
Code

Die
Index

Gray

Brown

10

Green

11

Pink

12

Black

13

Orange

14

Purple

15

Yellow

16

MY29-11
(2)

White

17

Red

18

Blue

19

Brown

20

Pink

L99

MD6/
MD7

Y35/Y39
Y750

Hydraulic Tools (# of Crimps)


Y644M (Accommodates
Expanded
Y45
Y46 Y60BHU
Wire Range)

MY

Y2MR

MD7-34R

MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)

Y2MR
(4)
Y2MR
(4)

W4CVT
(4)
W2CVT
(4)
W1CVT
(4)
W25VT
(4)
W26VT
(4)
W27VT
(4)
W28VT
(4)

W4CRT U4CRT
(4)
(2)
W2CRT U2CRT
(4)
(2)
W1CRT U1CRT-1
(4)
(2)
W25RT U25RT
(4)
(2)
W26RT U26RT
(4)
(2)
W27RT U27RT
(4)
(2)
W28RT U28RT
(4)
(2)

U4CRT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT-1
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)

U4CRT
(2)
U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT-1
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)

W29VT
(4)
W30VT
(8)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)

W29RT
(4)
W30RT
(8)
W31RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)

L29RT
(1)
L30RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(2) 1
L34RT
(2)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)

#4 - #6 AWG
(1)
#2 - #6 AWG
(1)
#1 - #6 AWG
(1)
1/0 - #6 AWG
(1)
2/0 - #4 AWG
(1)
3/0 - #2 AWG
(1)
4/0 - #1 AWG
(1)

Cable
Strip
Length
1-15/32
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-1/16
2-1/16

Flex Cable Only


YE30P50X100FX
YE31P51X102FX
YE32P55X110FX
YE34P59X118FX
YE36P67X134FX
YE38P71X142FX
YE40P78X156FX
YE44P87X174FX

250 kcmil Flex


CLASS G 259 CLASS H 427
262.6 kcmil Flex
250 Flex CLASS I, K, M
313.1 kcmil (775/24)
(300 kcmil Nom)
373.7 kcmil (925/24)
(350 kcmil Nom)
444.4 kcmil (1100/24)
(450 kcmil Nom
535.3 kciml (1325/24)
(500 kcmil Nom
646 kcmil (1600/24)
(600 kcmil Nom
777.7 kcmil (1925/24)
(750 kcmil Nom

Black

24

Yellow

L115

Yellow

16

MY29-11
(2)

White

17

Red

18

Blue

19

Brown

20

W29VT
(4)
W30VT
(8)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W34VT
(8)

W29RT
(4)
W30RT
(8)
W31RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)
W34RT
(8)

Green

22

Black

24

(1)

2-3/8

(1)

2-1/2

(1)

2-5/8

(1)

2-3/4

(1)

3-1/4

(1)

3-3/8

L39RT
(2)

(1)

3-7/16

(1)

3-5/8

L29RT
(1)
L30RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(1)
L34RT
(2)
L36RT
(2)
L39RT
(2)

250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG


(1)
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
(1)
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
(1)
450 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
600 kcmil - 250 kcmil
(1)
750 kcmil - 500 kcmil
(1)

Code Conductor Only AWG


YE29P50X100

250 kcmil

250

YE30P55X110

300 kcmil

300

YE31P59X118

350 kcmil

350

YE32P63X126

400 kcmil

400

YE34P71X142

500 kcmil

YE36P78X156

600 kcmil

YE39P87X174

750 kcmil

1 For sizes above 4/0 the MD6-6R2 must be used.

To use U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS, catalog number

2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-7/16
3-5/8

Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

PUADP-1 die adaptor is required.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
Canada: 1-800-387-6487

www.burndy.com

US: 1-800-346-4175

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Adaptors

Installation Data

Catalog
Number
YEV2CP23X75FX
YEV1CP26X75FX
YEV25P29X75FX
YEV26P33X75FX
YEV27P37X75FX
YEV28P41X75FX

Accommodates
Pin
Copper Wire Sizes
Size
Dimensions
Code
Equiv- A Dia. B
L
P
OD
Flex Cable
AWG Navy alent [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM]
#2 Str.
(125/24-150/24)
#1 Str.
(175/24-225/24)
1/0 Str.
(275/24)
2/0 Str.
(325/24)
3/0 Str.
(450/24)
4/0 Str.
(550/24)

#2

60

#3

#1

75

#2

1/0

100

#1

2/0

125

1/0

3/0

150

2/0

4/0

200

3/0

4/0

.23
[6]
.26
[7]
.29
[8]
.33
[8]
.37
[9]
.41
[10]

1.65
[42]
1.66
[42]
1.80
[46]
1.82
[46]
1.97
[50]
1.99
[51]

2.60
[66]
2.63
[67]
2.80
[71]
2.86
[73]
3.04
[77]
3.18
[81]

.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[21]

.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.56
[14]
.63
[16]
.70
[18]
.77
[20]

.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.67
[17]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]

2.37
[60]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.29
[84]
3.31
[84]
3.54
[90]

3.67
[93]
4.00
[102]
4.28
[109]
4.88
[124]
5.22
[133]
5.27
[136]
5.81
[148]

.92
[23]
1.02
[26]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.34
[34]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]

.81
[21]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.25
[32]
1.35
[34]
1.50
[38]

.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.55
[14]
.59
[15]
.63
[16]
.71
[18]
.78
[20]

2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]
2.68
[68]
3.14
[80]
3.37
[86]
3.37
[86]

3.25
[82]
3.75
[95]
3.90
[99]
4.16
[106]
4.44
[113]
5.11
[130]
5.55
[141]

.92
[23]
1.00
[25]
1.10
[28]
1.18
[30]
1.26
[32]
1.42
[36]
1.56
[40]

.75
[19]
.81
[21]
.88
[22]
.95
[24]
1.06
[27]
1.19
[30]
1.30
[33]

Mech Tools (# of Crimps)


Color
Code

Die
Index

MY

Y2MR

MD7-34R

MD6/
MD7

MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)
MY29-11
(2)

Y2MR
(4)

W2CVT
(2)
W1CVT
(2)
W25VT
(4)
W26VT
(4)
W27VT
(4)
W28VT
(4)

W2CVT
(2)
W1CVT
(2)
W25VT
(4)
W26VT
(4)
W27VT
(4)
W28VT
(4)

U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)

U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)

U2CRT
(2)
U1CRT
(2)
U25RT
(2)
U26RT
(2)
U27RT
(2)
U28RT
(2)

W29VT
(4)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)

W29VT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U38XRT
(4)
U39RT
(4)
U44XRT
(4)

L29RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(2)
L34RT
(2)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)

U29RT
(2)
U30RT
(4)
U31RT
(4)
U32RT
(4)
U34RT
(4)
U36RT
(4)
U39RT
(4)

Brown

10

Green

11

Pink

12

Black

13

Orange

14

Purple

15

Yellow

16

MY29-11
(2)

Red

18

Blue

19

Brown

20

Pink

L99

Y35/Y39
Y750

Hydraulic Tools (# of Crimps)


Y644M (Accommodates
Expanded
Y45
Y46 Y60BHU
Wire Range)

#2 - #6 AWG
(1)
#1 - #6 AWG
(1)
1/0 - #6 AWG
(1)
2/0 - #4 AWG
(1)
3/0 - #2 AWG
(1)
4/0 - #1 AWG
(1)

Cable
Strip
Length
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-1/16
2-1/16

Flex Cable Only


YE30P46X92FX
YE32P51X102FX
YE34P55X110FX
YE36P59X118FX
YE38P67X134FX
YE40P71X142FX
YE44P78X156FX

250 kcmil Flex


CLASS G 259 CLASS H 427
313.1 kcmil (775/24)
(300 kcmil Nom)
373.7 kcmil (925/24)
(350 kcmil Nom)
444.4 kcmil (1100/24)
(450 kcmil Nom)
535.3 kcmil (1325/24)
(500 kcmil Nom)
646 kcmil (1600/24)
(600 kcmil Nom)
777.7 kcmil (1925/24)
(750 kcmil Nom)

250
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
450
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil

Black

24

Yellow

L115

Yellow

16

MY29-11
(2)

White

17

Red

18

Blue

19

Brown

20

W29VT
(4)
W30VT
(8)
W31VT
(8)
W32VT
(8)
W34VT
(8)

W29RT
(4)
W30RT
(8)
W31RT
(8)
W32RT
(8)
W34RT
(8)

Green

22

Black

24

(1)

2-3/8

(1)

2-5/8

(1)

2-3/4

(1)

3-1/4

(1)

3-3/8

L39RT
(2)

(1)

3-7/16

(1)

3-5/8

L29RT
(1)
L30RT
(1)
L31RT
(1)
L32RT
(2)
L34RT
(2)
L36RT
(2)
L39RT
(2)

250 kcmil - 1/0 AWG


(1)
300 kcmil - 2/0 AWG
(1)
350 kcmil - 3/0 AWG
(1)
450 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
500 kcmil - 4/0 AWG
(1)
600 kcmil - 250 kcmil
(1)
750 kcmil - 500 kcmil
(1)

Code Conductor Only AWG


YE29P46X92

250 kcmil

250

YE30P50X100

300 kcmil

300

YE31P55X110

350 kcmil

350

YE32P59X118

400 kcmil

400

YE34P63X126

500 kcmil

YE36P71X142

600 kcmil

YE39P78X156

750 kcmil

4/0
250
kcmil
300
kcmil
350
kcmil
400
kcmil
500
kcmil
600
kcmil

2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-7/16
3-5/8

1 For sizes above 4/0 the MD6-6R2 must be used.

To use U Dies in Y46 HYPRESS, Catalog number


PUADP-1 die adaptor is required.
Note: All dimensions shown are for reference only.

Blue highlighted items are industry standard and most frequently ordered.
US: 1-800-346-4175

www.burndy.com

Canada: 1-800-387-6487

C-111

BURNDY

Compression Connections
Copper Compression Adaptors

REDUCED PIN DIAMETER


C-112

Installation Data

Catalog
Number
YEV4CP16X75FX
YEV2CP20X75FX
YEV1CP23X75FX
YEV25P26X75FX
YEV26P29X75FX
YEV27P33X75FX
YEV28P37X75FX

Accommodates
Pin
Copper Wire Sizes
Size
Dimensions
Code
Equiv- A Dia. B
L
P
OD
Flex Cable
AWG Navy alent [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM] [MM]
#4 Str.
(91/24-105/24)
#2 Str.
(125/24-150/24)
#1 Str.
(175/24-225/24)
1/0 Str.
(275/24)
2/0 Str.
(325/24)
3/0 Str.
(450/24)
4/0 Str.
(550/24)

.16
[4]
.20
[5]
.23
[6]
.26
[7]
.29
[8]
.33
[8]
.37
[9]

1.37
[35]
1.65
[42]
1.66
[42]
1.80
[46]
1.82
[46]
1.97
[50]
1.99
[51]

2.27
[58]
2.60
[66]
2.63
[67]
2.80
[71]
2.86
[73]
3.04
[77]
3.11
[81]

.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]
.75
[19]

.38
[10]
.46
[12]
.51
[13]
.56
[14]
.63
[16]
.70
[18]
.77
[20]

250
kcmil
350
kcmil
450
kcmil

.41
[10]
.51
[13]
.59
[15]
.67
[17]

2.39
[61]
2.68
[68]
3.29
[84]
3.31
[84]

3.62
[92]
4.20
[107]
5.06
[129]
5.29
[134]

.82
[21]
1.02
[26]
1.18
[30]
1.34
[34]

.88
[22]
1.06
[27]
1.25
[32]
1.35
[34]

#1

.31

1.99
[51]
1.99
[51]
2.37
[60]
2.39
[61]
2.53
[65]